Skip to main content

Full text of "A short treatise contayning all the principall grounds of Christian religion : By way of questions and answers, very profitable for all men, but especially for housholders"

See other formats


i^^hui 






X^fr*WS 



.•• *.. " 



Scz&^kl 



%9. 




1 
To the Chriftfan Reader. 1 

$jjpj&E E offer here unto thy viev* 
(geod Chnftian Reader) the 
principles of Religion , with a 
Jbort Sxpojition upon' the [awe 
for the explanation of what may Jeeme di- 
fficult jhe confitmatio of the truth profef- 
fed a gain fl Popery , and the enforcing of 
fur. dry duties of weightie and great im- 
portance. The method we have followed ii 
plaint and naturally the maiterwholefome, 
but not adorned with flowers of eloquence* 
We begin -with the maine end that all men 
ought to aime at: becaufe there can be n& 
motion but forfome end , as there can bee 
no effect but from fome efficient \T hence We 
proceed to the meanes wherby the end m&j 
bee attained: for it is tn mine to propound 
an end vnto our fe Ives jf either the way be 
impoffiblejr imperfeEi^ if either it cannot 
beeknorpne % or doe not leadtothefruitton 
thereof, Inihe meanes we confider, whence 
direction is to be taken, And what is to be 
learned : and there wejhew what^ and who 
God u, how wee muff conceive of him^ 
yphy hee ought to be worfhipped y what cove- 
nant he made with Adam tn thenme ofw~ 
nacencie,andhow Adam bytranfgreffion 
fill, tod plunged himfrffe, nndhis pofterit) 

c/fa int9 / 



To the Chriftian Rcadcri 

into woe andmiferie unfy take able jintoU- 
r 'able y and etemalL In the next place wa 
lay downe the meanes 9 that God hath or* 
dained for mans recover ie ; And there U 
handle dwh at Chrifiu y what he hath done 
for us, how wee are made partakers of hi* 
bene fit*, how faith is wrought and increa- 
fed in us^& what obedience we owetoGod 
in Chrifi,whou theobietlofQhriflian re- 
ligion. Andbecauje theCjodly in thu courfe 
of Chnfiianityare compared about rrith 
infirmities Jubictt to many f dies , and af- 
faultedwith many tent ations which night 
difcourage andttrrne them out of the way, 
therefore we have added > what courfe a 
Chriftianj%ouldtaketogrowiagr.ice>how 
he may bee preferved from fa/ling, how hce 
Jbouldreco ver ^after his fizll, and of what 
privUedges the G^dly are^r may be part a- 
k±rs,tn tbis life. And in the faft place y the 
bliffedntsofth' Saint f afifr this life is en 
dedjs to.uchtdmfew.words\whcrby theffff 
ficitncy of the mcanes is mantfefttd*For as 
tt is a way p- efcribedof God,fo it leadeth 
us urto ti&d y thefirfi,cbifc y &alfKJficiet 
good.Our x fir" her in is to te«ih the mplc 
I hriftian y how he n>ay grow f 0,;? grace to 
grace ^nd fr cm faiit t j 'att • : unit's fur- 
ther 'juch coaly Ho ujboldcrs ,4s defirkio i»- 

jtrrt 



To the Chriftian Reader. 
flrutt and train e up their children andfe r 
vantsinthe information and fearc of th c , 
LordJ?ut vtAntleifitre 9 or ability y ttfnr- 
nifhth em] elves cut of larger and more lea r 
nedTreatifes.for their j^kes we have ad" 
venturedto compile thi* poor eT''eatife^& 
make it comon, that they might havefome 
helfe at hand^wherby they mioht be con fir 
med in the truth^gainfi the vair, cavils of 
the Fapiftsy &the better inabled to wfi rm 
them that be c'omitted to their charge. If a 
njfuch Jhall voticlfcfetomak^ujeofthis 
bool^ y we would defre htm to markka* d ob- 
fervethefefew things, Fir ft hat the letters 
2. t andb 3 andc,&c. fet over the Arfwer, 
do dirc£t y wbatpartefthe Anfwerthe Te- 
Slimcntes of Scripture alledgeddoferve 
toconfirme. t/lndthe figures. 1.2. 3. & c * 
doe intimate what words jr which parts of 
the Anfwer are explained in the expo fiti- 
on. Secondly jn teaching theghtcftiens and 
Anfwer s Jake the paines to fjsarchinto the 
froofes which are alleadged for confirma- 
tion ofthematter^ and if the fame things,, 
tzordfor wordbe not found in theVerfcs of 
Scripture cited > then be pleafed further to 
inquire what reafons or arguments may be 
drawnfrom the place 3 to prove &hat is in- 
teded.Thuwe comend J^ecauft it uaceurfe 
<s4 3 behovefntl 



To the Chriftian Reader. 

hovcfullfortheebtayningofwel-groxnded 
knowledge , the getting of fiedfafi and af- 
ftiredf Ail hand comfort , and growing to 
b ee familiarly acquainted with the Word. 
Thirdly jnreading the Expofition of every 
%^4nfwere> take notice what is delivered 
by way of explication or confirmation, and 
what reafons, and how many , are brought 
to prove any point. Thereby amanfballbee 
in able d tor ef err e that which heheareth in 
thepnblike affembly, or readeth in Godly 
&nd I earned Bookes,tofome head, apply it 
to right purpofe, treafure it upfafewme- 
rnoriefor ufein the time of need ^ and have 
%n readineffeto anfwzre the gain-fay ers. 

Thiu heartily de firing andhoping(aood 
Reader) that thou wilt make ufe of theft 
direllions given, profitably to guide thee 
through thisf7nattworke\ wee commit thee 
to God,andthe word cf his grace, who is 
able to diretl , andfafely lead thee vvrto 
tternall happi'icfe - y craving that if thou 
receive benefit from Godapon theperufoll 

{ isfimple Treat ife, thou be care full to 
poure out thy foule unto Cjodfor us , 
heewould err it bur with his grace more 
end more, firtheglsrieof Cjod, the good 
of his Church 3 ayulihe comfort of our 
fouleso 

A 



A Gcncrall Table ofthechicfc 

and principal! heads of Do- 
drinc handled in this 

Booki, 

WHatitistoglorifieGod , and why 
man (hould be careful! thecof con- 
tinwally,pagc.i.andii.ii7. 
Why every man fhould be care- 
full ofhisfalyation,pagc,i.j. 

The word ef God alone doth teach the way 
to life eternalljpage^^. 

The word of God is now fully contained in 
wruing,and is called the Scripture,and the ho- 
ly Scnpture,page 4.?. 

The Scripture i> given byinfpirarion 3 p t 5-^ # 

Of chcbookcsorholv Scnprue,pag,£ # 7 # 

Argument s by which it may be provedjthat th c 
Scriptures arc the word of God:& ruleito beob 
ferved for the underftanding:hereof,p.7,8^,io 

Of the t eftiaiony of the Chu « ch ? p 3. i|,i 1*13. 

OftheconftancyoftheSaipts,page. 13, 14* 

Of miracles wrought to confirme the truth, 
page.14,15. 

Of the anticfuityofGodsWord.pageij. 

OftheftileofScrrprurcpagcrM7.j8.19. 

Of tfo efficacieof the word of God,page, I& 
20 ir. 

Ofthefweet harmony andconfent of holy 
Scripture 5 pagc.i2,2j.24 # 

Of the heavenly doctrine intreated of in 
Scripture.page^;^. 

The end of the Scripture,is diyine,p.2 n 28. 

The teftimony of the Scripture it fclfe is fu£- 

ficien: to prove that itis of God,p.2g. 

The teftimony of th e Spirit is ncceffary & al- 

A 4 : fufficicnt 



The TabU. 

efficient to afliire and perfwade the heart, that 
the'$criptuicsarcofGod,page 29. 

Rules to be ebferved concerning the tefthno- 
jiy oftheSpirit> page 29, 30. 

What is the divine authority of the Scrip- 
ture,p3gc 31,32. 

Th- benpeurt is^he.ileoffain&nianers-pp 
How Jie'SiriptiTei nece^ary. ; page 33. 
Th • Sc iprreis p^re, page 33,6c p rtc&,34 
ardpiaim^y. 
Of the end w ytheScriprureswrc vritren^rf. 

All :ior:ad the Scriptures, p.37. 

OtbcTraiifbcouand interpretation ot the 
holy Scriptu es,andwhatrjjesaretobe obfer- 
ved therein, page 38,39., 4o. 

I he knowledge of God in Chrifl is neceflary 
Eofa?v4tjoa,page4i. 

This knowledge is ea5c, excellent, femd, 
furrier nt, ind coa ; forw3bie,page,4i. 

Arguments whereby it may be preyed that 
there is a God, page, 43>44* 45 >4*> 47. 

What God i% page4S. 
God feme ill efncnce,butin per bnsthree 3 p^ 

What a perfon in Trinity is, and how the 
ihree perforsare diftinauiihcd^ibid. 

Whataprop:rtyinGofiis,p:gc ft. 

Of Gods vvifdome, power, ooodncire^jraci- 
©uincile, juftice, mercy 3 perfSion, and bleifcd- 
p cuV page $1,52,53, 

Of Go is glory, and how it is manifeft.p.54. 

OfGods decreed the parts therof,p.54 55 ; jtf 

Ot Creation, paoe 57. 

Or Providcne,page, yS« 

Of<he Piovidence of God in evill^p; 59/0. 

Of Angels, page 60. 

lv'anyvasgood bycrcation,p3ge6i. 

The linage of God in m*n what it is, and 

wherein 



The TMe. 

wLereinitconfifis,pag:.6i.£2<« 

Ct'fundry privileges which man enioyed in 
tli eftaceof innoccncic,p3gc.^3. 

Ox me Cotesant which GcU made with rraa 

ciUteotimiocenciejprtgc.^. 
Ad^mby cran f q r efficn fe!lf:om God,pag^f. 
Thciijuieo^/ lam waswiiiull and exceeding 
grcat 3 pag< 6<.tf5. 

Allmnibyix.irurearedeadinfintp.^7.^^ 
. All the Actions ct nattttalj men are odious 
unto God, page. 71 

What things are required in a good work, ib. 
Why thelcaft fir.n: doih'cefcrvcevcijafting 
death,pas!e,7X,7- 

OfbLndnesofminde>h3rdnesofhe5rr 4 Srcp.7i, 
Of mans recovery by Chrift p~ge.74.75. 
Of Chrifts perfon,p«]g. j ,7f.7^77 a 
Chriftisour Mediator Doth a^God afldman, 
p»7£-8c. 

Chrift fufferedinfoule a swellas inbody>fcc.8i. 
Ot Chrifthis death; and the differences be- 
twixti;,andthe death of th- M^r:yrs. page. Si,. 
Of Chriftsrefurre&ion s *iccntionand fitting. 
zz the right hand of the Father,pag .83.84, 
Chrift is our Prophet, Pi cift,and King.p. 85 . 
OfhisProphcricalloffice,&thc manner how 
he hath ; cVdoth execute the fame, p £4,85.86.87. 
Dlffercnccsbetwixtthe PriefthocdofChtifl: 
and the Prieflhood of Aaron, page.89.90. 

Of the functions ofChrifispricftly office, and 
tV.e properties of his interceflion,p^ge 91 

Of Chrifts King]} office,andthe functions 
c 1 icrcof > page.92.93.94 4 

Chrift is the onely head of the Church, p«9&; 
Ofthe benefits of Chrifts deatr^refurre&ion, 
afcention,and interceffion, page.9^96,97. 
How the knowledge of ma lSBQifcry oy nature 

end 



The TublS. 

and recovery by Chrift, will worke intaefieSrt 
ofbimwhomGodwiliravc,p97^8 f 

The propertiesof true thhft^.98. 

Of the nature ^ obicft, author and inftrumen; 
#ruftifyingfaith,p.9^ioo % ioi.iot4io}. 
Of c atechifing & the benefits therof> p . ioi #101* 

The benefits of hearing the word preached, 

Wowwemuftheareifweloo^toproGrjp.iof.iotf 
WhaciciStoaplythcwortiuritoourfeiveSjp.ioy 

OfPraycr,th pares thereof, and tneoura- 
gerneni5chereunto ? p,u8 109,110^)1. 

Player nwft be made to God alone, in the 
name oiChrift,p.iop. 

Angels or Saints departed doe not prefent 
our Prayer? before God p.- jo. 

Libeitieroprayikjtp'Ciallpriviledge > p # io4 

Of conhffion ofG?'»ne*,p t < u, 

Of Pctin«:n r ind things required therein, p § 

Of thanksgtvtng^nd things required therein 

p>U4U?» 

Anexpoliuonofthc Lords prayer, p.i"rf.to.i$i. 

The benefits of obic vmghow wee fpeed in 
Prayer,p,i^i.i^x. 

Rule* to be obferved therein, p.} 5 ;• 

S >metimeswc aske and receive not, becaufe 
wcaske amiff ,p»i33« 
WhyGodforatimedcmcswhatweaske 3 p.i^4 

N>neC2n pray with hopeto fpeed butthcy 
thac depa rn from iniquitie,p.i 3 ?• 

Praye: f 01 the dead urdawfull and uncharK. 
tabIe,p,T;6i57. 

O r subli«k t 3r ayer.p,T?7. 

iyai 1 Prayer in the family, or by amans 

f ^-alonc.p 4 i38« 

Ofthcfieuirlcationo{thcWordSacramet,p4v,39 
^ None 



The Table. 
' None may adoainift.r che Sacraments, but 
only the Mmiflers uf the word,p.i^o. 

Of the Sacrament! ingeneral,p.i4^ I 4 I .i 4Z| . 
There be onelytwo Sacraments in the new 
Tcftament,pagei43. 

OtBaprifme,p i i44.to:47. 
Of th: LordsSUf)per.pag.K4.i ^.147^0154. 
The danger of unworthy receivings 154 

What gracesare required in thmthatcomc 
unto this holy Table ,p.i ?6.i 57. 

Thcweake in faithfhould not abfentthem- 
felvesfromthi$heavenlyranquet,p i*8 4 

How we oughtto be affe&ed in receiving this 
SKramentjp.if9.160. 

What we mull doe after we have rceeived>p« 
l6o.i^i* 

Of admonition,p.l6*2« 
Ofexcommunication p 163* 
Ofreading or hearing the Scriptures read, 
andthebencfits there©&.p,I^4.i6y. 

Of medication, what it is, and tfic benefits 
thereof, p.ify.itfj'. 

Ofrcligiousconferencc.and after what man- 
ner we muft conferrc.p.io£.and i££ # 
Of an holy fa{t,page.i£7.l£8. 
Of an holy fcaft.p.169.170 171. 
Faith cannot befiUidefle.p. 171. 
The principallworkc offaithisthepurifictti* 
onof the t f eart,page.ibid. 
Of thcfpintuallcombat,page.i7j. 
Offundry other fruits of faith, page. 17417*. 
Rules to be obferyed for the right undeman- 
ding of the Decalogue^pagcn^i 77^78,17$ 

Our obedience is to be performed unroG;d 
in and through I efusChrift,page.£79« 

An expofuion of the ten Commanrfements 
page, 180^0213. 
NomaBinihislifeisablcpcrfeftly tokeep^ 



The Table. 

thisIaw 5 pagc.M4. 

Wccamitnoi omit the doing of good altoge- 
ther though we cannot doc it m .hat racalurc 
that God iequircth^ag. .215. 
Whatmea sanunihoulauUtcgr. wing~ace 3 i. 
Of examination, and thebenentstiieTu^p^.itf. 
Ouutlgi >gourfclres,page ibid, 
OfwatchfulnciiCjwhat inland why it is nc- 
ctfiary and proficable^age 217. 

Of redeeming the time,pagc.ibid. 
Why,anoh^w,taithfstobe prefe~vcd,p. 2 .8, 
OttheChriftianaim ur,p g ,217. 
Of the many and great priviJedge* that God 
affords to his cialdren in tiiL iift,p 2 o. to 2*e. 
All the godly doe not nioythu. pnvilcdgcs 
and the hindranc. s thereof, p . se. 25 ti6* 

Hew a man mould bridle aad rdorrce hh un- 
ridy pafiions a ibid. 

Ho** a man flio.Jd overcome his tentations 
todiflrdft,pagc 1^7 128. 

A man may have faith that feebs not com- 
foit > page.2?^ 2?0.22I. 

The traits of the djwit dee not alwayes ap. 
p~careinthefaithful),page.2*i.2$2. 

I he danger of fecunty, of leaving ourfid 
love, and cf a relap^pag-:^!^}}. 

Such as have falleninto fon»e groffe fin after 
rcn j^tancejftiould not utterly defpaire,p.2j4, 
Hv.wamanfnouldreccvrroutotarelap(c,ib. 
Of .he flare of the godly as foone as this life 
Isend<:d,page.i3f. 

Of the rvifery of the wicked after this life.p. 25 6 c 
Oi the day of iudgement, andgeneiall re- 
furre&ton 3 paga. 137. 158*35.240. 

Of thceternaUperditionofchewicked,3c the 
.eyerlafting blefledneiie of the Saints afccithc 
day of iudgemeat.pagc. mi<Mi» 
FINIS. 





Short Catcchifme; 

wkh an Expoficion 
upon the fanie. 

I Hat ought to bee the chief e 9 
and continual! care of every 
man m this hfe} 

An. 2Lo a gionfiei<S08, 
anDbfcue %is 2 feu!c. *i Cor. io. 31. 

bAfts 16,30,31. Mar. 16.26. 

Expef.i*Gvds glciy, ;hatis 3 hisfui> 
paflmgwor chine flc^caKncr be a crcafcd, 
no; fuliymani-cfteci^Exod^^^zo.bfcauic 
he is mofl pcrf< £i, plal. i6^2,#ntt ^finite, 
Ieb.22, 2.and 357 God ipfaid tog fori- 
fit himfeHc, yi hen fccniakfcS hisfxceileji*. 
cicfospperre,Numb*i4* 2i,pial.72^9, 
Ezcki43, 2, Angels and men gionfie 
hm, when they extollhis greacnefle^and 
rertitic their acknowledgement o' his 
gior)e,!.uk.2.i4.Rev.i4i7,Exod. 15.2, 
Here then to glonfie God 3 is inwardly 
in heart, Rom, 4, 20, 1 Con 6, to, and 

9"& 



a tA Jfor t Catechifmel 

eutwardly in word and aftion. Matth, j $ 
1 6, i Pet. 2, 1 2, to acknowledge God to 
bcefuchaonc ashechath revealed him- 
felfe, Rev.4,9,1 1, pfalmc 29, I, 2,and 50, 
23. Of glorifying God,manftiouldbec 
moftcarefull : for God is the beginning 
from which, and the end utuo which ail 
things doc end. Rom, 1 1, 3d, his gloria 
is in it felfemoft excellent, Excd. 53. 1 3, 
I9,pfali48,i3,moftdearctohim.£xod. 
7,4,5^3.42, 8.6^48, 11. the fupreamc 
end of all divine revelation Ephef. 2, 7, 
of all his workes,Eph.L5,6,prov. 16,4, 
Exod.9,i 6,^1.50, 1 $, Iohn 1 L4.40.of 
manslife,pfal.6,4,*,and fcrvice. Zac.7. 
5.6* pfal. 1 01. 1 Iohn 3 28^29, and all 
rneanes furthering the fame, are avail- 
able to mans falvation. Rom. 4, 20,21, 
Ier. 1 3,i6»Mal.2,2^i Sam.2, 30. pfalme. 
50.23. 

2 To take care for ourfalvation, isfo 
to live here, that wee may live with the 
Lord hereafter.phil. 2, i2,2,pet v 3, 11,14. 
The falvation of the foule is moftpreci- 
ous,pfil.49. 8. cannot be obtained with- 
out care. A(ft.2 i 37#r Cor, 9.24. Matth. 7. 
1 3-Luke 13.24. and hr is ever mindelefle 
of Gods glory, that is careleficof his 

cternaU 



jVith an expoftion upon the famel 3 
Cttraail h3pptnc(Ic.Eph # i ti.Ioh # 5.-fj^ 
and 7. t8. A 'io ciei nail life is a durable 
trealure.Luk.f 2,33, and 16,9, io 3 i Tim, 
% % 17.18. all wo I <.iychiii£$ arevainc, un- 
certain and trandtcry* Match. 6 i$ 3 
Plal.7 3 . 1 8. 1 9 . the ioule came from God 
and is arcer a retflefle nunaer carried to 
feekc and cefire communion vvithGod; 
and a d. fife to bee happie is naturally 
planted in the he<irt of all rDeu by God 
hirofclfe, therefore wee (hoyldearneiHy 
fet our affedions vpon thuigs that are 
above.Gol. 3, 1,2, Phi?* 3, 12,13, 14, and 
infinitely dcfire t,h* enioyiug c£ Gods 
preftnecin heaven: for hee is infinite in 
goodnet.chchighcftofall things that are 
tobrdefired. 

Q. whence tnttfi wee take AireUion tv 
Attune hereunto} 

A. 4Dut oft&ectoojDsofOoD alone, 

clohn20,^, 1. 

Expofi^fcod only can give the ctownc 

i of glory. 2 Tiro 4.8. lam. 1,12, heealfb 

i is the author, obicd: v and end of true relu 

I gion.Gen.18.19. A&.18 25,26, lohn 6. 

i 29, therefore nonr but he can rcvealt the 

j way how wee ftiould obtainethat ever- 

laftinginb€ti»nc^ PfoJlmc 16, tu ptov. 

2. 6. 



4 *s4 (hort Catechifme. 

2, 6,9. For the nature of God is incom* 
prebcnfiblc, his will and wcrkesarc un- 
searchable. Heb. ii,6,Deur.4«4,6, and 
29,29, Heb. ii, 3.N0 man hath knowne 
the Father but :h< Son, and hee to whom 
the Sonne hath revealed li'mlohni, 18, 
Matth. 11,27, and the gofpe!l is f<n hid- 
den myfterie, 1 Cor. 2,7, io,Rcm. 16,-25. 
26, fo chat wee can know no:\ ifig of 

' God, utnillGod himfelfc rnVvifeftcth it 
unto us,pf?!.io3, 7^ and 147^ 19,20. By 
the word of God, we undefrftand the will 

of God revealed unto reaiun.hiecreamres 
teaching them what to d ~.e, beJee ve^nd 
leave undone, Dcut. 29,29. 

What call you the rvcrdofCjcd} 

An. SC^je d fjol? Scripture 4 itrimebft 
atci^^tnfptreD^tct) tgcontainea in t&e 
bcofeesof tjjc £DiDam> jjieiDSCe&amcnk 

d2Tim. 3,16. 

ftf/w/; 4. This word of God hath 
heretofore beene divcrily made knowne. 
Heb* i.i, as byinfpirati n, 2Chron.$5. | 
i,Eft.y9,2i,.2Pcc s i,2r. ingoing in 
theheart,Ron>2, 14. vifions, NmiV>. T2. 
6. 8.A6t.io.io. 11. Apo. i.TO.Drecnr.e*, 
lob. 3^, 14. 15. Gen. 40. 8. Vrw and 
Thumaiiin J Numb % 27 % 2i. 1 Sam.-3<V''.8, 

Sigaes 



with an Expofition uponthefame t 5 

Signcs, Gen.3 2.24. Exod.13.2i. Audible 
voyce, Exod. 20. I. a* Gen. 22. 15. and 
laftly by writing,Eaod.i7.l4.Thisword 
fo revealed, is by excellency called the 
Scripture, GaL5.22.I0bn 10,35. and the 
holy Scriprure > Ro.1.2. in refpeft of God 
the Author, A£i.i. 16. and 4.2 j. the holy 
pen.menjLuke13.28. 2 Per. 1. 2iithc 
matter^i Tim.6.3.Tit.i. i* and end there- 
of, Roma 5.4.2. Tim. 3. 17. Thetruthof 
God was delivered to the Church in wri* 
ting,Deut.3i.9.HoC8.i2.Rcv.2.i.thatic 
might bepreferved pure from corruption* 
2 Pet. 1.1 2 # 13. 1 5. be better con vayed to 
pofterity. Icr.36.27^3. Deut.319.be an 
infallible ftandard of truedo£hine,& de- 
terminer of all controverfks.Efa*8*io. 
Mal.4 < 4.Deut.i7.n.that our faith might 
be confirmed beholding theaccornpliftu 
ment ofthingsprophefied, I.King. 13* 2 J 
with2.Klngs2i.16. Afts 17. io.n.and 
for the more ful inftru&ion of theChurch,, 
the time oftheMelfias either drawing on* 
Mal.4.4;or being come^uke 1.2,3. 
5. To be immediately infpired, is to be 
g as it were breathed 9 and to come from 
v the Father by the holy Ghoft without all 
means: And thus $h«holy Scriptures were 
B folpired 



6 «xf Jbort Catechifme, 

infpired both for matter, and words^Luk. 

1.70. % Pet. 1-2 1. 

CXiJVhdt are the hookas of the QldTe- 
figment } 

mJP%6- MofcsonB^tljepjopljeffl^Luk. 

J?AQW*4*«^e books of holy Scripture, 
giyen by G^fco chc Church ofthc lewes, 
arc called fhe Law. Luk.16. 1 7. Iohfr 1 2. 
94&theProphcts:Rom.i.2.& l6.i^ y i6 
bieaufc they were written by holy men, 
furred up 5 fandified^and infpired ofGod, 
for that purpofe.i Per. 1,1 i.Heb.n. But 
ordinarily they are comprifed under thefe 
two heads, the Law % and the Prophets. 
Math,22.40.A$.i3«i5.Math.7.ia.orthc 
Law of Mofes and the Prophets. Aft. 28. 
a 3 .or Mofes and the Prophets : Ioh. 1 ,45. 
Luk.i6.29»Mofes being diftindUy named 
fr5 the rcftjbecaufe he was firft & chiefc of 
the Prophcts:as the Pfalrasarc mentioned 
particularly3Luk.24.44. becaufe they are 
the choice & flower of all other Scripture. 
Q^Whicb are the booths of the ncv? Te- 
figment > 

Anf. MathewjMark,Luke,aM> t&C«ff, r 
as t&ep follotD in oar SiSible*. 

Q^Hcw may it bee frgyed that ibofe 

book^t 



mth au Expojition upon the fame, j 

bookes Aretheword ofCjodimmedUtlj in- 
fpiredby the holy Ghcfi to the Prophets and 
Affiles ? 

9 conff atKte g of tbe ^atnte, lo miracles 
£ ftBonoftt to confirm* tljetruttj, anfitlje 
11 anttqutf 5 thereof- /2 PcM.i^Rev. 
6. p^A i King«i7* 24. Iob«3.2*l'. Ier.i6* 
Heb.ig.8, 

Expcf. 7 It is very expedient & fteceflary 
thatalChriftiaSofagc&difcretiojfaculd 
know that the Scriptures are the very 
Word of God, the immediate & infal lible 
truth of God that is to be received^bcy ed 
and belceved. For thereby we are the bet- 
ter fitted to heare, reade, and receive the 
Word with attention, joy ,revcrencc,fub- 
miflion.A^.iOtJj.andaffuranceoffaith: 
which being a divine grace, muft have a 
divinefoundation.2Tin\3«l y.itf.l Ioh # 5. 
and beiagcertain, muft haveafure ground 
evea the word of God,Ioh ^46.Eph^.20. 
Rom.4,18. Alfo it minifters no final com- 
fort in affliction and temptation, that wee 
know whom wehavc trufted, 3 Tirti.i.2* 
A(9:.5*29.Thi$ muft be knownenot by o- 
pinion^or propable con je$ure, which may 
deceive ; but by certain and diftinft kno w- 
: B ? ledge, 



8 A (hort fatcchifme. 

ledge, whereby v\ c conceive ofthings ccr- 
tainc certainly as they are^and arc affured 
that we conceive of them none othcrwife 
than as they are, that wee may he able to 
flop the mouthesof Athieftsand Papifts, 
who carpe againft the truth* 2 Cor.i 3.3. 
We come not to the underfianding hereof 
by fenfe,br difcourfe of reafon : this mat- 
ter is to be difccrncd& beleeved by faith. 
But for thefuller clearing of the point, 
fundry rules are to be obferved,both con- 
cerning faith,& concerning the Scripture 
itfelfe. 1. Dirtin&ionmuftbemade be- 
twccneccrtainty of faith^and certainty of 
lenfeojr fight. Things beleeved in them- 
fclves are more certain than things feene, 
butiheyarenotalwaiesfoapprehcdedby 
usXcrtainty of fight excludes doubting, 
fo dothnot certainty of faith,it is Efficient 
that itprcvailc againft them,Gen.i 5.6.8. 
1 Cor.i 3. 9.12 Jud. 6.36^373? 8. (2)Impli- 
citc faith,by which we confufedly bcleeve 
that fuch books arc the Word of God,not 
undcrftanding the fenfe of them, is to be 
riiftinguifihed from explicitefaith, which 
is ever ioy ned with a di£in& and certain 
understanding of the thing beleeved. lob. 
3-2.10.(33 Hillorkall faith, yyhichftands 

in 



with an Exfofition upon the fame. 9 
m the certainty of the miod,, and belceves 
God fpcaking in his Word, muft bedi- 
ftinguifhed from iurtifying and faving 
faith, which contains the p erfwafion and 
confidence of the hcart,whercby wee not 
onelybelecve the Word of God to be the 
chiefc truth , but alfo doe embrace it , as 
concayniiigihe chicfegood of man, lam. 
2 4 ip.Ioh. y.35. Hcb.6. 11. and 10. 2%. 
Eph. 3. 12. for all things in Scripture are 
not alike to be beleeved , neither doe the 
fame Arguments fetve to beget each 
faith. (4,) Concerning the Scripture, we 
muft put difference betweene the do* 
6hriae therein contained, and the writing : 
for the figne is for the fenfe, and the 
knowledge and faith of both is not a like 
ncceffary* Thedo6hine was ever necef- 
fary to be beleeved, the manner of r e vea- 
ling was not alwayes^ lob. 8. 24. ("5 ) Of 
do&rines fome are fimply neceflary to 
falvation containing the maine grounds 
and chiefe heads of Chnftian Religion ; 
others arc expositions^ or amplifications 
of the fame, very profitable, but not of 
fuchneceffky. 1 Cor<3 12,13, CoI,2 18, 
19. Phil. 3. 1 5. (6) A diftinftion is to be 
put bctweene the Scripture generally 
B 3 con- 



I o t^4 fhort fotechifme] 

considered;, in refpc& of the manner of 
revealing , and betweene the number 
and order of the Bookcs : it being 
one thing to beleeve that the will of 
God is now fully and wholly com- 
mitted to writing ; another that this is the 
diftinil order 3 and precifc number of 
Bookcs. 7. Alfo it is one thing to be- 
leeve that God is the Authour of this 
or that Bookc; another to beleeve that 
it was written by this or that Scribe or 
Amanuenfis; fo that a difference is to 
bee made betweene the chicfe Authout 
of a Booke , and the Inftf ument thereof. 
1 Cora2.3.Mat.io.2o.(8)rhefubftance 
of do&rine neceffarie to faivation con- 
tained in Scripture, is to bee beleeved 
with an expreife, hiftoricall, andfaving 
faith : but the number and order of 
bookcs is to bee beleeved with faith hi. 
ttorica!!. 

8, By the Church wee undcrftand not 
the Pope , whom the Papifts call the 
Church virtual! ; not his Bifhops & Car- 
dinals met ingencrallCouncell , whom 
they call the Church reprefentative; but 
fhe whole company ef bcleevers, who 
have profefled the true faith j whether 

thofe 



with an Expofition upsnthe fame, ir 

thofc who received the bookes of holy 
Scripture from the Prophets and Apo- 
ftles, or thofc who lived after. Vndcr the 
name of the Church we comprehend not 
the Prophets and Apoftles , as they were 
imraediatly chofen and called to bee the 
penmenof holy Scripture j for they wrote 
not as men in the Church, but above the 
Church, The Church of the Icvves pro- 
fefled the do&rine 9 and received the 
Bookes of the old Teftament , and te- 
ftifiedofthem that they were divine. To 
whofe teftimonie theft things give force: 
!♦ To them were committed the Oracles 
of God. Rom* 3 4 2. (2) In g reat miferic 
they have conftantly confefled the fame, 
when as by the onely denying thereof^ 
they aaight have beene partakers both of 
liberty and rule* 5. Notwithstanding the 
high Priefts and others perfecutcd the 
Prophets while they lived, yet they re* 
ceived their writings as propheticall and 
divine. 4. Since obftinacic is come to If- 
rael, notwithfianding their great hatred 
to theChriftian religion, the holy Scrip- 
ture of the Old Teftament is kept pure 
and uncorrupt araongft them , even in 
thofe places which doe evidently con- 
B 4 firme 



K i Ajhort CMechifme 

firmctbc truth of Chriftian religion, E fa? 
53- 3 4* 5>& c * The Chriftian Church 
hath embraced the do6hincof God, and 
received the bookes both of the Old and 
New Tcftament. To Whofe tcftimonie 
two things give weight. x. their great 
conftancie. 2. their admirable and fweet 
confent : for in other matters wee may 
©bfer ve differences in opinions, in this a 
fingularand wcnderfull agrecmctK.This 
tcftimonie of Chriftians is confidered 
three wayes ; 1. Of the univcrfall Church 
which from the beginning thereof untill 
thefe times, pro fe (Ting the Chriftian re- 
ligion to be? divine 9 doth alfoprofeflfe 
that thefe bookes are of God* 2. Of the 
fcvcrall primitive Churches, which firft 
received the Bookes of the Old Tefta- 
meat , and the Epittlcs written from the 
ApoftleSj to them , their Paftors , or 
fome they kne vv,and after delivered them 
under the fame title , to their fucceffours 
and other Churches. 3. OfthePaftors 
and Dolors, who (being furnifhed with 
skill, both in thcronguesand matters 
divine) upon due triall and examination 
have pronounced their iudgement, and 
approved theai to the people commit- 
ted 



with an Sxf option Upon the fame] i 5 
ted to their charge* This teftimon : eisof 
great v^ight and importance, profitable 
to prepare the heart , and to move it to 
beleeverof all humane teftimonics(wher- 
by the Atithourof any bookc that hath, 
ys, or fhall be extant, can be proved) the 
greatcft, both in refpe& of the multitude, 
wifedome, honeftie, faithfulnefle of the 
vvitnefTes, andthclikenefle, conftancic, 
and continuance of the Teftirnony it fclfe. 
But this teftimonie is onely humane : not 
the cncly,nor the chiefe,wherby the truth 
and divinity of theScriptureis confirmed, 
neither can it bee the ground of divine 
faith and aflurance. 

9 The Saints of God of all forts and 
conditions, noble, bafe, rich, poorc,lear- 
ned ; &unlearned 3 old,young 5 married,un- 
mairied,&c, havefuffered themoft grie- 
vous torments, ufuall, unufuall,fpecdie, 
flow, even what hell could invent, or 
mans malice finde out , for the defence 
of this truth. All thefe things a number 
numberlcfle endured,* nd that with great 
conftancic and ioy , even with a cheere- 
fuil heart and merrie countenance , fo 
that none can thinke they fuffbrcd out of 
weakeneffe, pride, vaine^glory, ordik 

content* 



I 4 k^tjhor $ Catechiftne, 

content : This patient futfering of the 
Martyrs is not tcftimony mcercly humane 
but partly divine: for that courage, and 
chcercfulneflc which they fhewedin the 
midft of all torments, vvas not from na- 
ture, but from above* 

10. Many and great wonders, fuch as 
Sathan himfelfc cannot imitate, fuch as 
exceed the power of any , yea of all the 
creatures ib the world, iuchas theinoft 
malicious enemies of Gods truth » could 
not denic to be divine , hath the Lord o- 
penly wrought by the hands of Mofes, 
the Prophets andApoftles, for the con- 
firmation of this truth, Nuih.i i .p,& 20. 
10.Exod.19.1d. 1 King.17.24.Mark.16. 
20. Heb. 2* 4. Ioh. 5. 36. and 9. 50. 3 3. 
A&. 5« 12. Thcfe miracles were fufficicne 
to confirme the divinity of this truth, and 
writing, to them who were eye witnefles 
thereof. Heb. 2. 3 .Ioh. 2o.ao.Iudg.2.7.io. 
The undoubted and cleare narration of 
them , is to us an invincible argument 
thereof* 

ii.That which is mofl ancient 5 i$ moft 
true and divine ; the pureft Religion 
is before all others ; there muft needs be 
a Law before tranlgreflionj and acorn- 

mandemen: 



with an Expojition upon the fame. 1 5 

mandement given unto man before there 
could be placcfor the Devil to tempt him . 
But the Religion taught in Scripture is of 
greateft antiquity: the do&rine of the 
Creation and fall there handled, in all ©- 
ther Stories whatfoevcr is omitted* 
Q^ How clfe > 

A.UBy 1 2 tyz kjliXt.i 3 / effttacte,f bast 
m 14 confentjaDimrable n 1 5 &ctfrine,££# 
cellcnf 1 6 mty ano ffae toim* He /> 1 7 of 
tije&mpfurettfeife* iGcn.17,1 Pfa. s o. 
1^344.24. Exod.20. 1^2. 1C0r.11.23. 
lob. j, 56. 1 Cor. 1.23. loci. 1. 1.2. /Pfal. 
19.8. Rom.i5.4,2.Rom,7*74 Zeph. 2. 1 1 • 
Zcch,i3.2.Ad.5»39.Ati.9.5,2o # 2U.PhiL 
1 1.12,13. Rom. i$. ip*2Cor.4. 8,9,10. 
T^Gen, 3. t5# and49.ip.Efa«9.6.Dan.9. 
24. Math. 1. 18. A^ao-45« aPfal.fip. 
129, i38.i72.Dctu.4,5,6. Ioh.20.31. 
pz Tim.3.16. 2PCM.19. 

Expo. 1 2.By the fttle of theScripture we 
underftand not the external! fuperficies 
of words., but the whole ordcrjchara&er, 
frame, and comprehenfion 9 which fitly 
agreech to the dignity of the fpeakcr ; and 
nature of the Argument , and is tempered 
according to the capacitie and condition 
©tthem Forwhofe fake ic was written: 

Indeed 



X& 'tAjkort fatcchifmc, 

Indeed every Prophet and Apoftle aL 
moft had a peculiar ftile ; Efay is clo- 
qucnt^ fweet, and more adorned j SoUi 
mon accurate ; leremie vehement, and 
more rough,«^/w0.rfimple:but all arc di- 
vine. Theft things declare the maieftic 
ofthcrtyle. i.Thc tit !c, that the Author 
ofihe holy Scripcuredoth iuftly chalengc 
unto him, the which imports indepen- 
dance of nature, Exod, 3. 14. fuper-cmi- 
nencie of power , andfoveraignty, Pial, 
50* 1. i.excellencrcbofh of properties and 
workes,GctM7.i.Efa.42.5.and40.22. 
26.(2) The maner ufed in teaching 5 com- 
manding, promising, and threatning. 
Things above reafon \ hidden myfteries, 
fuch as exceed all humane capacity, arc 
unfolded 3 without all argumentation or 
furniture ©f perfwafion, iXor. 2. 7. and 
$vee are required to underftand and be- 
lecvcthem, relying upon the truth and 
credit of iherevcaler. In giving thclaw, 
no proemc is ufed, but, Thus faid the 
Lord; noconc!uhon 3 but the Lord hath 
fpoken. Exod. 20. 1. 2. Commandements 
of which no reafon can bee rendred, arc 
cnioyned, Gen. 2. Jj.ai^jhac w hi c ha 
naturallman would account foolifhneffe, 

is 



with An Sxpofition upon the fame. I J 
]s peremptorily and with great fcverity 
required, Ioh.g. 36. I Cor. 1 . 13, 24* no 
argument being brought to perfwade, 
or confirmc the equitie of thofe com- 
mands ; but onely the will of theCom- 
mander. Promifcs above likelihood arc 
made; coaffure of performance no rea- 
fon is alleagcd, but, I the Lord haveipo- 
ken,Efa.5i. 22.and52. 3*4. and to en- 
courage againft difficulties and dangers 
prefent divine afliftance is promifed both 
as neccffiry and futficient. Exo.4. 1 2. Iof. 
i.p.Icr 1.8. Efa.^.j. In the manner of 
threatning alio y the like notes of the 
Divinity of the ttyle may bee obferved. 
(5) That without refpeft of perfons, hee 
doth prefcribeLawestoallmen, private 
perfons and pubhek Magiftrates y whole 
Kingdomes, and feverall eftates, com- 
manding what is diftaftfull to their vi&f 
tutCj and forbidding what they approve, 
promifing not terrene honour , but life 
cverlafting if they be obedient: threat- 
ning not with rack or gybbet, butetcr- 
aalldeathjifthey difobeyjoel i.i*£.Ioh, 
3.16* 1Sam.12.25. (4 ) ThattheMini- 
tters of the Lord of Kofte* doe require 
attention, faith and ojpediejiqe, to what- 
ever 



I 8 tAjhort Qatechifme] 

foever they fpeike in the name of the 
Lord, whether it wereprophefie, com- 
mandement, or rebuke ; whether they 
called to repentance and reformation of 
things amifle, or exhorted to obedience, 
I Cor.tl.23. Micjh. 1. t, 2. Thclow and 
humble manner of fpcech , ufed in holy 
Scripture, cannot juftly offend any man; 
for it was penned to the ufe and behoofe 
both of the learned and unlearned, Rom. 
II. 4. though the phrafe be plaine, the 
matter is high and excellent , profound 
and un.uttcrable. Hof. 8. 12. A6L2. it, 
Eafinefle and plainneffc doth beft be- 
feeme the truth: aPearlenceds notPain- 
ting, nor truth to be underpropped with 
forraine aydes, it is of it fclfeiufficicnt 
to uphold and fuitaine it felfe : it be- 
comes not the Majefiie of a Prince to 
^IaytheOrator; and though the Scrip- 
ture bee firnplc in word , it is great in 
power : no writings of Man, though ne- 
yer fo well fet forth, with wit, words, or- 
der, or depth of learning, can fo enligh- 
ten the mind«, move the will, pierce the 
haart, and ftirre up the affeiHons, as doth 
the word of God. Neitherdoe the Scrip- 
tures waiitclcquence, if the matter bee 

well 



with ah JExfofitien vft* the fame. \$ 

well weighed: no writing doth, or can 
equalize them in pithinefle of prophefy- 
ing, or ferventneffeof pray ing. The fong 
of Cliofes, and the beginning ofEfkj, in 
variety and force of eloquencc^doc far ex- 
ceed all authors,Greek & Latin • ifcom- 
parifon be made betwixt thofe places, and 
whatfoever is inoft excellently indited by 
man, either in Greeke or Latin, you may 
eafily difcerne, the ©ne was written by a 
Divine, the other by an humane fpirit. 

13. Thccfltcacieofthisdo&rinedoth 
powerfully demonftrate the Divinity 
thero£s for it converts the foule,inlightcns 
the ey es, Pfalm ; 1 9. 7, '8. difcovers finns, 
Rom.7 # 7.convincesthega>infaycr,2.Titf). 
3. \6 . kilicth and terrifieth,2.Cor. 3. 6.re~ 
joyceth the heart, Pfal. 19. 8. Pfal. 119. 
103. quickneth, Pfalm* 119. 501.93, arid 
comfoncth, Rom. 15.4. manifefteth the 
thoughts. 1 <2orinch,i4. 25.overrfirowes 
falic Religion, cafleth down flroug holds, 
and the whole kingdome of Satan, flop- 
pcth the mouth of OracJes,dcftroyes Idols 
2Cor.io.4^Z f cph*2.ii.Zach.t3.2>&re- 
maines invincible notwithftaading all op- 
pofition. Avft.5 .3 8,39. Thefe things com- 
mend thecflficacieof this word. 

I. The 



io AJhort Catechifme] 

word.Ci.)The nature thereof is'oppofite 
to the wifedome and will of a inturall 
man«iCor # i.2l«andi.i4.Rom.8»6.and 
yec it hathprevailed. (2) It hath prevai- 
led , not oncly with the grofle and fot- 
tifh Gentiles, who ferved other Gods; 
GaJ.4 # 8* but even with the meft fierce 
and bitter enemies thereof, A&. 9. 5, <?, 
20.2 1. (3) The enemies who did oppofc 
this truth were many, mighty, and fub- 
tile; as principally the Devill, out of his 
hatredagainft Godsglory, and mans fal- 
vation,Ephefg6.i2. Apo.2. 10. and the 
Romane Emperours as hisinftruments, 
tbcreft of the world furthering, and the 
Iewcsflirringthcmup; all which out of 
their love to falfehood and Idolatrie, 
and their malice againft the Chrift ian Re- 
ligion , did with incredible furie, and 
vigiianeic, labour the utter abolition of 
this truth, AA. 4. 27. and 9. 2, Math. 10. 
18.22 loh.i6*i. A& 13*50. and 14.2.5. 
1 9,1 Thefo.i 5 , 1 6/4 )The perfons whom 
the Lord did chufe to bee publifhers of 
this heavenly doftrine, were in number 
few , in outward appearance fimple, 
rude, bafc, and weake, andfometimes 
alfo negligent. Math^. 1 8, 19, 20. Luke 



with an Expojition ?iponthcfame % 2 1 
6.13, 2 00^4.7.8. Math. 13. 25. £• Thcfc 
firnplc and weake men 3 fubducd the 
World by Preaching the Crofle of 
Chrift , and prefcribing long fuffering 
and patience, 1 Cor. 2. 4. iTheff. 3.4. 
A&.9.16. aTim.3*2.6.The number of ail 
forts, ages,conditfons, fexes, and nations, 
who gave credit to this doctrine, & con- 
firmed the fame with the iofle of their 
lives, was innumerable. Apoc.6,9. 10. 
7. Infhorttimea great part of the habi- 
table world was converted, brought to 
the obedience of faith, fo that P^///fiUed 
all places from Iernfalcm to Iilyrichm, 
with the found of the Golpell, Col. 1. 6* 
Rom. 1 5 19. 8, The more the truth was 
pcrfecuted, the more it did prevails, A6h 
8.34 Phil. 1. 14. 9 # Thouglithe Iewes 
wchre wafted with many & great {laugh- 
ters, yet the Scriptures did ftill remainc 
fafe, and intire in their cuftodi: when 
the Hebrew Language did lie almoft 
unknowne , and had periGied alto, 
aether , had not the Lord provided for 
Religion j then by the Iewes, the deadly 
enemies of Chrift, was theDo&rineof 
Chriftian faith preserved, io« To thefe 
wee may adde, thedtcadfull judgements 
qf Go^j , which fell upon the perfecutors 



22 t~A Jhort £atechifme % 

of the Chriftian faith ; amongft whom 
iome were forced, at their lift gafpe, to 
acknowledge the Divinity of thisvtord« 
All which things doe ftrongly confirme 
the propagation, defence, and conferra- 
tion of this truth and Dodhine to be ad- 
mirable, and of God. 

14. The fwecte and admirable con- 
fent which is found in ail and every part 
of Scripture , cannot be afcribed to any 
but the Spirit of God; each part Go ex- 
actly agreeing with it fclfc, and with the 
whole, Ioh. 5.46. This may fufficicntly 
appearc , by comparing the prophefies of 
the old Teftamcnt touching Chnft , the 
calling of the Gentile?, and rejc&ionof 
the Icwes , with the accomplishment of 
them, declared in the New, Gen* 3. 15. 
and 12 2. and 49. 10 Numb. 14.17. Dan. 
9,25. Man. 18. Luke 1.55. and 24* 27* 
44.A&. 26. 22.Deut.32. 21. Mai. 1. 10, 
n.Pfal.a.8.and no i.Ad: II. iS.Pfal. 
118. 22. 23. Matth.21.42. Such exa& 
confen-tas Uere is to bee found, is im- 
poflibleto be fainedofmen, or Angels, 
as the things fore-told were removed 
from their knowledge and finding out, 
until! they were revealed. Thefe confe- 
derations give tfrenpth to t;hi$ argument, 



•« 



l.Th$ 



with an ^Exf option upon the fame. 2} 

I. The length of time , in which this 
Writing continued; viz.. from Mefej un- 
til! lohn % which prevented all con- 
ceits of forgerie , fince they were not 
written in one, nor yet in many ages, 
1, The multitude df Bokes that were 
written, and of Writers who were im- 
ployedinchat fervice. 3. The diftanceof 
place, in which they were written, w hich 
did hinder that the Writers could noc 
conferre together, let* 2. 1.2. snd 36.5. 
E2ek.i« i. 4. The filence of che adver- 
faries, who in all that long fpacc mention 
ned, whiles the Scripture was in writing, 
could never deteft any thing in thofe 
Bookes, asfalfe, or erroneous; whofefU 
lencc is of great weight in this cafe, be- 
caufc they were eye vvitneffes of thofe 
things whkh our Saviour taught, did, 
and fuflfercd , according as ic was pro- 
jjhefied of him : fo that they knew the 
Prophefics, faw the accomplifhment ©f 
them , and were acquainted with thtc 
which the Apoftlcs had written* If the 
Prophets or A pofllcs who wrote the fame 
Hiftories, docfeemctodiffentin anycir- 
cumflanccs, this doth nothing dcu gate 
(to their authority : for in chtroftl ve's t r-ey 
C a differ 



24 A (hort fotecbifmr] 

differ not, the fault is our ignorance, and 
apprehension : by a right and juft inter- 
pretation, they may eafi Jy be reconciled ; 
and the diflbnancie which fcemes to be 
amongft them in (mail things , doth 
free them from all fufpkion of fraud ; and 
their fwcet confent in all matters of im- 
portance , doth convince that they wrote 
by the guidance of the fame Spirit. If 
they had all written one thing , they 
might fceme fuperfluous; if each anew 
hiftorie, there could appcare no fieps of 
confent ; when they relate the fame ftory 
with the fame circumftances, they have 
their ufe one fometimes fpcaking more 
plainly than the other , and when they 
agree in matter, but feemc to diflentin 
.circumftancc y the truth is themorecon- 
firmed , an argument of fuller crcd it may 
bedrawneout of that diffent : for as the 
Heathen man obfervech, too exact dili- 
gence is neither approved of all f neither 
doth it want fufpition. To thisfweeta- 
grecment of holy Scripture with it felfe, 
it might be further added, thatitagreeth 
with all other truth whatfocver : there 
is nothing true in DWinitie , which is 
falfe in Philofophie , nothing in Phi- 
iofophie is repugnant to the truth in 

Divi- i 



yfiith An Expojition upon the fame. % 5 

Divinity, but it may bcovcrthrowneby 
the principles of right SctruePhilofophy-j 
15. The matter intreated of in holy 
Scripture is^vjineand wonderfull. It ex* 
plicatcs unto us the nature^roperties^ant* 
high a6h of God , purely and hoiily. It 
defcribes theperfon of Chrift^ fo fitly, ex- 
cellently, and conveniently, thac if the 
mind of man confider ic attentively, of 
neceflity ic muft acknowledge, it doth 
exceed the reach of a finite undemand- 
ing. Itdifcovcrsunto us the mifcry and 
corruption of man by nature, theincom- 
prehenfible iovc of God in Iefus Chnft 
towards man, that happy reconciliation 
if fwcefofpeakej of his juftkeand mer- 
cie by his infinite wifedome, ordaining 
Iefus Chrift to bee our Mediatour; and 
it unfolds the covenant of Grace, which 
God made with man after his fail ; all 
which can be drawne from no fountain?* 
but divine revelation, 1 Cor. 2.7. i.Eph. 
3.4,5. Col. 1.26. The Scripture alfo con* 
taines the Law of God, which teacheth 
the duty of man, and that is wife and juft, 
the Gentiles themfelvcs being Iudges. 
Deut.4.5 3 6,7. In the precepts divers 
notes of Divinity may bee obferved ; as 
1. The furpaffing cxcclleacic of thea&, 
C 3 requiring 



i& *A * fiort CatechifffH, 

xcquiring that we fhould denic our felvcf, 
andlcadccur lives according to thcap- 
pointmentofthe Lord, Math. 16. 24,25. 
Rom.28 # i 3,1 3. 2«The wondcrfull equity 
tbat doth appeare ia cvfcry comraande- 
mem, 3. The admirable ftrangenefle of 
IbmeAds, whichanaturall man would 
count foolifhnefle, yet prefcribed as ne- 
ceflary,loh^.j6>and8.24. 4. Thcmaii- 
ncr how obedience i$ required, K/*.that 
it proceed from a pure heart, a good con- 
fidence, and faith unfained, Deut,6. 5. 
iCor.13,2.1 Tim. 1. j j.Andtheperfe&i- 
on of the law, commanding and allowing 
all good , but forbidding and condem- 
ning all finne and wickfdi.cfTe, of what 
iinde foever, Take a biiefe view of the 
ten Cornmandements,are they not plaine, 
pure, briefe, prrfc£,?juft y extending to 
ail, binding the conference, and reaching 
xo the very thoughts ? And doe noc all 
thefe things commend unto us the juftice, 
wtfedome,holine(Te,omnipotencic,cmni- 
fcience , perfoftion , and abfblure fove- 
raigotie of the Law-giver ? The pro- 
mises and threatnings annexed to the 
3Law, wiUfufferus toacknowlcdge none 
ether author of them , but the Lord a- 
ione: for none can make them buthee, 

hee 



with *H Expojition upon the fame] 2? 
heoncly can give eternall lifc 3 and inflift 
eternall condcmnation.Morcoverthcfc are 
fo fet together with thecommandements, 
as they can rqove none,but onely the con- 
fcicncc of him, who doth acknowledge 
thecommandementstobedivine. 

16. The end of the Scripture is Di- 
vine, viz.* the glory of God, andthefal- 
vation of man; not temporally but eter- 
nall. The Do&rines, precepts, prohjbi. 
tions, and narrations, are all referred to 
thefetting forth ofGodspraife, which 
fhewes that they are from above, loh. 7. 
18. and f.4i. and 8.50.54* Gal. 1. 10- 
Andtojpeaketruth 3 what ismoreequail 
than that all things ftiould returne thi- 
ther, whence they bad their beginning? 
This word alfo doth point out unto mart 
what trucblefledncffc is,and how he may 
be reconciled unto God, being loft by 
finne; whiehtsafirme demonftrationto 
prove unto us the Divinity thereof: for 
whatismore agreeable to the wifedome, 
bounty, mercy, grace,and power of God f 
than toreftorc man fallen, and to make 
himpartakerof eternall happineffe? and 
who can (hew unto man, how hg may be 
admitted unto Gods favour , having of- 
fended, or direft and lead him forward in 
C 4 the 



^g Afiort.Catechiftne, 

che path of life,but the Lord alone ? Thefe 
arguments art of great force , whether 
they bee fcverally or joyntly confideretl, 
and doe as ftrongly prove that the Chri- 
ftian Religion is onely true,- . as any other 
reafon can , that there waSj \s 3 or ought 
to be any true Religion. 

17. Tliistefiimonie of Scripture it felfe 
is moft deare, certaine s infallible, pub- 
lick, and of it fclfe w orthy credit, it being 
tbeteftiinony of the Lord himfelfe , who 
i^ in all things to be belecved* But the etf- 
ternall light of arguments , and teftimo- 
nhs brought to confirme and demon- 
ftrate, mutt be dift inguifhed from the in- 
ward operation of the holy Ghott j ope- 
ning our eyes to fee the light fjiining in 
the Scripture , aiid to dilcerne the kak 
thereof^ Cor. 1.22. 

Q^Thefereafons may convince any, be 
heneverfoob(iinate s but are they fufficient 
toperfwadethe heart hereof} 

A. $0 : ttjefettwienp of ttje l * Spirit 
is nccdTar? 7 , anu onelgr nU'fafftcient 
fojt&ts purpefr. <] 1 Cor.a.i^.r 1 Iob.2. 
20.27* 

Ex$ef.\%* By nature we are blindein 
fpirituall things. 1 Cor. 2. 14. Math* 15. 
14. though (therefore the Scripture bee a 

/Lining 



with an Sxfofition flfon thffame. 2 9 
fliining light >PfaI. 119. icjt ycc unlcffc 
our eyes be opened, Pfal. 1 ip> i{& A&.26. 
18., wee cannot fee it % no more than a 
blind man doththeSunne, loh. Uy. The 
Spirit is the author of fupernaturall light 
and faith> 1 Coro. 89. Eph.ij.1j7. ijob. 
5. 6, 10. by the infpiration thereof were 
the Scriptures written , 2 Pet. 1.21. the 
fecrets of God -arc fully kacfwne unto, 
and effc&ually revealed by the Spirit, 
iCor,2.lo.thefamclaw which is writcen 
in the Scriptures,, the Spiritdoth write in 
the hearts of men that be indued there- 
with, Efai.59.21. Heb.g.io. For which 
rcafons it muft needs be, that thetefti- 
monie of the Spirit is all-fufficicnt to 
perfwade, and affure the heart that the 
Scriptures are the word of God. To pre- 
vent miftaking therein , obfervc thefe 
rules; i. The Spirit of God doth aflu- 
redly perfwade our confeiences that the ' 
Scriptures are of God , by enlightning 
our eyes to behold the light, writing the 
Law in our hearts, fea ling up the promi- 
fes to our conferences , and caufing us 
fenfibly to feele the efte&s thereof, u 
Gor.2.12. Luk.24 45* l Cor.14. 37' * crc * 
31.53. 2 Cor. 12. 2. 1 Thef.i.y.with 1. 
Thef.2,i3»A<5l. 16.14, a.Thispcrfwafion 

of 



3© tsfjbort Cdtochifmel 

of the Spirit iitnorecemine th?n can bee 
proved with r«afon,or expreffed in words: 
for things doubtful J may be proved , but 
things in tbecufclves mod clcareandcer- 
taine, be above all proofe and reafon ; as 
the fhining of the Sunne needs not to bee 
confirmed by argument to him that hath 
his eyes open to fee the light thereof. 
3. This teftiinonie of the Holy Ghoft i$ 
certaineand manifeft to him that hath the 
Spirit, but private not publique,teftifyihg 
onely to him who is endued therewith j 
but not con vincingothers,not confirming 
do#rincs to others. 

4. This tcftimony of the Spirit is not 
to be fevered from the Word,which is the 
instrument of the holy Ghoft , and his 
publick tcftimony # It is not therefore in- 
jurioas to trie the Spirit , by the word of 
God. 1 Ioh. 4. 1 , feeing there is a mutuall 
relation betweene the truth ©f the partie 
witnefling , and the truth of the thing 
witneffed ,and the holy Spirit, the Author 
of the Scripture , is every-where like 
unto, and doth every whete agree with 
himfelfe. 5. The teftimonic of the Spirit 
doth not teach or aflurc us of the Letters^ 
fyllables, or feverall words ef holy Scrip- 
lure, which are oncly as a veflcli,to carry 

and 



with An Expo Jit ion *f>cn the fame. 5 1 

add convey that heavenly light unto ui $ 
but it doth feale in our hearts the faring 
truth contained in thoft facrcd writings 
into what language foever. they betranfla^ 
tcdjEph 1 -1 3. 6The Spirit doth not lead 
them in whom it d welleth $ abfolutcl v and 
at once into all truth > but into ail truth ne- 
ccdarytofalvation^ and by degrees. lohn 
l6.13.witb A<5t. 1 tf.and 1 1,1. fo that ho* 
ly men partakers of the fame Spi ic 3 may 
crrc in many things, and diflent one from 
another in matters not fundamental!. 

Q^Wkat Are the properties of the Serif- 
tart ? 

An. 3(t is of «* JDtbtne * ant|o}it& tyt 
rate 10 of t fattlj ano manners, t% u nscef* 
far?, " w pare,** *perfedsanD*4; plain, 
/ 2 Tim, 3.16.* Eccic. 12.10.GaK6. i<$. 
*Ronvo. 14. n>Pfal. ii 6.#Pfal. 19,7. 
jPro.8.9. 

Expof. 19. Such U the cxcellcncie of 
the holy Scripture, above all other wri- 
tings whatfeever,* Tim.3.1 5.2 Pet, 1.19. 
that it ought to bee credited in all nar- 
rations , thjreatnings, promifcs , orpro- 
phefies. 1 Tim. 1. 15, Hcb.n. u.aPer. 
1. 19. and obeyed in all comnrnde- 
ments, lob 22.22. Iere. 13.15. Rem. 1*5. 
God the Author thereof , being of in- 

com- 



3 2 tSiJbort C'atechifms, 

comprchenfiblc wifedomc.Ptalm. 147% ji 
great goodnefle, Exod-18.9. Pfalm.j^S^ 
Kom. 11. 22. abfolute power and domi- 
nion 3 Gen.i7-i.PfaJ.5o,i. 2. andtruth^ 
that can neither deceive nor be deceived, 
Rom.3.4. Tit.i. 2.Heb.6. 18* The aia^ 
thority of the Scripture doth oncly and 
wholly depend upon God the authorof 
it, and therefore though one part maybe 
preferred before another , in refpe$ of 
exccllencie of matter and ufe, Can. 1. i. 
1 Tim. 1. 15. in authority and certainty 
every parr is cquall , and oncly Scripture 
k of divine author ity # Gal. i,8.Mat. 1 7.5 . 
1 Cor* 1 1.2 3. 

20. The Scriptures are the word of 
Chrift, Col. 3. 1 6. whofe word is upright f 
Ecclef.12. io* Phil. 3.16. the firft truth, 
Heb. 13. 8. received by irnmediaxe^divine 
Revelation, 2 Pet. 1 ,2 1 . and delivered so 
thcXDhurch ; fufficient to make the man of 
God perfect in all good works, 2 Tim. 3. 
16, 17* thetreafury whence all do&rioes 
murt be taken, 1 Pet. 4. 1 1. A6h 26. 22. 
Luk. 16.29. the touchftone whereby they 
muft be tryed,A£. 1 7.1 i.Efa.8. 20.with- 
out which error in doftrine and manners 
is unavoidable. Mach.22.29. 

21. In refpeil of iubftance the word of 

God 



mtb An £xpo(itioH upon the fame. 3 • 

God was al way cs necefTary,Eph. 2,20. 
without which wee could neither know, 
nor worfhip God aright, Heb. 1 1.3.6. 
Matth. 22. 29. Ioh.20.31. 2 Tim. 3.16. 
Rom. 1 5. 4. Luke 24. 26,27. Inrcfpe&of 
the manner of revealing in writing, the 
Scriptures were neceffary , ever fince it 
pleafcdGod after that manner to make 
knowne his will, Dear. 17. 18. loft. 1. 8. 
Rom.ij^.Luk.i.j.Iudev^.andfofhall 
be to the end ofthe world. 1 Cor. 10. r I. 
Rer.22.18. 

22. This blefled word of God is free 
from all 3 eventheleaftftain of folly ^error, 
fiilfhood,orunjuftice > Pral.ii9.i38.i40. 
Prov. 30. 5.Ioh. 17. 17. all things being 
laid downe hoiily and t ruly,both for fub * 
ftance,circumftance,and maner offpeak- 
ing,Pfal # 5i.i. Math.1.25. 

23. Wbatfoevcr was, is, or ("hall bee 
necefTary - % or profitable to bee knowne, 
beleeved, pra&ifed, or hoped for, that 
is fully comprehended in thebookesof 
the Prophets and Apcftles, Luke id. 29. 
3i.Ioh«5.39.Rom. 15.4, Galat. i.S 5 p. 
2Tim.3.if,i6j 17. The perfeftion ofthe 
Scripture will more plaiftely appeare y if 
wee confider. 1. That religion for the 
fubfia.nce (jhejeof \yas eyer one and un- 
changeable 



54 *AJh*rt Catechifmc, 

changeable. Heb. 13 8. Eph^.j.Iude^ 
Ad.26.22.Tic.1- 1. 2. 2* ThelawofGod 
wxittcn by CMofes and the Prophets, 
did deliver whatfoever was needfuil for, 
and behoovefull to the falvation of the 
Ifraelitc .Deut.4.2. and 12.3a. Pfal. i. 2. 
Mal.4.4. Hbf. 8, 12, Luk,io.26. 3. Our 
Saviour made kaowne unto his Difciplcs 
thclaft and full will of his heavenly Fa- 
ther, lob. 14. 26. and f <>. 1 5: and i£. 13. 
!• i8 # and what they received of him, 
they faithfully preached unto the world, 
Aft. 20. 2j* 1 Cor. 15. 1, 2, 3* Gal. r.8. 
1 lohn 1 , 3. and the fumme of what they 
preached* rs committed to writing. A&s 
1. 1. 2 lohn 20. 31. 1 lohn 5. 13. with 
A<&s8. 5, i.jCor,*.2. Rom.10.8 9,10. 
4. There is nothing neceflarie to bee 
knowne of Chriftians , over and above 
that which is found in the old ITcllame nc, 
which i$not plaincly, clear ely,and#fully 
fetdownt, and to be gathered out o r the 
writings of the Apofiles and Evangelifts. 
jnthc whole body of the ScMp;urc, all 
doubts Sccontroverfics arc pciftitly deci- 
ded,Efay 8.20. Mjth.2r 29 40.Deut.17. 
8,9jio,n,ia. 2Tim.^. \6 17 nd every 
particular booke is fuftidentiy perfeft for 
tht proper end thereof* Vnwricterr tra« 

ditions 



with an ExpoJitioH upon the fame. 35 
ditions, 1 Cor. 4. 9. new articles of faith, 
Icr.7.gx.& 1 9.5- and newvifionsand re- 
velations ,arc now to be rcjeded.Heb.i.i* 
lohn 4. 25. lohn 15. 15. and 16. 13. 
wkh.Math a8.i9.aCor.$«6.8.ii. wiih 
Heb.8,x;« 

24- In themfclves the whole Scrip- 
ture is eafiCjPfaloi. 119. 105. t Pet. j. 19. 
Prov* 14.6. fuch excellent matter could, 
not beuclhrered in morefignificant , and 
fitwords.A&*i.i6.withEph.i. 17. But 
all things in Scripture are not alike ma- 
nifeft, 2 Per. 3. id* The Gentiles by na« 
ture have the Law written in their hearts, 
Rom. 7. 14- but to a naturall man the 
•GofpcU is obfeure , accounted foolifh- 
nefic. iCor.i. 11. and 2. 14. Things ne- 
ceffary to faWition are fo clearely laid 
downc , that the fimpicft indued with 
the Spirit, cannot be altogether ignorant 
ofthefame,Efa.54ij.loh.6«45.Dcut.3o. 
11. Matth. xi. 25. 2 Car. 4. 3* But to 
them who are in part iulightened, 1 Cor. 
13. 12. many things are obfeure and 
darke, 1 Cor. ij # 9. to tame the pride of 
mans nature. 2 Cor. 1 2. 7. worke in \x$ a 
reverence to the Scripture, 2 pet* j« i£. 
17, 18. ftitre us up with care and dili- 
gence to rca^^pray, kwe ? 5cc. andufe 

Gods 



g6 AJhort CMechifoe] 

Gods meancs to grow in knowledge, 
Pro%i.3,4^.& acknowledge that all hea- 
venly wifedome doth come from above^ 
Pro*2.tfJam.i.5« iKin.5.^. lob 28.25* 

Q^ For what end was the Scripture 
written ? 

An. 2Co * feaelj, 2 * tnfiract , coniuncc, 
correct, anocomfojf, *,aTim.3* 16, 17, 
Rom. 15,4. 

£xpof.2$. Faith and obedience is the 
Way to happineflc, and the wholeduty of 
man is faith, working by love. Rom. i,$\ 
Tit. 1. 1. 2. 2Tim.i.i3« Gal.5,6.&6.ij. 
which isaflaultedwith ignorance, error, 
fupcrftitionand prophancnefle, 1 Tim, 1. 
6. 19,20. 2 Pet, 2* i y 2 y 3* and befet with 
many afflictions. 2 Tim. 3,12. Therefore 
the Scripture,. which was given tofhew 
unto man the way of life and falvation, 
was alfo written to teach found Do&rine, 
improve errour,corre& iniquity, inttrudl: 
to righteoufneffe, and comfort in the path 
ofholineffe^ 1 Tim f i. ro, 11. Tic. 2. 12. 
I Thef.3.5,4,Hcb.i2.i.2. 

Q^ Doth the knowledge ef the Scrip* 
tnres belong unto all men ? 

An. ^es: 2 *all men are not onelp 
aliotoeD rfbptcr&ojteo anD b commando 
tsreao^care, re unscrftans tytfraip* 

turs 



with ap Exfofition Hponthefame^ 37 

farc,4loh.5.39.^Dcut.i7.i8,i^Rcvd 
1 3. c A&. 8. 30. 

Expf. 26. The Scriptures teach the 
way 0nifejPrQv.2-9.Luk 16.29. A6K24* 
14'and 13.46. PJaJ. 16. 11. Ioh. 6, 68. fee 
forth the duties of every man in his place 
and etiateof life, Deur. 17.17118,19,200 
Iofh. i.8,Pfalm.H9 24. 2Chron.23. 11. 

1 Tim.^.i4.and 5.i,&c. 2 Tim. 3*16 17. 
are the ground of faith 5 Rom. 4. 20. 

2 ChrQ.20 20. 1 Tim. t. j^.rheEpifieof 
God fentto his Church. Hof. S> 12. Rev. 
2.1 .8. 1 2. his TefUment wherein we may 
findc what legacies hee hath bequeathed 
unto us, 2Cor.3.i6.4- Heb. 10. 16. Tohn 
14. 17, the Sword of the Spirit. Eph. 6. 
17. being knowne and embraced m kc 
amanhappy.Pfaim,H9.97.98Xuke i Q . 
42 and i6o29.Pfalm. i.a.Keyel.ij. buc 
neglected cr concerned , plunge men in- 
to ail miferie. Heb. 2. 3. Matth 22 e 2p. 
Pialm. 50. 16. thereforeall men of what 
£ge, cftate , quality , or degree foever, 
ought to acquaint themfelves with the 
wordofGod.i Iohn 2. 14.15. Pfal.u 9^9. 
A£h 17. 11. Deut.6.7. A6t. 18.25 28, 
for it was given of God , for, the benefit 
and behoofcofall forts, Rom. 1. 14 be- 
ing milkc for babes, and meat ror firofeg 

D men* 



3 8 ts4 foort QatecUpme\ 

men. i Cor«3« i. a.Heb # 5* 13. plaincand 
cafieto inftruft the fitnple. Proy.i-4* Pfak 
i^.y.and fullofhidden wifdometoexer- 
cifethc flrong , and fatisfie the wife. Col. 
3.3* I Cor.2. 7. Prov.i .5. that both forts 
•may be able to "try the Spirits , 1 Iohn 4.1 • 
be wife unto falvation , and grow rich in 
all fpirituall knowledge and underftand- 
ingjCol.i .lo.and i.2,and 3. 1 6. 

Q^The Scriptures arc written in He- 
brew and Greece , how then Jbouldallmen 
read and under ft and them ? 

An.^lje?oug^ttobeflftranaateD*7tn# 
fa fcnaUme tongues *anD lS interp;eteO* 
^iCor.i4.i8.i9^Neh.8.8.A6>.8.3 5. 

Expfif.ij. The Prophets and ApoftJes 
preached their do&rines to the people 
and nations in their knowne languages. 
Jer.^d* 15, i6,A&s2*6* Imrnediaily af- 
ter the Aportl-cs-rimes, many tranfiations 
wereextant. All things muft be done in 
the congregation unto edifying. 1 Cor. 
14, i6# bur an imknownc tongue doth 
not edifie, Gen. IT. 4. and all arc conu 
mandedto try the Spirits, 1 Thef. 5. 21* 
I Cor.10.15. 

28. The expoundingof thcScriptures 
is commanded by God 3 1 Cor. 14% i< ?• 
4,5,39. and pra&ifed by the godly >Luk, 

4.1 £♦ 



with an Expofitio* upon the fame. 3^ 

4.16. and 24. 27. Match, 1.23. 1 Cor, 14* 

1 9. profitable both for the unfolding 0*" 
obfeure places. Neh. 8.8* and applying 0*" 
plaine texts, 1 Con 11.23. *+ ^,29. P 
rtands in two things : 1. In giviag the 
rightfenfe, Matth.33. 38. A<5ts2. 29.30.- 
Gal. 3. 16. 2. In a fit application of the 
fame, Ads 2. i6 v and 1.16. 1 Cor. 14* 
24. 2 Pet. 1. 12. Of one place of Scrip- 
ture , there is but one proper and na~ 
turall fenfe , though fometimes things 
are fo expreffed , as that the things 
therofelvcs doc fignifie other things, ac- 
cording to the Lords ordinance, Gal. 4, 
32,23,24. Exod. 12.46. with Iohn 19.36. 
Pfa.2.1. with Ad.4.24 J 35 > 2*.weare not 
tyedtothecxpofitions of the Fathers or 
Councels, for the finding out of the fenfe 
of the Scripture, Rom. 3. 4.Matth.5.27» 
^.51,32,33,34. 38,39.43,44. cheboly 
Ghoft fpe&king in the Scripture, is the 
oncly faithfull interpreter of the Scrip- 
ture ; Lu, 1.70,1 Cor.2ao.1i.Ioh. 14.26.' 
Eft. 5 5. 4. The mcanes to find out the true 
meaning of the Scripture, arc conference 
of one place of Scripture with another, 
2 Sam. 24. 1. with 1 Chro. 2 1. i.Efa.28* 
i6.withRom. 9 33. Efai.65. 1.2* with 
Ron?* 10,20,21 v Mich.5 % 2. yficb Math .2.- 
P 3 g.Mat, 



4-0 A fhcrt Catechifmc , 

6.Matb f 26.34.with Mar. 14. 30. diligent 
consideration cf the fcope and crcum- 
tfances of the place, Matth.22. 31^32. 
Afts2.io. as the occafions , and cohc- 
renceof that which went before, with 
;hat which followeih after ; the matccr 
whereof it doth imreat, iCor. 11,24. 
25,26.andcircumHancesofperfons,times 
and place?, Aft. 13. 36, 37, and confede- 
ration, whetherthe wordf be fpoken fi- 
guratively or fimply ; for in figurative 
fpeeches,nottheoutwo/clfhcwot words, 
but the fenfe is to bee taken, Iohn 15, 1. 
Math. 26. 26. lohrix^.6. Exbd. 12* 11. 
Ioh.6.35* iCor.io. 16, and knowledge of 
the Arts and Tongues wherein the Scrip- 
tures wereonginalJy written, iGor. 12. 
ie.Aft. 2,3,4. ^ ut a 'vvayes it is to beob- 
ferved, that obfeure places arenottobe 
expounded contrary to the rule of faith 
fet downe in plainer places of the Scrip- 
ture^Rom.s.iS^o^and 12 6.2Tim,i 13. 
Aft. 1 3.33,36, 37*Ron? # sr.7. 

Q^JVhat doth the Scripture efpecittty 
teach tu ? 

Kv.%%i ■ rcibmg/6mito!eB?t * of <E5o&, 
sanb3Jefu&Cba&«f?oh.i7 t Col. 2.1. 2. 

Expo/. 1. Knowledge is thegfoundof 
obedience , 1 Ghron. 28>p. A6H26. 18. 

a rich 






with an Expojttion upon tkejamc* 41 

a rich gift of grace. Mari.4. 11. thefirft 
grace that God givcth unco his children* 
1 Ioh.fc.20.27. and 5. 20. lohn.jtf.^. and 
6> 6 3 . the foundation of aJI other graces. 
Pro.19.2. Pial.f. io.Hof.4,4. Efa.n.p. 
the guide of our affc&ions , anddire#or 
of our actions. Pfalm.119.9. 100. 101. 
Prov.2, 10,11, 12. Efa. 50. 21. without 
which zealc is little worthy Rom, 10.2, 
facrifice was vainc,Hof.6.6,and devouon 
was but fuper#ition,A6t 17.22.23. This, 
when it is made by the work of cheholy 
Ghoft , to be efte&uall to fiucere faith, 
love, feare, and obedience, is favingjlohn 
17.3^.53.11. 

2, We mud know God, becaufe other, 
wife weecannot defire, Iqh.4. lo.obey 
1 Iob 4 2.4« nor leaving corprpunion or fel- 
lowship with him.i Ioh.1.5^,7. 

3 . Wee mud know Chrift, becaufe fit* 
hath made a feparation betweene God 
and us, E&. 59. 2. fo that wee cannot be 
received into Gods favour, or havecom- 
munionwith him, without a Mediator. 
Eph.i^.j.Rom. 3. 25.Eph.2j8. 1 lohn 
2.1. 2 Heb. 10.21,22. Ioh.i4,6.and God 
in Chrift , or God and Chrift, is the ob- 
je& of ChrilHan religion. ColoflT. 3. 17. 
1 Pet. 1 .21. Iohn 14. i Heb*i.6.€hrift is 

D 3 the 



Sfl *4t fbort Catcchtfnte, 

the image of the invifible God, Co!* r, i*$l 
the brightDffle of his glory, and theex- 
prefle image of his perfon, Hcb. i. j.ia 
whom, with open face we behold, as in a 
glaffe, the glory of the Lord f 2 Cor.3. 18. 
Iohn 14c 9. in whom are hidallthetrea- 
furesofwifdomeandkncwledge,Col.2.3. 
The Apoftles , who preached unco the 
world the whole counfcll of God nccefla- 
rietofalvation, did preach nothing, Afts 
8. 5.R01T1.10.8.9. Aft.28.31.did defireto 
know nothing, but IefusChriftandhim 
crucified. 1 Cor. 2. 2. PhiJ. 3. 8. of him 
they wrote, that our joy might be full, 
I Ioh, 1. 4. and the Lord, who forbids u$ 
to glory in any thing befide, doth com- 
mand us to glory in this , that wee know 
him in Chrift,Ier.9.23. 1 Cor. 1. 30, 31. 
So that this knowledge is neceffary,eafie, 
excellent, fufficient, found, and comfor- 
table^ Cor.4.3#4. Aft.8>8» 

Q^Horv may it be prooved that there 
UaGod} 

An.iSp f Y,tg \ too?bs anD h > tocnoers 
te^jicl) arc (mz , tlje tctii mon^ i of 3 am* 
fetence, tlie^potocrs^oft^efonic, ano 
ffce /pjdcttfes * of Safari, g Pfal.r 9. 1.2. 
Efa.41.23. Rem. 1. 20. Ads 14. 17.10b 
s*'7*8,p^Exod.8.i£.andp, 16.* Rom. 

2.15. 



with anExpofitionnpon the fame. 45 
a.i5.Efa.33.i4Pfa,i4.5.&5$.$.^Zach. 
U,i,Pfal.94.8,9,io # /RGvcl.i2.7.io, 

Expof.i. The firft creaoue was made 
of nothing, otherwifc it would not bee 
fubjeft to change and alteration : and all 
creatures arc finite, compound, impcr* 
fcA , unable to make or fuftaine them- 
fclves ; therefore of ncceflity there muft 
bcafirftcaufc, in power infinite, moft 
perfect , and ef itfelfe, that gives being 
and continuance unto all things. 2. No- 
thing can be the caufe of it felfc : therefore 
it ftiould be both the caufe and the cffc&, 
both before and after it felfc , therefore 
all things have their beginning from one 
firft andfuprearne caufe, whict^is God. 

3. Amongft things created wee may ob- 
serve a feries of caufes, and an order in 
the things themfelvcs ; but order is from 
one firft , and leads us unto one firft. 

4. All things , even things without life, 
fenfe, and reafon, which cannot moove 
voluntarily, oriatend an end , arc di- 
re&ed orderly unto an end , therefore 
there 13 one wifc^oodjandchicfedirefter 
ofalithings^hichisGod. $. The great* 
ncffCjperfe&ion, multitude, variety, and 
concord of things exifting ; the forme, 
and continuall fuftcntation of the world, 

D 4 doe 



doc flic w that all things doe depend upori 
fomeone, wife. andpe;fe£t good , from 
whom they have their being and prefer- 
yarion. 

2, By wonders; wee underftand vi- 
able and apparent works , extraordinarily 
wrought , notonely above the ordinary 
courfeof nature , but (imply above the 
pow<rof nature, either in rcfpe&ofthe 
worke it fel f e y or the rranner of doing ; 
whtch<ffe&s doe convince, that there is 
an infinite power that is above, and doth 
pvcr-rulccfll things : for every principal] 
and primary caufc is more excellent than 
the efFe^s thereof. 

3. T^e conscience dGthregifterj bring 
to remembrance-:, and bca-rc witnefle of 
*hec< gitations, words, and anions of all 
men : excufeandcomfmtin well-doing, 
againft the djfgraces, flandeis 3 and per r 
frenrions of the world.: accufe andterrj- 
£efor fit>nc iccraly committed, which 
ijeverdi 1,'n r fhaii come into the know* 

v- of men : incite to> hoiincfle fl and 
Ctirbe an j bridJefrom iniquity : which 
is a macifeft token , and proofc , tbas 
there is afuprearoe Judge, who hatbgi- 
yen a Law binding the confeience , doth 
pbiervcallQurthaljghts^ devifes, words, 

and 



with an Exfofition upon the fame. ^ 
and works, and will call us to an account* 
and reckoning* 

4 # The foule is a fpirituall, inviftble, 
and immortall fubftance 3 endued with 
power to underftand, and wilj j; bat the 
foule and the power thereof, is no: ofand 
from it felfe: therefore it mull proceed 
from another cauic, which isjpowet, wif- 
dome, and underftanding k klfe 9 an^Vlut 
is God. a. Lithe unde*(knding there arc 
certaine principles , whereby it difcer- 
neth truth and faifhood , f go<xUnd evill ; 
this gift man hath not of himfelfe, therc r 
fore it fprings from a fuprcacne anckuoft 
wife underftandmg, the,princi£aJI oaufe 
being ever more excellent thaij the ef- 
fect. 3. The mind is not fatisfied with 
the knowledge , noi the will wiEntke 
pofieffionof all things in this world, but 
ft ill they feeke, and earncftly thirft sifter 
fomc higher good : there is therefore a 
Soversigne truth , and chiefe good, 
which bcit>a perfectly knowne and en- 
joyed will give contentment. 4. By the 
power and faculties ot the Souie^ man is 
capable of happineflc > or of the chiefe 
good : but in vaine ihould hee be made 
capable thereof , if there were not a 
chiefe good to bepoffeffeji and enjoyed. 

5-By 



5* By the aflaults and fuggeftions of 
Sathan wc feclcthcrc is a Devill, may we 
not then certainly conclude that there is 
a God ? 2* Sathan labours by all means to 
extinguish the light of the Gofpell 3 to 
Ieade men on in ignorance , error , and 
prophancneffc, and to turne them out of 
the path of bolineffc : Now why fhould 
Satan warrc thus againftGod, his word, 
and Saints, why fhould hee feekeGods 
dishonour 3 and mans deftru&ion , if 
there were not a God,a law, and an ever- 
laftinglifc? 

Q^Howe/fe? 

An. 35? tyz'tmtent tf nations 7 oe# 
fence m of t&e Ci;urct} , ' fuppojt ami 
* comfojtof f&e gool? ; bat p;tnapallB 
bBtye* Scripture. »*PfaL 9. i<5.and 58. 
n.ii.wIer.jj.p.oEfa^i.S, 

Exfof.6. All nations in every age, 
time, and place of ihe world, haveac* 
kaowledgcd that there was a God, 
3. The Gentiles could not endure him, 
who denied a divinepower.j.Thcy ado- 
red ftocks, ftonesj bruitbeafts, and the 
bafeft creatures, rather than they would 
havenoDeitieat all. 4, They were zea- 
lous and forward in the worfhip of their 
Idols, which fhewes that though they 

acknow- 



with an Expofitien upon the fume. 47 

acknowledged not thetrueGod, yet they 
know chcrc is a God to whom divine wor- 
fliip is due. 5, Such as have (ludied to be* 
come Athicfts, could never blot this truth 
out of their confidences , but the majeftie 
of God hath affrighted , and iiis terrours 
madethem afraid. 

7. TheDcvill with great malice and 
furic, and ungodly men with all thcit 
might, authorise, malice, and policie, 
have laboured to find e out and extirpate 
all thofethat call upon the name pf the 
Lordlefus ; but they havebeencmiracu- 
loufly hid , prefer ved and defended by the 
Lord. 2.God hath wonderfully fruft rated 
all the devices of the wicked enemies of 
his Church; by themeanes theypradti- 
(cd to roote it cut , it was encreafed, 
3. God fought from heaven againft the 
perfecutors of his children , aad executed 
upon them, the fierccncffc of his difplea- 
^ fure : dreadful! judgements did over- 
' take many of them, and fuch horror fell 
upon fome 7 that they were forced to 
leave their places of favour , and rule, 
aod betake themfelves to a folitaricand 
private life. 4. The Lord hath armed his 
children with invincible courage and 
fortitude, to endure difgrace, contempt, 

poverty, 



48 tAJbort Qatcchiftne, 

poverty, deith, and the mod exquifite 
torments, that hell could invent; he hath 
fupported them under the burthen of an 
accufingconfcience, and inwardly refre- 
shed them as it vvere fuddenly with fyvcet 
peace and confotation 5 and by the power, 
flrcngth and comfort of the holy Ghoft i% - 
hath enabled them to fing Pialmes in pri- 
fon, and in themidft of the fire: which 
courage, ftrength, and comfort of theirs, 
dothplaincly demonftrate that there is a 
God ; ipecially if you compare it with 
thaefcare, faintneffe, and unquictnefie, * 
vexation, anddcadneflfc which is in other 
men, wfren they fuffer any thing. 
Q^WhatisGod? 

An. $$& i&pa&pixit y fjainng? [jig 
teingo£*°&mifelfe, p Ioh.^.^Exod, 
3. 14- 

Expofg. God is fpiritu^U , invihble, 
and immateriallfubftance, iTijiwi v i7. 
Luk.24.39. 

10. God is without beginning,PfaIm # 
jK>«2«andp3*.2. Ifa.45. i2..&44.6.and 
without caufe, Apoc. 1 . S. Efa. 4i» 4. and 
43. 10. and 48. is. and lb heeisvyitheut 
compofition,mftnite,Pfa.i47,^& 145.3. 
Exod. 3. ^eternal!. Prov.8. 20.42,23. 
Rom. 16. 26, incomprehensible, Exod, 



mth an ffx portion upon the fame* 49 

; j.22,2;. 1 Tim.6.16. 1 King.8.27* Ek» 
66. i.& unchangeable Jaa.17.MaL3. 6. 
Q^Jiow many Gods be there } 

An. £Dneis r one » ©00 ana »! fcfoas 
* pcrfons, t&e jfatfjer, j&on, ana i^olB 
(Sftfftt, r Deut. 6. 4. 1 Cor*8 # 4.6» / Math. 
28.19. 1 Iohn 5.7. 

Expof .11. There can be but otc Om- 
nipotence Dan. 4. 35. infinite, eternal], 
moftperfeft, firft caufe, and dire&erof 
all things; all things are referred to one 
firft,Rom«ii.35.Apocal.i.8.and4.ii. 

12. A pcrfon generally taken, is one 
intire fubftance , not common to many^ 
endued with life and underftanding, will 
and power, Aperfon in the Godhead, is 
the Godhead reftrained , or diftingui- 
ftied by his perfonall property, Iohn 14, 
16 and 15. 1. The whole diyine nature 
being inc ivifible, 1 Cor. 8.6. is common 
to all' three perfons, Father, Sonne, and 
Holy Ghoft Ad. 4. 24, 2 Cor* 1. $. Iohn 
1. i.Rom.?.f.Heb«i. 8. Num. 12.6.7. 
with A&.i.i6. 1 Pet.Mi.Hcb«j.i.A£t. 
4.25.with2Per.i«2T. & therefore what-, 
foever doth abfoiutcly agree to the di-r 
vine nature, or is ipoken of the divine 
nature by relation unto the Creatures, 
th?t doth agree hkeyyife to every perfon 

m 



5 ° t/ifbor t CAtechifmc, 

in Trinity, Iohn i.r. Prov.& 22. Apoc.f, 
8. Match. 1 8. 20. Iohn 5. 13 lob 26, 13* 
and 35. 4. Iohn 14.26. Luke 1. 3 5. Every 
pcrfon in Trinity isequalJ in glory, and 
eternity,Iohn 10.30. Iohn 17.5, Phil. 2. 6. 
Eph.i. 17. with Iohn 1. 2. 41.2nd there is 
a moft necre communion and union be- 
tweencthem, by which each one is in die 
reft, and with the reft. Iohn 14. 10,11. 
Ioh.1.1. and everyone doth poflfeffc, Jove, 
and glorifieeach other, Prov. 8* 22.30, 
loh. 17.3. working the fame things, Iohn 
5. 19. But the Godhead confidered with 
the perfonaJI property of begetting, is the 
Father, &c. 

Q. what is the proper tie cf the Fa- 
ther } 

An. 2Dq bsoffjtmfclfe, anOffonbe* 
gct^is^onne, t Ioh.1.18 and j.i8* 

*Expof.\%* The divine nature doth nei- 
ther beget,Bor is begotten : but the Father 
doth beget his Sonne by aneternall and 
neceffary communication of his Effencc, 
wholly and indivifibly to his Son, which 
yet hec wholly rctaineth in himfelfe* 
John iw.Pro.8.22.23. 

Q^What is the property of the Sonne ? 

An. Xo be r* begotten cf t$e $&Wi 
Iohn 3,18* 

Q^rhAT 



rfith an ExfofiticnttfcKthc fame. 51 

Q^ What is the frtpertic tftbe Holy 
ghofi} 

An. SDopjocaDe from tfje » jFat&et 

Qi The nature of God is infinite and in- 

ccmprehenfible, how then may wee conceive 
of him ? 

An. %y hi* ; properties, ^anBbsijtfi 
*, too;bs,7 Exod. 34.67. * Pfal.19. 1 . and 
S.i Job 36.24«&c:and 37*1.18. 

Expof.iq* A property in God % is that 
vv hereby his divine nature is knownein 
it felfe, anddiftinguifhed from all other. 
The properties of God doc not really dif- 
fer from the Divine Effcnce , nor one cf 
them from the ether , but oncly in our 
manner of conceiving ; wherefore every 
property in God is inseparable and in- 
communicable. 

Q^V/hat are his properties ? 

An.^e is ■ * molt a toifie, 15 b fircBg 3 * n 
gooM '^gracious/ 1 > utttjf "aurctfnU, 
^"perfect, ^ 21 bIe(TeD, ano^glojtoti*, 
a Rom.1^.27.^ I bis.T3^Math.ip.i7. 
dExod.^19. Rom.5 t 8.^Pfalm.i45. 17. 
/Pfa.103. 11. & i45.8.9^Mat. 548.10b 
35.7,8./^ Mar.i4.6i.Ro.p.5.^iCor.2.8. 
£*/*/. 1 5. Wifdomcis that, whereby 

God 



52 Afocrt Catechifme^ 

God by oae^Heb.^a 3. infinite, Pfal.i 39. 
6. and 147.5. Efa. 4o.2S.etcrnaIl^Eph.r. 
4.fimple, Exod. 3. 14. and unchangeable 
aft oi his undeiftandmg, Efa. 46 10. doth 
know himfelfe. Math. Ii.27.l0hn i.i8« 
and 7.29, 1 Cor. 2. 10, J 1. and all things, 
1 Iohn 3. 20. lohn 16.20. and 21.17.and 
aihonsclearely, infallibly, anddiftmtt- 
ly. 1 Chron.2^.9. 2 Tim.2.i9.PiaI.$6 f 8. 
and 147.4. Math. 10.3a wish all their 
circumftanccs; 1 Sam. 23. 11.12. Math. 
I x. 2 r. Mat. 24.22. Iohn 7. 3a difecrning 
a mart wife reafon of them, Eph. i. n. 
Prov.8.14, 

1 6. Strength is that, whereby God doth 
rnoft freely, Pfaf.i 15,3. and 135.6. with- 
out refinance or wearinefle, vvhatfoevcr 
he doth \vil,Dan. 4.35.^13.40.28. and can 
coe whatloever he can will, Math.3.9. 

17. GoodneiTe is that ^ whereby God 
being the chicfc good,Mark.io. 1 8. flic w- 
££h himfclfe very good and bountifull to 
all his creatures, Pfarn. ?6. 5.Ge«.i. 31. 
PfJ.33. j.and $6.5. and 14^ 9. 

1 3, Gracioufhcfleis chat, whereby God 

n^truely amiable in himfeUe, PCalm. 

£6,15, and hi. 5. is freely bountifull 

unto his Creatures, Rom. 3^4. 1 

and cherifhi^g (httn tenderly, without 

any 



%>kb an Expojition upon the fame € 5 j 
any dcfcrt of theirs, Pfal. 145. 8, and 36, 
5,7,9. Luk.i.^o, 

ip. Iufticc is that , whereby God is 
true in all his fay ings, Eccl. 12. io.Roreu 
3. 4. and righteous in all his doings,Gcn. 
18.25.Deuc. 32.4.10b 8.3. and 34,io,and 
36,23. Pfal 92*15. Rom. ?♦ i4.2Chron. 
i?.7*Dan,9,i4 # 

20. Mercy is that, whereby God of 
his free grace and love, is ready tofuc- 
ceur fuch as are, Pfalm. 57.10. and 108. 
4.Pfal.io3.4,and 145, I4«er might be in 
xnifcry by the condition of their nature. 

ai. Perfe&neffe is that, whereby God 
isnecefTarilyallfufficient in and of him- 
fcife, Gen.^.i Job 22.2,8c 2y.?,<5,? J Pfa,- 
i<5, 2. and the caufeof all perfed"hon and 
goodneflfe m every thing befides, iam*i« 
17* 2 Cor. 3.5, and 4. 7. iCor. g, 4,6. 
Rom.11.36. 

22. Bleffcdnefle is that, whereby God 
fully and eflentially knowing, and wil- 
ling that perfe6Hon which is inhimfelfe, 
hath all fulneffe of delight and contenu 
ment , in and of hiiafdfc, Gen. 17. 1. 
1 Tim. 6. 15. and 1.11. and is the caufc 
and obje&of thebleffedncffe ofhiscrea- 
cures, Pfal. 16. u>aad 17, 15. John IM, 
iloh. 1.3.6. 

E 23, 



5 4 ^ fi ort C atec ^f rite ^ 

23. Glory in <3od, is theadmirabk 

cxcellencie of his mod holy and divine 

nacurc^whcrcby be infinitely excdleth all 

creaturcs^xpj^, 18. Pfal,8.i.Ioh.i2; 

4X,Rom*i.23.Pfa!.29. 9. This glory the 

Lord doth manifeft roorcobfeurciy in this 

JifaNum.12.8. Exod, 33.20. t Cor. 13. 

12. by his Gofpell, 2 Cor, 4, 4. 46. and 

fignes of his prefence. Exod.33.22. Efo 

6, 1. ^^.femefhining brightnefTe,Luke 

2, jj.Matth. 17. 2.5. or thick cloud and 

€Hr 1 AnefTc,Ei:od.i6.io.and24.i6.iKing^ 

8. 11. and excellent a£ts befeeming his 

grcatncjGfe,P£!l. 19. 1. Pfal.ap.^.Exod.p. 

16. lohn 2. if. 2Thcff. 1. to. But more 

ciearely it is revealed in Heaven. Rev, 11 ♦ 

23. Ioh. 17.24. 

Q* What are kisworkj? 

An.lSDhe^are t^ce,32Derra:,Creattoni 
anBP:ot)tcence. 

Q^jfhar i* the D ccree ? 

An. SEIjat tofcerDbi? <35oB |atl) from 
ctcrnifr? fet Baton { tottfc imnfelfe to^aN 
foctiervftaUccmetopiiire^Eph.i.ii. 

Ex-vnf.i. AH things with their caufes, 
effects , eircuraftances , and manner ot 
feeing arc decreed by God, A&s 2. 23. 
and 4. 27, 28. Eph. 1. 1 1. This decree is 
rcoft wttc,Rona. 1 1. 33. juf^Rom.j. 13. 

14. 



»ith an TLxpojition upon the fame, j y 
I4 t eccrn;ill, Epb. i# 4,5. 2 ThcfT. 2# 15 ■ 
A#.if.i§* 1 CGr.2.7. nccc{Taric a Pfa.33 - 
1l.Pro.19.2t.unchangeable.Heb. 6.17* 
moft free, Rom. 9. *8. and csufe of all 
good, lam. 1. 17. but not of any finnc, 
1 loh. 1. j. The fpcciall Decree of God 
concerning Angels and men is called Prc- 
deftinatioii, Rom. 8. 30. Of the former 
little is fpoken in holy Scripture, of the 
later more is revealed, not unprofitable 
to be knowne. It -may be defined, the 
wife, free, jv& 3 eternal], and unchanged 
ablcfen:e[iCe,ordecrceofGod,Eph.i.ii« 
determining with him r dfe tocreate and 
governe manfofrhis fpeciall glory, viz,* 
the praife of his glorious mercy , or greac 
ju(iicc,Rom. 9, 17, 18. Rom. n. 36 Of 
this decree there be two parts: Ele£Hoa 
and Reprobation, iThef, 5,9.11^4, 5* 
Eledien is the decree of God, of his free 
love, grace, and mercy , ehufing foine 
i men to faith, bolincfie, arvd cternall life, 
for the praife of hi& glorious mercie* 
iThef. 1.4. sThcf.2. 13. Eph.i. 4,5,6. 
Rom. 8.29, 30. Thecaufe which moved 
the Lord to cledt them who arc ebofen, 
was none other but his mecre good-will 
andpieafure,Luke 11.32. Rom. 1 1.5. and 
$ } 1 1, i^.Eph. i. 5. 2 Tim* 1. 9. The enci 
E 2 is 



5 6 A port fatechifme] 

is the manifestation of the riches of his 
grace and mercy, Rom. 9. 23, Eph. 1.6. 
The fending of Chrift, faith, holineflc, 
and cternall life , are the effe&s ofGods 
Jove , by which bee manifefteth the infi- 
nite riches of his grace, Ioh. 3,1*5. ilohn* 
4.ic.A&.i3.4§ # Tici.i,CoJ. i.i2.Rom. 
6.23. In the lame order God doth execute 
this decree in time, in which hee did dc- 
crceitinhiseternallcounfelljiThcflT.j.p. 
2Theff..2. 13. Reprobation is the wife, 
iuft.andabfolute decree of God,otdai»ing 
to leave fome men unto themfelvcs , to 
fuffer them to fall, and to infli& upon 
them eternall punifliment , deferred by 
their finncs, for thepraifcofhisunfpeak- 
able and great iuftice,Rom.p.i 1. 13.22. 
Iude<f,Ier. <5. 30. The caufe of this de- 
cree is the abfolutc will and good plea- 
sure of God, Mat.n.26.Rom.9.i3. mans 
finneis the caufe why God will punifii, 
but no occafion why hec did ordaineto 
paflc by 9 or to punifli man, Rom. p. 1 8. 
20. This decree is iuft, becaufcGod hath 
power over man, as the Potter hath over 
his Clay , to make ode veffell to honour, 
and another to difhonour, Rom.p. 2t« 
Icr. i8.d.Matf^20. 15* The end hereof 
is not thcccnjcnwatioo of the creature, 

but 



with an Exf option upon the fame. 5 7 
but the manifestation of Gods juftice, 
Rom, 9. 22. Sinnc is the eftc& of Mans 
freewill, and condemnation is an effeft 
of juftice,infli&ed upon man for finne and 
difobedicflce, Ioh.3*i8.& 12.37,38,39, 
40. 2Thcff. 2* 9* 10. but the decree of 
God, which is good, istWecaufeof nei- 
ther, Pfa.5.4. A man in this life may be 
aflured of this election,! Per.1.10. 1 Thef, 
1.4, and eternal! happinefTe 5 Matb*24. 24, 
loh.io. 28,29^0111.8.33,34.2 Tim. 2.19. 
but not of his reprobation; for he that is 
nowprophane, may be called hereafter, 
Math.20.5,6. 

Q. What is creation ? 

An. 2£&at to^rebg ©ot> tna&e ail 
/fljtngs 2 of noting , in m Gtz uiz$> 
/Heb,i 1.3. s^Exod, 20.1 1 # 

Expo/. 2. The firft matter whereof all 
things were made was notcterdall^Gen. 
1. i.Prov. 8. 22, 23. for then it could not 
be fubie& to alteration, Pfalm. 10^. 26, 
27. neither fiiould God be the fountaine 
ofallgoodnefTcj if any thing had a being 
and not from him : then the word begin- 
ning could not be referred to all thiRgs* 
But it was made (imply of nothing in 
time, Heb. 11. 3. and other corporall 
things were made of >t, Gen. x« 6, Sec. by 
E 3 no 



58 \A fort Catechifme] 

no IctTe power and wifdomc , thaft the 

IumpitfclfeJcr.io.i2*Rcv*4 # ii.Iob3o. 

Q^In rr hat forme or manner were all 
things created} 

An. 3fn an nttzzWml oj6cr,an6 mk* 
Btng o gcoD > n Icr. 10. n# Gen. i. i,&c 
Gcn.1.31. 

Q. F*r what end did Cjed make all 
things ? 

A,JF o? f be /> pjatfe of Ijts great pofoer, 
gcofineffe, totfDomc, petfedton, ano free-* 

Dome, p Rev.4. 1 i,Proy.i6*4. 

Q.. What is providence} 

An. SLijat tofcerefag ®oE>3 coHj^pje* 
ferfcc,r anB 4 gofceriie all flings tuitb all 
f^etr adens*, ^ Pfa.3.8.Pfa # 36.6. 1 Tim. 
4,io*rPro.i5r.3«Macrh. 10*29,30.31. 

Expof.3. God doth confer ve all crea- 
tures in their kind. Gcn.7. i,2 3 3, and 9, 
1, 2, 3. Ac*. 17* 25.27. and inparticular. 
Dcur.25 # 4*i Cor % $>.9,Ieb38 3 #/r.or 39.3. 
Pfa.i47.9.bothin refpc& oftheir nature, 
and ofcheirqualkie^Pfal. 19.1,2. lob 39. 
I 3 2 J &c,Exod.33.25.Dcut 4 23.y. 

4. God govcr.ucth all creatures accor- 
ding to their feverall natures, Pfalm. 33. 
13,14,15;. and 135.6, 7. and 104. 14* and 
145.15* lob 10.8,9,10 11. Proy.aQ.24. 

- ' Pfal. 



Mfith An Hx f option Hf on the fame. 5$ 
PfaJ. 119. 91. with all their adtions, Pfal. 
14.2. and 33.13, 14., 18. Eccl. 3. 1,2, 3. 
&c. and8.d. Gen. 20.6. and 50. 19, 20, 
even thofetkings which arc moft cafuali 
inrefpe<5tof us,Exod.2i. i5.Dci:c.i9.j. 
God in great wifdomfc and iuftice doth 
fuffer mentofinnc, Pfalm.50.21.A6l. 14* 
i6» with-holding and wich-drawing 
from them his grace, Pfalm.81,11, 12. 
Match. 11. 2 j. Luk. 10. 28. trying them 
by outward occaftons , Gen. 3. 5, 6. 
2 Sam.i 1.2, and 16.20,2 j, 22. ludg.2.2c. 
21. giving Satan liberty to tempt them, 
2 Sam.24 1.2 Ghro.2Li.Luk.22.31.and 
carrying them forward, when by their 
owns faulc they arcoutoftheyvay, A<£ts 
17. 28* P^lm. 105.25* Ron^ i, 24, 28. 
2 FheflT.2. 9, 10, II. Alfo bee doth limit 
finne, and determine the finfull anions of 
men, 2 King 19, 28. Gen. 37.27,28. Pfal. 
l24*i,2.2Sam J i724,i Sam 24*6,7. and 
29. 6,7.Iob ltd, 12. Gen. 20.6. both in 
refped of time, Iohn7 # ^o. Luke 22. 53. 
Match. 24. 22# continjance, Hof«2. 6,7. 
Aft. 14.16. and 17.SQ.2 Pet.2.9. Apoc.2.' 
lo« place, Matth.16. 2i # and 20. 18. Luke 
*?• 3?.perfons.E£ec. 2 r. 19,20, 21,22, 
2j.Iudg. 3. 1 3, and 9.23.2 Qhro-18.31, 
-3 2. Ait. 9.2 5. and 23. 11. 21.27. Ioh.ig. 
E 4 8, 



6o AJbort Catechifmej 

8.inwardpnrpofe, Exod. 34. 24. manner 
of finning, Prov.i6.9.and2i.i.andpro- 
gveffe, Gen. 37.25,26,28.1 Sam. 23.26, 
27,and 25,22. Luk.4.24. 30. A&.9. 1,2. 
x Sam. 21. 13, 14. punifli one finne with 
another 1 . 2 Chro. 25.20. Rom.i.28.£xod. 
7.3. 2 Theflf.2. 9, 10. 1 1. and order them 
to an excellent end. Prov. 21. 1. Gen. 50. 
2O321.and457.I0b1. 1 1, 1 2,22, and 2, 
io.Efa.10.7. 

Q^ VT^at are the fpeciall creatures 
7nade,freferve<ii& governed by the Lord ? 

An. angels /ano*apen.Hebr.,2.7. 
C0I.1.16. 

Expofc. Angels arc finite, Heb, 1. 1 3 , 
14.C0l.iii6Math44.11.and 26.53.Pfal. 
68. 17. cbmplcat and immortall Spirits, 
Math. 22; 30.Luk.20. 36. Hcb.i^Pfal. 
104. 4 # made after the image of God, lob 
2. i.Pfal.8. 5. Luke 9. 26. Math.2j.3r. 
Keb.2.7. that they might praife his name, 
and execute his commandement. Pialm. 
10;. 20. Efa.6. 3. The Angels that abode 
in the truth are excellent, Ioh.8.44. Epb. 
z f 20. and 3.10. for theirnaturc,Ef3.6.2. 
Dan.9.2l.2ThefT, 1.7. gifts, 2 Sam. 14. 
1 7. Math. 6. 10. and 25. 31.Luk.i5: 10. 
I Pct.i.T2.2King.i9.35.Efa.6.2. Math. 
14.36. 1 Cor.13. 1. offices^ Dan. 7. ;o. 

Rcy f 



with an Bxpofition upon the fame. 6t 
Rev. 5.1 U and cfiate, Math* 18.10. An- 
gels and men arefpeciall creatures in re 
fpc& of their natures, gifts, Pfal. 8.5. and 
end why they were created, Pfal.103.20. 
Pfal.95<6. 

Q, What was thejlate of man by Crea- 
ticn> 

An. sgarfceliotis*I)oi£, arrt*ljapp£, 
rEccL7.2p.or 3 1. 

Exfof 6. The whole man was made 
conformable to the will of God, free from 
all impurity and fiane, andendued with 
allperfcdt righteoufuefle bemting fucha 
creature, 

Q^ Vyhjfaj you that man was holy > 

An. IBeeanfe&e teas creates after tfje 
» 7 Image of ©ob, ta t kflo s JDleoge,rtg^ 
teoafneffe, *ano true faQltatfte,/* Gca. 1; 
26.C0L3.10. Eph.^, 23,24. 

Expof.y The image or fimilitudc of 
God, (for thefetwoare oBe,Qcn. 1.26* 
with Gen. 5, 3. lam. 3.9. 1C0r.i5.49. 
CoU 3. 10O ls a lively rdemblancc of 
God,onein Effcnce^Gcn.i^y.Man doth 
referable God , not in refpect of his bo- 
dic, nor chiefly in refpe&of the immor- 
tall and fpirkuall fubftance of the foule, 
endued with reafon and will: but ime- 
fpeft of the graces which Godbeflowcd 

upon 



62 tAjhort Catcchifme] 

uponthcfoulc,Eph.4, 2?, 24. Col. 5. 10/ 
and yet by reafon of the union of the 
fouI« and tody, the whole man is faid 
to be made in the image of God , Gen. 
9.6. 

8. As God knowes bimfclfc, Iohn 8. 
55. 1 Cor. a. 10. and all things befides, 
loh. 16. 30* fo man did truly % diftinbtly, 
perfe&ly , and; cflfe&ually know God, 
Rom. 1. 19,20. his will, Rom. 2. 15. and 
works, Gen«2, 20,23. and his owne hap* 
pineflfein God, and his owne prelect e- 
ftate, though hce was ignorant of the fu- 
ture. 

9. As God willeth himfelfe as the 
chicfcgood.Efa.42. 8. andean willno- 
thing^but what is good, fo mans will was 
ablctochoofe God , and all good freely, 
readily, and orderly, and to doe what 
was required, 1 Chron.28.tf. and 29.9. 
His afteftions alio were fubie& to the 
rule of p«rfe& reafon, duly and with aa 
holy moderation caricd unto that which 
is good, refpe&ing God or nun, Tit. 2. 
5. 1 2. 1 Tim. 3. 2. Matth. 22* ij* 8. 39. 
Detir^.y. 

Q^JVhcrein did mans kappixtjft cou- 

fsa 
An, 3!n tlje cuto^ins n> of 10 fteect 

peace 



with an ExpoftUn upon the fame % 6$ 

peace ano communion foitij tfje Jlojo* 
iP.Gen.1.29. 

ExpofiQ* God did love, favour, and 
accept of man ; and man did behold, re- 
ioyce , and reft in the Lord with full de- : 
light. 

Q. what further privilc-dges did man 
enjoj in his eftate cfimocencie ? 

An. l^c teas places in x paractfc>ijao 
liberty to eat sfj efcerp tr© tnlfte^ari 
ten , erccp* i\)t%x® of IX fensiDk&gc of 
SCOD anB ctsiil , nno teas a mate ruler of 
aUeart^crearurc^A-Gen t 2.i5.jGen« 
2.i6.Ge:i,^i7.«Gen.2.i9.Pia].&<5. 

£#p*/. 1 1. The event of mans eating, 
er fbrbcaiing that fruit,did give the name 
t© that tree. If hee had obeyed, he (hould 
be happy, having experience of good: 
ifheedideat thereof, hee by experience 
fnouid know whatjgood hee loft there- 
by, and what mifery hee brought on him- 
frlfr. 

Q. Were thefe things beflotvfd upon 
Titnn that be might live && he lift ? 

An, $o, but t&at he mtg&t n fertie fte 
h \%%\ fcis sgafeer , teljo Gftttfm ffalJe 
man a late , btntring c Ijim altoaie* to 
perfect obccicnce, at» a fpcctail tzm* 
manoeraent to tr? tjtro, £Rcv.4- ?i* 

Pfal< 



£4 tAfbort C'atechifme, 

Pfalm.95- 6. * Rom. 3. 14, 

Expof. 12. God the Creator of man^ 
Pfalm. 100.3. and in that refpeifc his fu. 
prearocandabfolute Soveraigne, having 
beftowed fo great gifts , and maineliber- 
ties upon man freely, m ight upon his own 
will and plcafure require at the hands of 
man, whatobedience foever heehad, or 
would inable him to pcrforme. Deut. 1 1 . 
31, 52.1cr. 27. 5. and might alfoenjoiae 
himepzmnifeft hisloyalticand humility, 
by abftayning from fome a&in it felfc 
indifFercnr, for no other reafon, but be- 
caufehewas fo commanded, Dan. 4. 32* 
35.Pfa/.ii5.3. 
Qjyhafwas thatffeciaEcomandementi 

An*£Dft^efrdt of ^ffenotoleDge of gcDD 
am* efctlltljca fyalt not eat, fo? in fyz 
baitW tljoucafctt thereof, t\)o\x Qait 
Bte t &e Beatij, <t Gen. * 1 7* 

Q» De At hive beare tpjs threatnedifhe 
diddtfabey ; rehAtpromifc was made to in- 
courage him to this duty ? 

An.SCfje continaaucc ^ botlj of ^ fyim * 
fclfe, arrt ^ts » poffeatg in t&at gocD 

eftate f *Gcn # 2 9* 

Expof. 12. The tree of life feemesto 
be a figoe and fcale of the continuance 
of his happincfie, if hcehad obcyed,Gen, 

3 ,22. 



H>ith An Sxf option upon thtfami. 6% 

3. 22,23,24* Prov.g. 18. Apoc.2.7. 

14. All mankind was created good ia 
Adam,Eccl # 7. 3i.Rom«y.i2. 1 Cor.i^. 
22. as other creatures w«re in their kind, 
Gen. 1. 31. and God did enter intocovc- 
nant with our firft parents, Gcn.2. 17. as 
they were the root of all their poftcrity: 
fo that what they had a#ually promiied 
to them , wee had promifed to us alfo in 
them. 
CXsPid man continue in that good efiate> 

An. $0 , buV> fcee/fell from <Soa 
t&jougb tfc enticements ef ^atfcan, 

/iTim.2*i4. 

Expof.1%. Man was created good, but 
mutable, fo that he might fal],Gen. 2*17. 
Ecc!»7« 31. and God not being bound 
to uphold him, Rom. 11. 35. Gen. 17. 1. 
did fuflfer him to fall, knowing how to 
order the fame for the fetting forth of his 
glory, Pro v. 1 6. 4. God knew before that 
man would tranfgreffe, A<ft. 1 f .1 8, Pfolnu 
149.2. yet was hee nor therefore to for- 
bcaretogive man ameftwife, iuft, and 
cafie precept , whereby hec would 4 (hew 
forth his Soveraignty oyer man, 1 Sam. 
15.3.9. 

Q^Hovdidhefa//? 

An. 315$ §wn% g teilfaUg l$ again& 

$09 



1 



6$ tAfbwt CatechiftnCf 

<25o5, fraafgrefftng l)ts Uto»| Ecc.j.29? 

or gi.Rom.j. 12. 1 Ioh.^/j. 

Expof.\6. Satan was the principall 
outward ciufe of the finneofrnan^ Gen, 
3. i e lok 8. 34.APOC. 1 2.? e who envying 
the glory of God , and the falvation of 
man^did uft the Serpent as his infirument 
to feduce the woman, Gen, g.i, 2 Cor. 
11. 3. and die help of the woman to fe- 
duce the man. Gen. 3.6. The quality of 
the fruitjby accident v? as a eaufe co move 
them to eat thereof, Gen. 3, 6- and the 
juft and good law of God 3 forbidding 
thatfinne, maybefaid to be anoccafion 
of the finne , cs i; did forbid an a& in it 
fclfe indifferent , that man could not 
commit it wichontfinnc; but the princi- 
pal! inward caufc of mans fall, was his 
ownc free-will, freely and voluntarily 
trahfgre/Sng Gods cofiiandement, which 
he mighc, 3nd ought to have obeyed, but 
would noc, Gen. 2.7. 17, and 3. aj, 24. 
Rom. 5 .ipJEccl^.ji* 

Q^ What wo* thefinne he diifcv'mmit ? 

An, SD&c Seating sf^tfje fojbtooen 
fruit, b Gen. 3.6. 

£^/.i7.Thcttec of knowledge in it 
fclfe was* good, Gen. 1. 1 1,12. 1 Tim. 4*4. 
Gen. 3. 6. butthefruk thereof unlawful! 

to 






jrhk M JExpoJitich upon the feme, 6j 

to be eaten, bf caufcGod had forbidden k 
to bccaten,i Ioh.3.4.Gen.2.i7. And this 
finncof Actem was exceeding great, be- 
caufekwas the breach of iocafie acorn- 
raandement^Gen, i# 29. withGen # 2.i7* 
that God had given for thctriallof his 
obedience, committed by him that had 
received grestfavours from God, Gen, 1. 
26,27,28,8^. and that inParadife, Gen. 
5. 6. 23. Alfo it was accompanied with an 
heapof other finnes, infidelity, idolatry, 
unthankfulneflTetoGod, and conteir.pt of 
him, blafphemy infubfenbing to ihcde- 
vill^rmirther^&f. 

Q*jDid ad mankind ftnne in A&am > 

An« f£», 1 fo? l * tees are ail in Ins 
i0Bne6^Kom,5.i2.iCor.i5.22 # Heb.7 # 
9,10. 

Exf$j.i 8. Adam was not a privatepcr- 
&n,but the common parent of us all • and 
as hee received integrity for himfelfe and 
I us, fo he loft itforhimfelfeandus. 

Q. What is the fiat e of all men bj reafon 
of Adams faH} 

Ah. %&t are Oeas in «* &iw\t,m* 
boneaabes *• of feat&an, ^Eph. 2.1,2. 

fxpof. 1 9. To be dcadin finne, is to be 
utterly deprived of all life of grace, Eph. 
5. i^ fo that wee can move to nothing 



of 



68 AJhort Catechifme^ 

of our felves, that is truly acceptable in 
the fight of God. 

20. To be bondflaves of Sathao^ is to 
be under the power and dominion of the 
Devill,fo that we doe,and cannot but doe 
his will and command. 1 Tim. a. 25, 26. 
Aft.25.i8. 2 Cor.44. 

Q^Jlow doth that appear e ? 

An. 3ln tljattlje* are altogether /tm> 
able to gcoD : ana « pjone ^ to stall con* 
tt««allp*/2Cor.3.5,^Gen.8.2i. 

Expof. 21. Every faculty of Soule, 

and member of body, is defiled with fin, 

- iThcff. 5. 23* Rom. $• 6. The mind is 

blind, Ier. 10. 14.2nd ji. 17. Hath. iy. 

i4.Eph # 5. 8. imporent, Luke 24.25. fohn 

1. 5, and 5,9,10, and 8,43. 1 Cor. 2.14. 

Deut.29.4. vaine, Prov.T4.i 2.Eph«4.i7. 

1 Cor. 1. 2i, EC 44. 20. fGoIi(h,Prov« 22. 

15. Tic. 3. 3. Ef 2^. 15. Iobji. 12. apt 

todevifeevill* Ier, 4. 22. The memory is 

feeble, apt to forget good, Luke 24. 6, 7, 

8. to remember cvill, but neither good, 

nor evill as it ought, Math. 27. 63. with 

Math. 26. 75. Deuc.8.io,i 1,19. Heb. 13. 

2. 2 Pet. 3. 5. The confidence is impure, 

Tit. 1. 1 5. Heb.io. 22.bcnurmned, Gen. 

42.2i,22.Eph.4f:9.Gen.yo.i5.Heb.9. 

14. o^turmoylcd, lohn 8.9. 1 lohn 3. 20* 

Dan. 



with an Tlxpojition upon the fame. 69 

Dan.y.6 9.Gen.4 $ 4.A#.24.26.and 2.37* 
Prov.28. 1. Ef.57.2O32 1. Lev.26. 36. erro- 
neous and fuperftitious, Mark. 10. 19,20. 
Luke i8.i2.Macth # i5.2>3*Iohn 16- z, or 
doubting, Rom. 14.23. The will unable 
to chufc good, 1 Gor.2. 14. Phil. 2. 13. 
Match. 6.10. 2 Tim.2.26. Romans 8 y 8. 
ftrongtocvill, yea altogether averfeand 
rebellious, Matth.2 3. 27. Rom 6.19. Ier. 
18 1 2* and 44, 16,17. The aflf&Hons un- 
ruly and diiordered, Gal. 5. 24. Ro. 10.2. 
1 King* 22. 8. and 21*4. Iam # 4.T, 2, 5. 
The members of the body are toolesto 
execute finne conceived, Rom.6. 13. 19. 
and 3,13, Pfal.5 2. 4. 2 Pet. 2. 14, and in- 
ftrujnents to ftirre up finnein thefoule, 
Gen. 3* 6* and 6.2. 2 Sam. n.i. iKing* 
21.1.2. Matth.5. 28,29. This pronefle to 
finfte is ever prefent, Ien 7. 9. Gen. 6. 5. 
even then when the operations ceafe. 
And though a man finde himfelfe leffe 
apt to one finnc than to another , being 
rcftraincd, or renewed by theSpirit^Gen. 
20.6. Ier.32. 40, Eph # 3, 16, or by rcafon 
of fomeoiher defers, or lets, 2Kingsi > 
12, & 19,35 , 1 Kings 13,4, Hof.2,7,Iohn 
12,19, Mar.n 32, c A6fo5>26,Matth.2i, 
46,Geu.37 25,26, 27>and 39,8,9* L"kc 
4,30, Ioh.8,59, yet corruption caufeth an 
F aptitude 



aptitude to evefy finne, if it be not hin- 
dered. 

Q^ what fruits doe proceed from this 
Originall corruption ? 

An. Cmti^tliosgtitg^tDojW^anB 
foojks, «Gcn-tf, j^ol. i J ai l oGal.5< 
19. 

Expofti. The thoughts and defires 
naturally arc ignorant, erroneous, unbe- 
leeving t decekfull, unruly, loofe, wil- 
ful!, vaine, idle, blc ekifh, not favouring 
good, proud;, dldainiul^ uncharitable, 
filchy,&c. aid { n a word > abominable, 
od'ou*. The words and works, anfwe- 
rabletotbeie,Pfal.94,7,.Efa,29,i5,PfaI. 
io^ and 14, 1 Deur.29.19, 20, Amo5 6 y 
'3, and 9,10, i Cor.i,23,Efa. 5, i9,Pfal. 
136,1, lob 2 1/14,15, ferc6,76,Lu]<ei9, 
I4 % Mal.3,i4 > Pial.75>ij,Numb 20,10, 
t2,Pial. 31, 22>and 116, 11, Match. 14, 
30.L kci8, ii, Deut.15,9 PGI. 83,4, 
1 Per.4,5,4 vjcr. 38,15,16, 2^111.13.2, 
M<ch.2, 1; Amo*8, 5, iSaip.i, 13,14, 
and 17,28, Matth.9,4,Ef.i4,i4,Zeph.i, 
I2,Obad.3 v.Pvcv.18,7, Ef.65, 5,Ier.2, 
2j,Rev.3 i7,Macth.9,i8 r Pfa!me 30,6, 
Luke 12,19, J°h.4,8,9, Hof.7 v i 2,Matth, 
a 4> 37, 3 8 > S9j Icr.8,6, 2 Pct.3,3,4, Pfal. 
io 9 7jPro.i,u. 



with an Exposition Hpontbefame € Ji 
Q, Are all theaU'tonsof naturallmen 
evill continually ? 

An. pta : 2 * fo; ttyzyp fatle m mang 
t!)tn(js,anDafli tycv come from tfjem t&c? 
ate ^ odious unto 0oD, z7Matth.12.35, 
^Prov,28.9. 

Expof.2%. A man by nature may doc 
an aft chat i$ good for thefubllancc there- 
of, DaD.4. 27. or 24 Rom.2. iS.butnc- 
ver that which is truly and fpiritually 
goodjMatth,7.i8. Ier.13 23 .Rom. 3. jo. 
Pror. 15.8. and 21.27. tor hh perfonis 
not accepted, Gen. 4, 4,1 Per. 2. 5. nor 
fan&ified, and fo the good a£s bee doth^ 
proceed not from a g:»od rooc,# & faith, 
and the Spirit of fan&ificatiGn, 2 Tim« 
1. 5& neither is ic doneinanghc manner, 
lam«4.'3 nor to a lawfull end, viz>.the 
glory of God, 1 Cor. to. 3!. Col. 3. 17. 
all which are required to the being of a 
good ad. 

Q^ JYhat puni/hmentt are due unto man 
by reajo a of thejefinncs ? 

An X\\ xjjdtr utfi a 4 imfer&fsntpoja!,^ 
fpitita jll,atiD gretnal! j-r Lam. 3.39.110m. 
6.24X131,3. 10. 

Exfof. 24, The leaft finne, is a very 

vile breach of Gods moil holy Law, 

1 Ioh.3.4. Deut»27. z6. and loan hainous 

F 2 offence 



*]2 vA fhcrt QatechifmCy 

offenceaga'wft his infinite Majcftic, Pfal. 
5 1 . 4- alfo of its own nature it is alwayeg 
ioyned with impenitencie, A6te 5. 31. 
and 17. 30* and therefore doth deferve 
death with all miferies accompanying the 
fame. 

Q t Which are the temporall miferies ? 

An. <23dds car fe upon tlje /creature*, 
t on mans boa?, fenfes, name, frtenw, 
foijatfocfeer &e tafees in fjano^anD * Deattj 
it felfe, /Rom. 8.2o.f Deut«28. 25,26, 
Szc.u Rom. 6.21. 

Q. ^/;^r *r<r the fpiritnall miferies ? 

An. 2 * Mtnones ^ of mince t&e .*• fpt# 
rit of dumber a no gumine*, j (jo;ronr of 
conference, *, fcartineffe of^eart, a repw 
bate** fenfe,anDftrong oelufions, wEfa. 
6.9. .v Rom.i 1.8.7 Matth.27^,6,5. *, Ex. 
7.3. * Rom. 1 .28. b 2 Thefl.2- 1 1. 

JExpof,2^. Tobeblindcinrainde,isto 
be utterly deftitutcofchecrue knowledge 
of God, and cf the life to come, and to be 
haft ning to endlefle woes,and yet not un- 
derftandit, 

. 26. The Spirit of flumberjs that which 
through a vaine perfwafion of a mars 
good and fafe eftatc,ltilleth him a fleepe in 
Security Deut.29.10. 

27. Honour ©f confcicnce, is vvhen the 

confei- 



yfith AnExf?Jitionttj>on the fame. 75 
confcicncc awakened , fillech the foule 
With deepo doubts, hcllifh, and unreco- 
verable defperation,and remcdilcffcteares 
of evcrlafting damnation, Revel. <5. 16, 

tp 

28. Hardnefle of hem, is a fearefull 
judgement of God , whereby thehcartjs 
paft all feeling, and remorfe, flint faft up 
that neither the Word, nor works of God 
can kindly work upon it.Efa.48. 4., Zachu 
7.1I3I2. 

29. A reprobate fenfc or minde , is a 
mindedeftitute of judgement , and voyd 
of common reafon, taking evill for good, 
and good for evill; neither fearing God, 
nor reverencing Man, regarding neither 
right nor wrong,Luke 184. 

30. Strong delufions are , when men 
arc given over to take pleafurc in bclee- 
ring lies, and idle fancies of vaine heads* 
To thefe wee may adde phrenfidmadnes, 
Dcut. 28. 28. to be given over to vile af- 
fections, God with-drawiug from mea, 
his grace, and in his fecrct y but juft and 
dreadfull judgement ; giving theoiovcr 
to moft fordid, and loathfome, unnatu- 
rall, and inordinate lufts^Pfalme 81. 11 
Geu.19.5. 

Q^JVbich ii the ct email miferj ? 

F 3 An: 



7<j Apjort Cttcchifme, 

An. si QBtjerlafting c Damnation; 
rRom.d.23. 

Expofax. Damnation , which is an 
cvcxlatfing reparation cf fcule and body, 
from the comfortable prefence of God, 
Matth.7.23.Rev.22.i5. and an enduring 
ofeaWeffc, endleflc, remcdileflc tortures 
with tledcvil! and his Angels 3 Matth.*5 # 
41VRCV.2 .1 5 .Luke 16. 24,25. in the due 
defcrt off nine. 

Q Aft era man doth knot* his miferic ', 
what n?ufi he learnc in the next place ? 

An, SDlje true mrans ' Ijoto tje d may 
Efcape $e fo?2 faia mi r en? , ano be e it* 
tf o?es to Inpjrtncflte* ^f A$s 2, 37. e Ads 
16. 30. 

JF.xpof. r. God in juftice pafled by the 
Angelg, who fell without the enticement 
of any other. 2 Pet. 2* 4. Iudc6, Matth. 
25.41. but of his infinite love 3 free grace 
and mercy,Efa 43 .25 .Icr*3 1 .1 Hof. 14.4. 
lohn 3. 16. Rom. 5. 8, p.Ephef. 1. 5.^. 
1 lohn 5.19. hce hath prefcribed meanes, 
whereby man might efcape mifery, and 
bereflored tohappincflV, Acts 2, 57,38, 

Q. By what meanes may rre efcape this 
mi[ery and recover bappitiefc ? 

expf. 



with an Expojition upon the fame* j$ 
Expofl 2. C©H in jtilicc c*oth hate 
finne, Efai. i. J.Pftl.45 7. and hath de- 
nounced death agimft ihe cra^fg^fflTours 
of kii Law, Geo. 2. 17. Deur. 27 36. EC 
30. 53. ;er, 4.4. tnaefare to latisfiohit 
juflicc, Col. j. 20. and make wry for 
mercy. Pfalm.i 45. 9«hi$ infinite wiiaome 
found out a meaner, Gen. 3 « - i 5. even by 
IeiusChrift , upon whom the F tncrlaid 
this office of Reconciliation, Pfalm. 40. 
6.7. Hcb 5. 5. loh. 3. ij. and 5.3^ 37* 
which he willingly under cooke, Hcbr. i o. 
7*9. ^nd did faichfylly difcharge,Hcb.<io. 

Q, What is Jefw Chrifi f 

An. SDlje * eternally Sonne of <j?od, 
tobo in time became man, foj &ta ©leer* 

jrGal.4.4,5. 

Exp&f. 3. The Sor.ne of God by nature 
became the Some o Man,that hce mi, he 
make us the Sonnes of God by adoption, 
who were by nature the Children of 
wrath : Eph. 2. 3. it being fit that our Re- 
conciliation fhould be wrought by the 
Sonne* Ef. di.i.Iohn 14 John 5. 36, 37. 
Col. x. 16,17. Heb, 1.3. Ioh»f> 17, and 3. 
17* and feaiedby the holy ohoft, Eph.i, 

F 4 QJK* 



7<S *A fiort Catechifme, 

Q. How many things are we to confder 
inChriSl* 

A. $u* a perfoi! an&ljts ^office,* Col. 

a 9./^ Hcb, 3,16,17, 

Q, VVhatuhuferfon* 

A. 3 1 is /(Sob anD man 4itntfet) foge* 
tljermto^onepetron,/Ioh 4 i«i4.Efa^7. 
14^0111.9.5.^ 1 Cor # 8,6. 

Expof^. In Chrift there aretwodi- 
ftin&natures,Heb.i.4,s.Matth. 18.20. 
with iTim.2.5i Luk.i.35. Match.18.20. 
Rev.i.8.Heb.i.i 1,12. Iohn 16. 30. Phi!. 
3.6. Ioh. 1.3, and 5,17. Math. 8. 13. with 
Luke 22.43* Matth.24« 36, and 27,4, 6. 
Ioh.4,6,and u,3$,and i4,28.Eph.4.io. 
Infeparably united. 1 Pet.3.i8-Ioh.io.i8. 
Heb.9 14. irot confounded, Rom. 1. 3 ,4^ 
&9^5.xIoh.i6.30.vvithLuke2.52 # Mar. 
1332. and yet there is but one Chrift^ not 
raanyChrifts; 1 Cor.S#6. 1 Tim. 2.5. for 
the God did aflurne the humane nature to 
itfelfe, Phil. 2.7. Hcb. 2*16. fo that the 
manhood fubfifteth in the Godhead, 
Matth.3.i7«and 17. 5. and they arefo in- 
feparably united, that the felfe- fame per- 
fonwhichisGod,isa!foman^h # 3 # 13. 
Eph.4«io, 

Q^Being God before all time K h^wcoHld 
be be wade man? 

An# 



with an Expofitien upon the fame. 7 7 

An. ^etoas^conceitoeDbp tljefjolg 
<25l)oft , bojneof ttjetotrgm SJ&arte, ae- 
COjWngfltottjepjQp&cts,* Luke i. 35« 
Gen. 3. 1 5 .Efa.7. 14, and 1 1,1. 

Sxpof.j. Ghrifls conception is the mu 
raculousand fupernaturall forming of his 
humane nature in the wombe of the Vir- 
gin Marie, Efa.7.i4.GcD.4$Mo. Luke 1. 
35. by the power of the holy Ghoft. 
Matth* 1. 18, 20. whodid perfctt'y fan- 
6Hfieitinthevery firft moment ot con* 
ceptionXukei.35. 

Q^VFhy was Chrift conceived by the 
holy gboft ? 

An, 3C|)at be mtg&t be/> pure,toiibouf 
finne, to|jerefett^aUare^ftatneD,tDljo 
are conceibeo after tijeojDtnats manner. 
/Luke 1.3$.? Iohn $.$. 

Q^ Why was he God ? 

An. SDtjat bemtgbtbearet£efoetgbt 
of dUops tojatb toit^oat flntung un&e r it y 
obereome Deatb , be tbe ipeaB ' of tfce 
C&arcb, repauel)t0 3lmagemtts, con- 
quer tye enemtesof our faibatton , ano 
aefenDugagamfttbem* 

Expof.6. The dignity of being Head 
of the Church is fo great , that it canuot 
agrccto any meete man, Eph. 1,21. Phil, 
x £, 10, 11. Hcb. i< 6. alio the offices of 

the 



7 8 t/tjljort fotrchtffHe, 

the head , arc to give the power of life, 
feeling, and movia ^to the bodyjleh.i^. 
Rom, 8 2. and codircft by his power. the 
inward and outward fun&iqns of i he bo- 
die; Eph. 5.2^24. which benefits hee 
that is man onely cannot beflo w upon the 
Church, 

Q. Why && he man ? 

An.Eljat&s tntgt/t7fufferrceaf|ifo? 
us, fanaifie s out* 8 nature, ana ire tutgljt 
£iti£ t attest toitb botDiies to t\)t ti>?one 
Of graC£, r Heb. 214./ Hcb.2. 1 1.; Heb. 

4.15, i<5* 

Expof.j. The divine nature could not 
fuflfcr, lam. 1.1 7. Mai. 5.6. Rom 95. and 
• without (bedding of bloud there o-uld 
benorcmiflion of fins ; Heb .9.22, Chrift 
therefore tooke our nature, that he might 
fuffcrdcath, Phil. 2.7. fpecially it being 
nowayes meet, that one having no fpe- 
ciall comoKinion with another, fhould 
endure punifhmenc for anochers fault, 
Heb. 2. 16,17. 

8. Fulneffe of ai! graces above mea- 
fure , werepoured into thehumioc na- 
ture of Chrilt our Saviour, Ma. th, %l6. 
I oh. 1. 16. and 5. 34.Co' f 2.9. and 1. 19. 
2nd wee being united to him, an J having 
communion with hi;Tr,dce receive in mea- 

fa* 



with an Exposition upon the fame. 79 
fureofhisfulncffe, Enh, 4.7.17. 
Q^jvbat is his office ? 

An. S£o be /^e&tatcnr^Q reconcile 
©ooano nun* u 1 Tim.i,$. 

Expo f 9. AMediataur, oranAdvo. 
cate r is a third nerfon that takes upon 
him to 2grcc and reconcile two that be 
at variance ; as Chrifl: being both God 
and roan, did fet atone , God and man, 
Eph.no.Col. 1. 20.1 Iohn 2. x» who be- 
fore vyerelcparated by ftnne > Efa. 59. 2* 
Ier.5 25. Chrift is our Mcdiatour boeh as 
God and man, Iohn 1.29.54. & S'M* 1 ^* 
Rom.c.8. 1 Iohn 1.7. Phi),2.6.torin the 
work of our redemption hec performed 
many divine works, Heb.2. 14. Iohn ic. 
18. asMediatour, hee is the King and 
Head of his Church, Luke * # ^ Joh^Jjf. 
. A&.2.36. Phi!. 2>io, 11. March. 28 18. 
Heb. i. 6. and 2.7. and the ipcciall offices 
of Chrift our Med iatcur, doe necefiarily 
require, that the divine and humane na- 
ture joyntly doe concurre in the cxeci*.. 
tion of them, John I. 18.Matth.11. 27. 
Iohn 5.12,15. 2 Cor 5. 18, 19,20- Rom. 
5.10,11. Heb.9 14. and 7 # 25.Thisotfice 
is peculiar to Chriti, Iohn 1 4.6, 1 Tim.2. 
'5,6.Hcb*7.24. and neither in whole, nor 
part can be transferred 10 any o;her,A£h 

-J..IO. 



80 *Ajhort fatechifme, 

4.10,11,12. Heb 4«i4.Ioh # n.42.iIohn 
2.i.Hcb.7.25* Eph^. n.Hcb.2.i4,i5.« 
A6i.io.42.43. and 17.31* In the decree 
of God, Chritt wasaMediatourfrom e. 
rernicy, Eph.i. 5,6. In the vcrtue and ef- 
ficacieof his mediation, hee wasgiven to 
bcMwdiatour asfooneas neccffity requi- 
red, Rev. 13.8. Gen. 3. 15, In thefuinefle 
of time, hee was manifefted in the flefh, 
Gal.4.4,5. 

Q^ How did he that} 

A. tv HBp tits fulfilling l °t\)z lato,anD 
b? bts ll x fufferings, wMaith. 3, 1 j, 
ArHebt9.15.Rom.5ao u . 

Expof. 10. It became him who w'as out 
fsithfull high Prieft to fulfill all rightc- 
oufnefTe. 

• 11 The juftice of God muftbe fatif- 
fied, and the debt of finne muft be payed, 
before God , who is true, juft, and un« 
changeable , could be pleafed with us, 
1 Iohn 2,2,^^9.14,15. 1 Pet.i. 18,19. 
Rev. 1.5. 

Q^ tvhat Hnderftttnd joh by hkfuffe* 
rings ? 

A. If)!* toaluntar?^ humiliation boff) 
tn * l2 foule anD boa?, £is a crucifying b 
m Deat| , buriall , ana c abioing ** ixmtt 
t£c cominion of oeat£ to; a timc*j Phih 

2. 



yrith art JZxpoJition nfon the fame. 8 1 

Kcb.9.14. a Luk.23.33^ 1 C©m5.3,4. 
rAS.a.27. 

ExtoJ. 12. Chrift in his incarnation 
did a flume our whole nature, Luke 2. 40. 
52>Heb.2.6*Luk.23.46. 1 Tim.2 5. Luke 
19ao.Matth.26* 38. Mark.14.34. Mattlv 
27«i6.Iohn i9.;o.Heb.io.5.Matth.26. 
1 2. Hcb. 2. 1 7. that by offering it up a fa- 
crificcfor finne, hce might redeemeus, 
Heb.8.i.2,3*Heb.£. 14. and 13, 10, ji, 
I2» In our nature hee became our furety, 
lob 1 9.15. Heb/7*22. therefore heefuffc- 
red properly in foule as well as in body, 
Macth.37.46.GaL3. 13. Heb. 2,9,10,14. 
which is fet forth in the Lords Supper, 
1 Cora 1 .25. and was fignified by the fa- 
crifices in the Law , Hcbr. 9. 19, 20,21, 

22* 

13. The death of Chrift was the feps- 
ration of the foule and body, Matth.27. 
50. Luke 23. 46. though they both conti- 
nued ftill united to the Godhcad.Matth. 1 .- 
23.Iohni. 14.1 Pet. 3.18 1 Gor,2.8.It 
was neceflary that Chrift fliould die, that 
he might fatisfic Gods iuftice, Heb.p. 22. 
abolifti and kill finnCjMatth.26.28.R0m. 
5. 1 o.Rom. 8.3. Rom. 6. 10, 11. 1 lohn 3. 
8. deftroy death, and him that had the 

power 



8 1 A Jhort Caicchifmff 

power of death, that is, the Devill. Heb, 
2, 14, 2 Tim. i, io,Iohn 12,51, Hof.i^ 
14, deliver us from the fcarc of both, 
Hcb. 2,14, Luke i,74,confirroethcTe- 
ftament or covenant of grace^ which hce 
made with us, Heb.9,1 6,17, and 1 g, 20, 
Zach. 9, ir, a»d obtaine for us the fpiric 
of grace, Aft. 2,3 J, Gal.3, 1 4, and 4,4,5, 
Betwixtthedeuhandfuftcringof Cjhrift 
and of the Martyrs, wee may obfervc 
thefc differences : 1/ Chriff his paffion 
wasanaccurfed punifhmcnt,Gal. 5, 17, 
the fuffcrings ot tbe Martyrs and holy 
men, arc onely chaftifements or trials 
2, Chrifts paffion was a meritorious facri- 
ficc, Hcb. 9, 14, the paflions of the Mar- 
tyrs are of no value.co merit anything. 
Rom,S>i8 3. As thefinnesoftheEIeci) 
were laid upon Ghrift, Levit. i6,2i } E.a. 
53 > iT,Het~«9,28, fo was the puriifhment 
ot their finnc for fubftance and kiudc 3 
though not for circurnfiance of piace or 
continuance, Heb.4, 15, and therefore hec 
fuffercd both in fotile and body i he wrath 
of God, which was due unto us for finne, 
though hec fufifercd not every particular 
punifhmentof fiane, which every parti- 
cular finacr, meeteth wuhall, Rom, 5,19, 
fcteb. 10, 14/ But the Martyrs were not 

forfaken, 



"with An ExpofitUnttpon defame. 83 

forfakcn, though they wcrenot delive- 
red out of the hands of the perfecutors, 
4. Chrift was in himfelfe pure and inno- 
cent,but he fuffcred for our finnes; 2 Cor, 
5.11- the Martyrs were not free from fin, 
neither did they iuftcr for the expiation 
offtunc. t 

14. Vnriil the third day death had 
power and dominion over Cbrift , for 
fo long dcach kept afunder foule and 
body, Luke 24, 7. Macth. ij 3 23, Ails 
1040. 

Qi1)id Chnfi alveaics abide under the 
tower And dominwn ofdeaih ? 

An..$o, fojt^epa&erofscatljtetncs 
j ful«me& tte t&jteM* sag l}e l * rofc again, 
a aftenoeo lata Ipaacn , ana Qitttb l > at 
t^ertsl)t^an3fift^ir^^r,jAvSh2 31. 

*, 1 Cor.15,4. a Mark.x6.19* 

£xpof a q.The rtfurrcdhon of Chrift is 
the firft degree of his exaltation, wherein 
his foule being joyncd to the facneflelh 
that dyed, he was railed up to life, 1 Cor. 
15,4, It was ncceflary that hec fhould 
rife againe, in regard of the excellen- 
ce of hi* perfon, A&.2.24. Thecovensnt 
which he had made with the Father, Piai. 
j 2, 6 3 j EC 53, 10, the dignity of his high 
Office of cteinall mediation, Pfa.i 10,6,7, 

Rom* 



8 1 tsifbor t Catecbi/me, 

Rom! 4. 25. and chat the truth of thofc 
things, which were fore* told concerning 
the glory of the Mcflias, might be fulfil- 
led. Chrift by his divine power rofea-i 
gaine from the dead, Rom. 1 . 4, 1 Pet* 3 . 
18* iTim.?.i6.1ohn 5.21. and 10.17,18, 
A&.2.24* & 3.15, Eph.i. 17 20. Ronfr.8. 
11. not as a private > but as a publiq c 
pcrfon, Rom. 5. 14,19. 1 Cor.i 5.45. Hcb. 
10. 14, i Pet. 2.20, 2*. thereby (hewing 
that his fatisfa$ion is fully abfoIutc,Rom. 
4. 25. and 6, 9. 10. The end of his refur- 
rcfiion was, that hee might prepare him- 
felfe to|he performance of the glorious 
fun&ions of a Mediatour, and (hew him- 
felfe to be the conqucrour of death , and 
the Lord of quick and dead.Rom. 14.9. 
Act. 17.3 1. 

15* To fit at the right hand, isaman* 
tier of fpeech borrowed from earthly 
Princes , who ufc to fct at their right 
hand fuch as they fubftitme to rule un- 
der them in their names , 1 King. 2. 19. 
And thereby is cleareiy noted that excel- 
lent glory , power , and dominion of 
Chrift, received of theFathcr, whereby 
he doth execute his Kingly, Prieftly^nd 
Prophetkall office in glory , Matth. 28. 
i8 4 lohni7.i.Phil 9 2«9 J io.Pfal.n-o.i. 

Q wh*t 



ypith an ExpofitioH upontbe/kme € 85 

Q^fl'hat are the jpecia/i parts of Chrift & 
Mediator/hip ? 

Ao.^e l6 i* a b \dwptyt } c $Meff,an8 

HO; I. 

Expof*i6.ln the time of the Jaw, Pro- 
phets, Pricfts, and Kings wcrcannointed. 

1 Reg. 19.16. Exod. 28,41. 1 Sam. 16, 13. 
who were types of Chrift^ truly annoin- 
ted our Prophet, Pricft, and King. Alfo 
our Mediator was to obcainc and pur- 
chafe for us full redemption, andtobe- 
ftow upon us righteoufncfTe \ and eter- 
nall life obtained , and to (hew unto us 
the way of falvation , which docnecef- 
farily require this three-fold office of 
Chrift. 

Q^JVhy was Christ a Prophet f 

An. 2Do e resale ^unto astfjefoaB 
to efcer laff tng life, e Luke 4. 1 8, 1 9. 

Expo/. 17. Before his comming in the 
flefti , our Saviour Chrift madeknowne 
the will of ®od to the Patriarks and Pro- 
phets , either immediatly, iPct/l W. 

2 Sam. 23. 1. Gen. j. 9, io, 1 1. or by the 
rainiftcncx)f Angels, Gen . 3 1 , 1 1 .Iudg.6* 
12 2 Kings 1 .3. and by the Patriarks and 
Prophets, hce informed the Church ofthc 

G old 



w 



%(> tAJtiortfatechifme] 

old Teftamcnt in all points neceffary for 
falvation, 2Pet.2.5- i Pet. 3. 19 Iudc 14.* 
Luke 1.70. Eph 2.20. iPer.i.n. Inful- 
fteffe of time taking upon him our nature, 
being after a moft excellent manner fan- 
#ified by the Spirit, Luke 3. 5. Dan. 9. 
24. furntfhed with all gifts neccflarie, 
Matthew 3.16, 17. IohiT^34 rf pfal.4J.8.. 
Efa.11.2 Iohnl. 18. and 3. 32. and cal- 
led of the Father to this officc 5 Luke 3,2 1, 
22.Matth.3.i6,i7,Matth. 17. j.heedid 
in his own pcrfon preach unto the Iewcs, 
about t he fpace of three yea res and a half, 
A£$ 1 1. Luke 21. 37. Hcb. 1. i.Dan.9. 
27. not altogether pafling by the Samari- 
tans and Canaanites, 10^4,40. Mattb, 
15.22. With admirable wifdomc # Mark. 
6.2*Matth.2i« 234 27. and 22. 46. ardent 
2eaIe,Iohn 2. 14. i7,Iohn 4, 34* excellent 
grace, Pfalm.45. 2,3. Matth.7. 29. Luke 
4. 22. and 11. 27, Angular meckeneffe, 
Matthew 1 1 . 29. and authority unufualJ, 
Matth.7. 29. Matth. 5. 2i,2 2.notrcfpc- 
&ing any mans perfon, Matth. 21. 42, 43. 
Mark 12. 14. hee interpreted the Law, 
Mat h.5. 2i,22 > &c.and 19. 4, y. repro- 
ycd the corruptions of the Scribes snd 
Pharifecs,lob,2.i6.Matth t 23*i3/oretoId 

fome 



Tome things that were to come, Matth. 
jo. 21; Luk.19. 4?, 44. Matth. 24.. 3>&c. 
and taught the Gofpcl , or the la(J will of 
God y concernrtg the ftlvation of man, 
Efay6i. 1, 2 Luke 4. i2. lUuiirattng his 
doctrine for the moft part by P&.abies 
and fimilitudcs, as the people were able 
tobeareitjMacth 13. 3. Mark. 4 33. and 
confirming that which hee taught^by the 
Scrp urcs of the old Teftauent, Iohn«w 
46. Matth. 22. ^2, Luke 24 26 27.44,45* 
and hoHneiie of lite exactly anivycring to 
bis do&rine , with divers figncs ot all 
kinds,Ioh.;.a.and 5.36.Ioh.6.6i, 62. and 
5.25 Matth,9 4. loh 9 6. and 11. 4$ 45. 
aad that molt cruell and bitter death, 
which for the truth of God hec did vo- 
luntarily under^oc, iTim. 6. 15 After 
his Afcention our Saviour taught his 
Church by his A poftles and M milters, 
Eph,4 11,12* A&s 10.41 42«The Af;o- 
ftles- being fully aad perftftta irftrudtcd 
by G rift himfelfe, in thofc things which 
concerne theKingdomeof God, A£h 1. 
3. Iohnij. ij # and 17, 8* and extraor- 
dinarily furnifhed with gifts, arid infal- 
libly affiftcd by thcSpidt; Aa>?,3»4i 
Ioh,i4 t 26 4 andi6. 13. were feu: for tbto 
G 2 Preach 



88 A fart fotechifme\ 

preach the whole counfell of God , & 
farre as concernes man , and the meanc* 
of his falvation, Afts 20. 27. Matth. 28* 
20. iCor.2.9,10, ii*i Ioh.x.3.Rom.i; 
1 6, unto all nations, Mauh.2$. 18, 19* 
Mark.16.15* Their do&rine they confir- 
med both by the Prophets of the old Te- 
ftament, A6U 26. 22 # and 28, 23. 2 Pet. i. 
iS, 19. and by divers figne* and won- 
ders which God wrought by them, Heb. 
2. 3,4. Mar.26.20. Inthedayesalfo, and 
fincethe death of the Apoftles, our Sa. 
viour doth execute his Prephccicall of- 
fice by his ordinary Miniftcrs , whom he 
hath commanded us to heare , fo long 
as they pre3ch according to the Scrip- 
rures,Ephef. 4.11, 12. Luke 10.15. So 
that (thrift is the Author of the Doftrine 
which hce taught, Minifters arc the In- 
struments of Chrift , to teach not their 
owne , but his Do$rine, 2Cor. 5.20. 
lob 33. 23. The fruit of this office is 
the reftoring of knowledge decayed in 
the firrt fall ofnaan, and themanifeftati- 
on of divine myfteries unknowne to the 
world, Rom. 16. 25^ 26,Eph.3,pXoI # i. 
26, 27. 

Q. why yfw Chrift a l8 Triefl ? 

Aft, 



toith an Expofitioyt upon the fame. 89 

An, SEo/pwctiafe fo? us riffljteDttf- 
tieffe arts life ttttmlljf ffcb, 5,9. 

Expof.i%. Chrift is our high Prieft, 
not after the order of esfaron y but after 
the order ofMelchifcdech, Pfaltn. 1 to, 4. 
A*ron was of the tribe of Levi, Hcb # 7. 4, 
his ftock and linage was knowne, Exod. 
J$. 16. 18. 20. hee wascompafled with in- 
firmities, mortall, afinner, and had need 
to offer for himfelfe, and for his owac 
finnes,Heb.7.28,and 5. 2, £,4. and 9. 7. 
but Chrift was of the tribe of Iudah, 
Heb.7^4. without Father touching his 
humanity, without Mother touching his 
Deitie, Heb. 7. 3 . immortall and continu- 
ing for ever, holy, harmlefle, undefiled, 
who had ho need to offer for himfdfe, 
but offered himfelfe for the people only, 
Hcbr. 7.25, 26,27«Hateriail oyle was 
poured upon 0^*001 at his confecracion, 
Levir« 8* 12. but Chrift was annoinred 
with the holy Ghoft , h&.% 10. 3 1. Aaron 
was inftitutcd without an oath,but Chrift 
with an oath.Hcb.7. 10.21. 28.Pfa*no.4. 
ThePriefthoodofo^ir^ was typical I, 
Hebr* 10. 2, 3. not available to take 
away finne, Heb,9.i 4,1 5. but the Prieft- 
hcod of Chrift is true and real! , contai- 
G 3 ning 



ring the very Image and body of things 
therofeives perfect to abolifli finne, and 
to obtain? etemall Redemption, Hcb. 10. 
1/5. II, Hcbr. 9.12. 74. The Leviticall 
Pricfthood was to be abrogated;, Heb. g. 
*3. but Chrifts Pricfthood is to continue 
for ever; Hcb 4 7«24. tAaron died and 
hadfnccefTours,Hcb # 7 k 33* but Chrift fuc- 
cseded none t hath no fucceflburs, but is 
our onely and unchangeable high Pricft 
forever, \\tb.j 3. daromnd his fucccf- 
foyri oftered the bodies and bloud of 
beafts. Hcb. 9. 12. 14. but Chrift him- 
felfe b both the Prieft andfacfifice 3 Eph# 
S 25. Heb«9*2d. and io.io.Thcy offered 
oftentimes one manner of facrificc, but 
Chrift hath offered himfelfe once for all^ 
Hcb.7^7. and 9. ^5,2^.and 10. 12. 14, 
1 Per t 3* 18. ssi&ron and his fucceflburs 
entred into the Tabernacle made with 
hands, Hcb. 8. 5, and 9. 6. but Chrift is 
cntred into the very heavens, Heb* 9. n # 
24. and 4 14. Aaron and his iucceflours 
were Pnefis only , but Chrift is both 
King and Pricft, Heb, 7. i 3 2. AaromvA 
his fuccefiours were but Mi^nifters, but 
rift is the Author of falvation,Hebr.$t 
9, All which doe (hew the abfolutenelfc, 

per- 



l»ith an Expgfitionapon the fame. $>{ 

peifc&ion , and excdlcncic of Chrift his 
priefthood.- 

Q. what an the fun El ions of his Prieft. 
I) office } 

An. Offering x *np ^bfmfelfe afactt* 
fice once feu all , anD * 3 making requeft 
ffijUS,£Heb.*.i.and9 26.and7.25. 

Expof.icf. Chrift through the cternall 
Spirit, Heb. 9. 14. offered upbisfouleand 
body, asafweet fmdling facrifieetothe 
Farhcr,Eph«5 2.oncefora!l, Heb,iQ.i2. 
wherby he was c jnfecratedj and did enter 
into Heaven, prefenring himfelfe before 
the Father for us,Heb.9 24- ; and 10.20. 

*o. Chrifts interceffion is h;$ moft 
gracious will, fervently and unmoveably 
definng, that all his members for the per- 
pctuall vertu of his facrifice, may be ac- 
cepted of the Father, Rom. 8. 34. This is 
both univer fall and particular , heavenly 
and glorious, ever effe&uall, no way reci- 
procal!, and tendered only for the vcrtuc 
ofhisfacrifice. 

Q.. why mu Chritt a 1Q Kt*g ? 

An* 2Da " bjtolc h anD fabflae all 

I)ts enemies, bat i to 21 gatijer anD ^_go* 

toerne »i Ijts ti&iect $ cbofen. h Pfal.i 10,1. 

Col. a. 15, x'Cor* 15.28. iIohnio.i6« 

G 4 Hag. 



92 A fiort Ctfechifme f 

Hag. 2; 7. ^Ezek. 34. 25, 24. 

Exf of. io. The Kingly office of Chrift 
is his fpirituall, etcrnall, and abfoluce do- 
minion, Lukc17.20.I0hn 18.36, Dan.i, 
44. and 7.14. Heb. i # 8.RCV.3.7. where- 
by being appointed by the Father, Pfal. 
2. 6yj. and 4j.7.Pfal # 1 10. 2, Matth. 1 1. 
27. Act. 2.3 3«Lord of all things in heaven 
and earth, Heb. 2. 7, 8. and peculiarly 
King and Head of his Ghurch, Eph. 1. 
21,22. hec doth confound and deftroy all 
his enemics 5 but doth gather and governe 
his Ele£, Hof. 1.7. Efa.33. 22. by his 
word and fpirit, for their falvation and 
thegloryof God, Efa-32 15. aod 59^21 . 
iTheCi,j. 

3I« The enemies ofGhrift, arc Sathan 
and all his angels, with all their works, 
to wit, finne and death, Gen. 3. 15. Eph. 
2. 7. 2 Cor. 4.4 2 Cor. 6. 15. to which 
weemuftadde all wicked men, who be 
the inllruments of Sathan, Iohn8. 44. 
I Ioh.3. g.amongft whom the Antichrift 
of Rome is chiefc, iThefH 2. 3. Thefe 
enemies Chrift hath already ©rercome in 
hiiowncperfon, Eph.4.8.CoI.2.i4.Iohn 
12, 31. heedoch daily bridle and reprcfTe 
by his wifdomc, power, word, and'fpi- 

rif, 



with ah Sxpofition upon the fame. 9 j 

rit,Luk,io. u.9.Luk.2. 34. Rev. 12. 5. 
and 2.27, 2 Ccr.10.4,5. and hec willper- 
fe^lyifubduc at the day of judgement. 
1 Cor.iy. 25. adjudging thcdevilland all 
his partakers to eternal] condemnation, 
Matth. 25.46. and utterly abolifhingfinne 
and death, 1 Cor. 15. 26. Further ic is to 
be noted,that Chrirt as a Mediator in the 
execution of his Kingly office, doch out- 
wardly call fome wicked and ungodly 
men,Matth.22,i.i4* and 20.16. prescribe 
a law how they ought to walk. lam. 4. 
i2»beftow many good things upon them 
both fpirituall and temporal], though noc 
fuch as accompany falvation, Hcb. 6. 4^5. 
Math.i3.i9,20,2i.Luk.8.i^i4Job2 2. 
18. and inflidi divers punifhments upon 
them in this life, and the life to come, for 
their finne and difobedience, Matth. 13. 
12.and25.28.Efa. 6. 10. 2Theff.2,(0iii. 
Luk.l6.23. 

22. Chrift doth not only by his word 
call his Ele& to faith 3 repentance, and the 
participation of the Covenant of grace, 
Mark. r. 14, 1 5. Matth. 1 i.28.but he doth 
alfo cffe&ually move them by his Spirit to 
repent and beleeve,PfaJ.i 10.3, 2 Thcff.2. 
15,14^11.3,16,17. 

33. The functions of Chrifis Kingfy 

office 



94 *Ajhort Catechifme] 

office appearing to the government of 
his Elc&, are; firft, the prescription of 
lawes, according to which his iubje&s 
ought to bcleeve and live; which ftands 
not only 19 appointing the faithfull by 
theMiniftcrieofhisWordto live godly, 
juftlv, andfoberly; but alfoin writing 
his Law in their hearts by hn holy Spi- 
rit, and inabling them by the fame Spi- 
rit to doe in (bane rne.furc what hee rc~ 
quircth 3 Tit. 2, 11, 12. ler. 31, 33. E- 
zech. 36, 27. lohn 1. 16. (2) The com- 
munication and beftowing of all good 
things upen them appertaining to this 
or abetter life , fo farre as hee knowes 
it nccdfull or profitable : under which 
wee arc to comprehend the removing of 
things hurtfull , and the defending of 
his (ubje&s againft them, PfaIrB.68. 18, 
Iama.16, i7/Pfa>23. 1, a, 3.1 Cor. 12. 
8,9,10,1 i.Eph.i. 7. Aft, 26. i8.Matth. 
9. 6.031.4.4,5. Rom. 8. 1 j, 16. 1 Cer # 
i2.9.Pnil.4.i3 # Luke 32,32. Ioh. 17.11, 
12. 22, 23. 1 lohn 4.4, Gen. 9, 26, 27. 
Pfalm.81. 13, 14. A&S4. 16. and 5.13. 
Pfalm.34. 9 IO - Tit. 1. 15. Romans 14. 
i4j5.fcla.27, 7. Ier. 46.28.^.) The re- 
ceiving of his £Ie£t unto himfclfc, and 
the giving of etcrnallhfe unto chew, ha- 
ving 



with dH Expofithn ufon the fame, ^ 

ring pronounced fcntcncc on their fidc 5 
Matth, 25.46. 

Q. What benefit doe wee receive by the 
death andrtftirrettion ofChnil ? 

An. Witt are reaeemsu from tfje 
* guilt V puntfytmnt, 2 * anD potecr ^ of 
finne, anDfyallbc ratfeD up at ttje la© 
Da?, /Col.i. 14.0* Luke 1.74. Tit. 2.14. 
xCor.i^.ig. 

Exfof* 24. Cbrift hath paid our debts, 
and anfwered whatfocY^r the Law did 
require at our hands, 1 Pct 4 2, 2 1.24. and 
layddowne his life according to the will 
of his Father* loh. 10. 1 5 . fo that the Law 
hath nothing againft us,(;o! # 2«i4.Chrsfis 
death muft needs be acceptable, Eph.5.2. 
and confequemly we ore not bound oyer 
topcmiflimcnt. 

25. Punifhmefit is infli&ed becaufeof 
finne, lob 4,8. Proverb.22.8.and 28.18. 
Hof. 10 13. and 14.1 ♦ being freed from 
finne , wee arc not lyable to judgement, 
sSam. 13. ig.Ier. 4.i4«Ezcch«i8«32. It 
(lands not with thcjtifticeof God, be- 
ing once fully fatisfied , to require a fc- 
cond payment at our hand, Gen. 18.25* 
Matth. 5.17. neither will it fland with 
his glorious mercy , the honour of Chrift 

who 



9 6 tsffhtrt fittechi/me, 

whoisaperfe£Redecmcr,Tit.2. 14. the 
priceofhisbloud, 1 Cor. 6. 21* nor with 
our faith in praying for full pardon of all 
our debs , Matth« 6. 1 2. or our peace with 
God,Rom«5. 1. nor yet with right rea- 
fon, that the guilt of finnefliould be re- 
moved, and yet puuiftinaent for finnc in- 
fliaed. 

Q^How are wg redeemed fr&mthe guilt 
Andpnmfhment ofjtnne ? 

An. <E5o& tye jpat&er accepting t|s 
fieatlj of C^tft , as a full n ranfome ano 

fattefaction to %\% iuHice , not!) fr &\v Dif # 
charge and acquit us from ail cur fins* 
wRora # 3.24>25.Col.iri4.Eph.i # 7 # 

Q. How are wee redeemed from tkg 
power andtyrannie of finnc > 

An. Cfcuft b? 26 J)tS o Deaffc fetHeftj 
finn c in us,ano bo fcts # reftwection Dotl? 
quicken as tonetonescf life, Ro.6.3,4. 

Sxpof.26. Chrift by his death did con- 
quer finne; and the old man in us,is truly 
faid to be crucified, dead, and buriecHn 
and with the body of Chrift, wee being 
ingrafted into the firailitudeof his death, 
C0I.3.12.20. 

27. Having communion with Chrift 
in his life, wee are raifed up to a fpirituall 

life, 



with an Sxpofititn upon the fame. 9 J 

life, Rom.8. 1 1 . and have our converfation 
in heaven, Phil. 3. 20. But this life is only 
begun here, a«d groweth by degrees, be- 
ing pcrfefted in heaven. 

Q, What are the benefits of Cbrijfs 
afcention ? 

A. SDfje leasing /> of capfibitp capftbc, 

f Ije giti mg of gifts nnto men,t£e pouring 
^tjtsfptrttuponfjts people ana pjcpa* 
ring r a place fo? tfeem, /> Eph. 4. 8, 1 1 • 
f A6t$ *♦ 16,17. r Ioh.i4«g. 

Q. #'&#* rfr* r&£ benefits of hu inter- 
ceffttn t 

An. Cljeperfons of ttjc fattbftillDoe 
nltoategremaine tuft, ana ttjetr tooths 
s acceptable in tfje Cg^t of <©oo ; ^erebp 
alfot&egareaefenoeD agatnd t&e accu* 
Cation of all t&eir enemies s i Pet; 2. 5 ♦ 
Gen«4,4.Exod.28.38. 

Q, Afoj* »*# f £* knowledge of thefe 
things werkjn the heart of him whom God 
faves} 

An. 3ft brings biro to a ferious*con* 
flotation of t)t0 otone effafe Jo # grtefee 
fojfinne, ana tbe feare of <£om fiifplea* 
fare , totjerebBwtije beart is xl bjo&eti 
ana bnmbleD, *Ier. 8. 6,7,1^15.17. 
tt Ads 2.37^ A#$9t6. 

cxpofi 






$8 tAfbsrt CMechifmel 

Expcf.2%, The heart is broken and 
humbled , when it is caft downc with the 
fight of firmc, Pfalm. 51.17. bruifed with 
the weight of Gods wrath, and me!ied N 
awayforfeare^PfaLii^iao. 1 Kings 22. 
19. knowing that Cod hath advantage 
againft him, and that hec is worthy to be 
condemned. 

C\ % Whatelfc will this knowledge workj 

An. Jt totll bnng x a man ** to con# 
feOfc 6fe finne, btgblp tojvm* Cftuff,- 
ano hunger *° afi er * dim , unttll &e ob# 
tame btsDefire,* Luk. 1 5. i8.jr Math.13* 

44. ^Efa.55. 1 Ioh.y. 57. 

Exppf*29* Hec will acknowledge his 
finnes toGod as particularly as hec can, 
I Tim. 1,1 5. and with fighes andgroancs 
for pardon and forgiveneffe , Romans 8. 
26. 

30. Hunger after Chrift muft be fer- 
vent, as a thirft ic man longeth for drink ; 
end contmnall, never giving over till the 
defire b: obtained. With thisdefire there 
is alwayes joyned an high prizing of 
Chrift, and an advifed willingneffetofor- 
goe all thmgs for Chiifls fakc ; Phil. 1,22* 
23. with 5*7,8. 

Q. How are wee made farttkp* *f 

Chtijt 



%ith an Expojition upon the fame, 59 
Ch ifi with all his bentfts ? 
1 An. H5? 1 fattt) a alone,* Ioh.3.itf.and 

i.n.Aa. 13.39. 

£,v^/. I. By faith alone we arc ingraf- 
ted inco Cnrift,Rom.i i. 20. receive biro, 
Iohn 6. 56. have communion with him, 
Rev. 3. 20. and fo are made partakers of 
all his benefits, loh. 3. 36. alfo faith is the 
condition of the covenant of grace, A&s 
16. 31. Iohn 3. iS.Marlc.t6.i6.Iohn 20. 
^l.Rom. 4.3.5* 

QjWhat is faith ? 

An. kt*reUtng£uptm C^jiff alone 
fQjfaibatton^PfrU 12.Afta6.3j. 

Expof 2. Bare aflenting to the truth 
of Gods promifes $ upon the ciedit of the 
rcvealer, is not true and juftifying faith, 
Marth.11. 32. Iohn 2.23. Luke 24,25. 
Luk.8 13. but wbea the poorefoule doth 
caft it felfc upon the free promife of God 
made in (cfusi hrift, for pardon of finne, 
it doth truly bcl«cve 3 A&s £; 4 2. Ioh, 14. 
I Iohn 5. 24. withRom.4 5* Efa.28. \6* 
with Rom. 9.33. A&s *8. 8. with Rom. 
lo.To. 1 1 . This faith is certain*, Mat. 16. 
18. though mi*ed with many doublings, 
Luk.i.xS.and 17.5. Mark.9. 24. and con- 
citwail, Luke 22, 31. 3a, though often 

flukra, 




I oo AJhort Catechifmo^ 

/haken, Luke 24. 21. A full pcrfwafijpft 
feemes rather aneflfeft of a ftrong faith, 
Rom. 4. il. than the natureoftnue faith, 
joy is a fruit of faith, 1 Pet. 1. 8, Afts 8. 
6, j, 8. Rom. 5.4. but not an infcparabJe 
companion thereof a man may have true 
faith, and feelc little or no comfort, Pfal, 
22. 1. and 31.10. and 77,2. 

Q. what is the ground of faith ? 

An. sDlje free 3 pjomtfes of c <H5oo 
maae tn C tijtft, concerning ttje fojgttis* 
neffe of fins,anD eternall rigfjteoufneffe, 
it Rom.4. 1 8,Heb. 1 1, 1. 

Expof *$. TemporallbIeflings,EccJ.9. 
1,2, civillvertues, Luke 18.12, 13, i4 l 
a general! notice that Ghrift willfavethe 
EIe#, Matth.13* 2o,2i.(enfc, reafon, ex* 
perience f feeling , Pfalro.io. I. and 51, 
1 2. arc not the grounds of faith ; but only 
the promifes , which God of his grace 
hath made unto us in Chrift , which 
ought to be received , becaufeGod that 
cannot lie hath fpoken them, Tit, i # 2. 
2Tim,2.i3. 

Q^How is faith wrought in m ? 

An. Jntoaraip bydifyt+tyixitatfyt 
8attJ0ur, outmt$\ybvt\}tepmtbin$ 
QiVgc 2&lojo,an& 5 Catecljtang, a* t&e 

tnttru* 



Ttiib an Exfofitio* upend* f*i*e* ro* 

inffrnroentt&ereof. d A&.i 6.\^e Ro*n, 
io.i4.Hcb*5.n,i2,and 6,1,1; 

Expofa. Faith is the gift of God. Phil. 
l,ap. and a grace fupcrnaturall : a man 
of himfclfccaa no move beleeve, than a 
corrupt fountaine can fend forth fwect 
waters, 1 Com, 14. 

5, ByCatcchifing, underftand a pure, 
plaine, briefe, and orderly inflru&ion 
of the people in the chkfe grounds of 
Chnftian religion, 1 Cor.2«4, 1 Cor. 3 it 
1 Per. 5. 15, Hcb.6. 1, 2. Rom. 6. 17. fo 
that the people may dearcly andmani- 
fefiriy fee the way into falvation ^ and 
may know how to make ufe both of 
the Law, and of the Gofpell , for their 
humiliation and comfort , undesftan- 
ding how one thing dependeth upont 
another, goeth before, or followethaf- 

tcr « 

Hereby ChriSians are inabled to re- 

ferrc that which they read to fomehcad^ 

readily to apply what they hcare to fie 

purpofe, try it, and haYeitinrcadinefle, 

in the time of need. In a word, toprofis 

by thepubliqucminitterk, Hsb.5^ 1,12* 

antj to know how to goe forward iot 

godlmtffe, j# ^1 holy metfaede* To fey 

• . M nothing 



JUdJ 



101 A (hort fotccbifmt, 

nothing, that Catechifme is profitable t 
informc the judgement , reforme chcaf 
fe<5Hon , and quicken boch J to the dutic 
oraGodlylife, 

Q. How doth the Word rrorke f*it. 
inn* } 

An. Wy Vetoing us/oar mtrerp, an 
ttytrutgtntants of our recoberte,en 
cootagtng mh being *&umbUo, to re 
cettoettjepjetm ea ott^edDofpeK/Rom 
7.7.Gal.3 22.^GaL4 % 4 j.AMat.n.28 
Ef.e$i.i,2,3.R<:v.?,2.i7. 

Sxpof.6. The word commantfeth th< 
humbled to beleevc , promifcrh then 
comfort.Math 9 13, Luke 15, gAjettctf 
forth the neceffity , and excellency o: 
faithtlohnj^ 18. 36. the danger of unbe. 
liefcMirk.KJ.ij.Iohn 1248 A&.1346 
the tender mercies and compaflionsof the 
Lord ,Pfa. 103,8.12. and how he invitctb : 
petfwadctiSand intreateth him to beleeve, 
2 Cor 5 20. 

Q. How doth the Spirit workety the 
Word ? 

An. ^f&of&tracl) as toife«me*toapi 
yip ttrnig? general!? fpofcen p irticaiar* 
tptoopt feiber, fecretl? uptjoltetfc kji* 
gsiutt oefpafre, Utrrttij np/tntisgaiii 

5fQU0 



ykb an Expojition upon the fame € i o % 

%e&tt8,boxii m Soften tfe* tjeart,air wato 
Ubb to call upon €hiH fo; falua'iotr, 
J !bffp2e we* Ijatet&e fti ling of eorofotf, 
it'Ejrck 36.27.31.^ Pfa.^i.iVPM.a.ij. 
^EztLn, >$>• aad 36 26,0 loh. 6,44, 
<? Math. 1 1. 28 29* 
t Q, «£j wh* t meanes is faith encreafed ? 

> An. 115? 7 fteartnR p tyz fame tooja 
pjeae&eo 0; Catccfttj; o ano ! ftrtm e 
jp ^earnefts p?a?er,/> 1 Pet.2.2.7 Luke 

Expof.j Hearing the word prcachcdj 
$ ordained of God as a meanes to in- 
ireafc knowledge, Math iy.io. Prov t i 4 
j. and 8, ? j.Pfalm 73.16,17. 1 Cor.I.21* 
ind 14.24,25, torc&ifiet' ejudgementj 
o give counfcll in doubtfull cafes, Pfalm. 
: 19*24. Pfalm* 7?. 16,17. to perfect the 
aitH of the weake , Rom, 10 $ 4 1 Thcfl. 
;. io* to make liable the ftrong, /16b 20* 
;t. Rom. 1.11,12 to comfort them that 
rein heavinetfe. 1 Theffa.2 # ti, and 3. 2* 
nd y. 14 toraife them that are fallen* 
Sam. lit ia, j3.Gal.tf. 1 to callback 
riem that wander. EC 30.21. oftirreup 
he graces of God* Spirit , Cant. 4^1 6* . 
Pet. 1. 13* to reftefh the ioulc* of- rhe 
aims with fwect and heavenly confo* 
K 2 latienSj 



104 ^ $ort C^techifm€ : 9 * 
lations,Cant.i,i,PfaI, 119, 162. Col, 2# 
a, and to build boch wcakc and ftro n o 
unto perfcdl hoi ncs. Eph. 4,11, iPew* 
2, 1 Tim # ^i6,lam*i,2i. 

8* A* liberty to prayisa fvfcctc pri-', 
viledge,Eph.2 , 1 g, becaule thereby wed 
doe , and may con.inuaJly com nunel 
with the Lord after a familiar manner,' 
2 Sam. 7,18^. 5,12,3, & lay open our 
griefes into hisbofome^i S ^m. 1.1 5.Pfal. 
130, 1,2, and tfi. I, 2,wer!oetcftiheoarj 
dutiful! atfeftion to him, Luke 15, 18, 
and become helpers to others. Rom. 1 y. 
^o^Ph.i.ip^Thcfi 3,i>CoI«4,i2, (bit 
dochadde ftrengch to faith, Luke 17, 5$ 
for it gives life tot he graces of God that 
arc inti? :by it we obraincatthe ha id of 
God what good wee ftand in liced of, 
Iviatth. 7.7,1 3J.65, 24, wee grew better 
l acquainted with God, Gen.i. 8. 23, 27 
' lam, 4, 8, wfcc fight man'ul'y againttcor- 
rup ion 3 Eph. 6 18 and liirnetodired 
ou-r fives in a godly life: By ic croffe 
are pr vented, removed, 'or fanct ficd 
Pf.3,4, f f 3 7, r/,ai] lungs are fanftificd 
I Tim. 4.5. and wee kept that we fall not 
into terapcat'on Mar h. 26, 41, yea often 
wee obtaine^much morfc gogd than wee 

defijre 



Mtith an Expofition upon the fame, iqj 

efircorrcfpedt, i King.j.ijtFph.^^ 20. 

o that prayer i*ak/>y to open the d re of 
Jods treafur$-houfc, Math 7. 7 a prcfrpt 
emedyto ;n opprcflcd minde ? PfaI.6.i.8. 
jxid 31.21. *k* a prefe ver of the godly 
aindc, zThe^.f.. agivcrofftrength to 
be wcake, E ph. .3. 14. 16. and an efpeciall 
neanes to raajcea man fit to live in every 
;fta&c f Cql4,p,io. 

C^ How rnnft we heart that we may get 

wfit>K - 

W l \, talpmiU'i^^ztttu toiearne, 
PBK> >?&ibutg ?*ctet>it iai\)t tmtb.rEC66 
i.sUm i.*?*/Math 13.44./* 1 Pet.2.2* 
*Hel>.4.j.g, 

£*/?*/. p.R^vetenje is an affedion of the 
neart,arifing fr5 an appreKeoiion of Cod'ft 
^aicftie,a^d-qur own vil-neffc, whereby 
,vcea,re prepared to heare the word with 
foW$lvJ&* c zl *d attention,* &.IO. 33. 
iTheff.a 13 I0h.1248.and u.28,Hcb % 
il. J 2§.Iob 42*5.6. Pfal 62 it. Ad.16.l4* 

10. Meekeneffe is an affe&ion, where- 
by wee ar$ fomented to beare the re- 
bukes of the La w 3 andtohave thcSuties 
&f the word to bee prelTed upon us. 
jSacn,3,i7,2|Cing. 2o^i9,Pfa].a5 9 12. 
H 3 Hcfe* 






l66 Ajhort Cttechifme, 

Heb. 13^1. 

II* loyisa delight af the foule fo; 
fo -i r good th>ngthat is prefent, hdc 8,8 
E*od t 9. 

12 ^ longing defire to lcarnc! is ar. 
ca'gei appetite r o bee further acquainted 
with i h: knowledge of the truth,tnat w^c 
n y re^pc fruit , and benefit by the 
fame. Pro. 277^0, 2,34,^Pfai.iip f 

13. f j give credit to the truth, ; s to bei 
leeve the whole crtttfraivJ every part of it ? 
as true and cert iine,both tooihe/s aix{ 
to Qurfelvcs,Toas wceexpfeft th' benefit 
promifed therein, arid thfcetfcfti'g 'and 
making goqd ofwhatfrev-ristheitfpo- 
ke .,2 Chrori- 20,20, Efa.7 9. 

A.»muft ■* 'mcDifaft Mof ty >t toe 
$eare,appltitts our ifitieS-'- canfme 
ofyit Mtfc 16 ottjer£,an& Vditymiipntt 
i7 r etabout tlj£ p?am<> of tolmtta >-*qut* 

reD.-v Ptal.iji/aad 1 19,1,4,15,;^ iob.4. 
53.^Ela.2,3,Luk-2 > i5. 

hxpof. 14. Meditation is the very life 
©frra^ng and hearing, 1 Titr4. 15. and 
it s en vation of our frives pu.pofely 
hom'oiher matters, that v\ c may fcr iouf- 



with an Exfojition upon the fame. 107, 
!y think of what hath becoe taught 1 Gen • 
0. 24,63, that it may be fer 'ed in the mindc, 
} and wo kc upon the afFe<ftion*, ler $,6> 
for which end wee muft joyne examina- 
tion and prayer. Luke 18,1. 

15. To apply the word to ourfclves, 
is to lay it to our heart as concerning us, 
i Cor. 11,28. 2 Cor. 13, 5, thatthecom- 
ro^dements may guide us, the threatnings 
may humble us for finne^paft, 2 Sam. 12, 
12, 13, and 24, 10, and Alight u<from 
fi' ne to come , the exhortations may in- 
cite us to our duty with cheercfulncflfe, 
jEccleC 12 ix, and the promifes maybe 
for our fupport aod comfort ^whether they 
be in plaine fpeeches, or myHi^H pro- 
phecies^faK 1 19 71,72,5 2,ver» 

16. Wee muft communicate to others 
what wee have learned, and lcarne ofo- 
thers what wee are ignorant of, doe not 
well underftand, or hare forgotten; and 
by admoni' ion,cxhortation,and comfor t , 
help to ftrengthen and edificone another t 
Heb. 5,13. 10616,4, 5 Rom. 1, 1 1, 1 s« 
Lev.19,17 Prov.27,6 l 1 ThcfT.j. 11, 14, 
lud.verte 20. 

*7« Inwardly wee muft heartily defire 

and ftrive , and outwardly wee muft be 

H 4 cart* 



lo8 %sf Jh&rt Catcchifme, 
carefull without dclayes to take all op- 
portunities of doing the good that God 
requireth, aCron. 17,6. and 19. 3. and 
27* 6c Luke 8. 15. being humbled for 
negligence and finnepaft j watching and 
fighting againft corruption for the time 
to come, 1 Cor. 9. 26, 27, chcrifaing one 
another with befitting comforts, Efay 
40. i* 
' Q. What is frAjer*} 

An. gt is * a calling open <£>aB in C|jc 
name cf Cfcittt toitt) tbe * heart,* f ome> 
times tottfj ttje ^05ce,accojirtng to b ijia 
fetil foj cur felfces ano ottjerMExod.f 4. 
15. iSama.13,15^ iloh.5.14. 

£x]0.t. The Commandements^PfaK 
zo^o^andSi. 10. Efa. 55. 6.1 Thcff. 5* 
17. Rom. 12. X2.promifes i Mark.7,7.and 
2ij28.Mark.i1.24.Pfa.91.15.Ef.65.24. 
Ier.29.12.Efa.49.17 Iohn i6.23.thre;c- 
ningsot the Lord, Zeph 4 3. 1 2. Ezec. 22. 
30.31. Dan. 9. 13, 14. Math. 26.41. the 
examples of Chrilt himfelfe, and all his 
Apoftles 3 Luk.3 # 2i, and 9.1 8.29. A6bi. 
i4 24.2nd 2 42.3nd4.24.and9. 11. 14. 
a Tjm.2,19 ai.ourowneoeceflicies^l'Ljd. 
3*9. I5.and 4.3.Efa.26.i6.Pfalm.i8.$<> 
Phi^.S.and fuccc ffeof prayer, Pfa.? 20. 1. 

Pfaime 



with ah Expofitien ufin the fame. 1 09 
Pfalmc 34*Pfal. 32.5.6. arcfufficientmo. 
tivcs and icafonsco induce us to the pra- 
&ifc of this duty. 

2.1t is lawfull to ufc the voyce in prayer 
tb quickenour dulnc0e,to inflame our de- 
votion, prevent rovings, and to edific our 
brethren,Zepb.3,9,Pfai.88. 

Q^Toivhommuftrrepray? 

A n . sCp 5 <2to& c atone in tfce name 4 af 
C|?tft*<r Ioh.i6*25tCol 4 ^i7# 

Expof.%. God oncly is every where 
prcfent , Iere* 2<, 23. 24. knoweth all 
heafts, 1 King.t 39 Ier t i7.9.Pfalm.94.9, 
ioJhcarethal]pra^rs,Nch.i«6.Pfa e $5.2 
Pfalmc 66* i^. 20* is moft ablctehclpe, 
Pfalmc 57 2. Epb.?.2o prayer is a divine 
worfiiip, pnil.50.1 5. and 44*20.11. a fpi- 
rituallfacrifice;Mai.i. ii.Pfalm.141.2* 
Revel. $4. and 5. 8. Excd. 22. 20. and in 
God only we ought to beJeeve, Ioh* 14. 1 ♦ 
therefore hee oncly is to bee called up- 
on, Rom. 10. 13. 14. as the very Hea- 
then fa\v by the light of nature, Ionah. 

4* To pray in the name cfChrift, is 
not rudely and cuftomarily to fay tbefe 
words, Through Icfus Chrift our Lord, 
&c# but in the confidence of the merits 

and 



2 1 & tAjbort Cateehsfme, 

and interceflion of Chrift , to call on ottr 
heavenly Father, 0^.9.17. Since the fall 
of man, none arc called to come to Gjd 
orhavepromifetofpeed, but in the name 
ef a Mediator 3 Ioh. i 46.Heb # 4. 1 6. i Tim.. 
1.5*1 Ioh.a. i.Rom.8. 33.Hcb-7. 3f # « 
Chrift alone we have aaefle to the throne 
of grace, Eph. 2. i8.and 3. 12. angels or 
Saiats departed doe not prefem our 
prayers before God: for Chrift oneJy it 
our Mediator and high Pneft , who gee 
tcth our prayers acceptance before God, 
Heb.1.3. and 4.14. Revel.8. j. and topre- 
feat our prayers before God , and to pro. 
cure them acceptance with God , is in 
phrafe of Scripture all one, Dan. 10. ia. 
A&> 1 0.4. 1 3. 

Q^ Ought we not in fray tr to make par w 
ticnldr confejjionofour Jinncs ? 

An. fPeafafarreasUie^csnesmefo 
$* knotDleftge of tycm, ano t\ } \% toe mutt 
aoe *tott& * gttef Ci ^ tjatreo.anQ * il) ime, 
fral?/accuCng ano nnoenuitng oar 
ftlbcs before <£too , taitl)* b:ofccn and 
contrifefcearts* ^ 1 Sam.12 19.Pf.19.13, 
fNeh.S,9./Neh.9.?3.^Zach.i2.io. 

Expeflq* Sorrow for finnc muft bee 
fccarty and continuall > and as much as 

may 



with an £xp option upon the fame. 1 1 j 
may be, particuIar.Pfal. 102. 4, cfpccially 
for the finnes which have made greac 
breaches in thefoule, PfaJ.ji , 1,2^, yca 5 
finue ftiould be our chicfe forro w. 

i 5/ The foule (hould abhbrrc finnc, 
efpetnlly forthc loathfomneffe of ic, Pfa. 
97,10, Pfal.i 19,163,16b 42 6, Amos 5. 
1 5# darkning Gods gtary , Gen. 39, 9, 
breaking his Law, foiling all ittoucheth, 
sCor.i^Iam l,2t f Hag. 2.12,13V 

6. God is infinite in Majeftie,Pfa.8<5. 
10. and of pure eyes, Hab.i, i^aman 
thcrfore fhould Wu(h at the remembrance 
and confeffion of finnes beforfe God, 
Efra.9, 6, and Dan. 9, 7, feeing his face 
would be covered with fliame; if a mail 
(hould know them, 

Q. What are the parts of prayer ? 

An. pettttonanDttianbfgitJtnff* 

Q, What is petition} 

An. 3(t w a tyimijM%min tee BeCte 

tlje patenting A 0; * removing of tilings 
fcartfoll , ana t&e obtaining of things 
HttDfall,Eit[>er foj ttut Ufe,oj tyzl totnefc 
is to come, £Efay 37,2o,Matth.9.ij f 
jPfal.6.1,2,3,4. 

Q^ Hw ;»*; we make ovrrequefis thai 
wemajbe heard* 






1 1 2 v4fb*rt fittchifael 

of our tomtits m * 9 Tertoeac? ,« * reference, 
*|>ope to *?fpiEB, ano; lotot ", -0 Cor. 
i4,j5./M^h'it.28.wIam,$*i7.^Eccl. 
5.2.01 Tiin.2.8./> Mat 6.14, Mara 1 25. 

Expof.6. Blindc devotion is notplea- 
fingtoGod > Piov;i£;2.A&si7.22, 2£ f 
i4.Ioh»3.22.vvhorcquirctb to befetyed 
with theminde, Mat.22 37. Luke 10,27. 
Wemuft therefore know she/will of God, 
appearing by hifr'cownifjdemcnts, pro- 
mifcs^hrcatping^ and :1k approved pra T 
&ifes of the Saints ; chat wee muft dcfire 
and pray for, and oncly fo as tree know 
Godjworddoth warra^jfjs, ilph,j 14, 
I * Our words,mattcr,ai)(i penning in pray- 

er, arc meet co beunderftoqd. 

7. In prayer we fhould feclefinncva 
burthen, Ier« 3 !♦ 18. Efay6j. 17. and be 
pinched with our want pfgr cCjPfaltn.ji. 
xo, ll,ii- laon 1.5. which atyfcihffpm 
a consideration of Gods iudgcments.duc 
tdiinne, Fzra.9„6,7 v andof theucccflw 
tic of faving grace , Luke 17/5. 2 Cor. 
12.9. 

8 As the things wee bc£ge are more 
or lefle excellent , and of fit ufefor us, fo 
wee rauft be more or lcflfc eager to ob- 

taine, 



vithanMxfeJttionufonthefAwe. nj 

ffat: Pfal.5^ 1,2,3.9, and 80, 1,2,3,4. 
vvhkh arifethfroma consideration of the 
neccflity and excellency ofwhatweedc- 
firc,Pfal.79 8,9 an<i 8tf,i. PfaKi02. 13, 
14, as alft) fiora a burning zralc of Gods 
glory , and hearty love of our brethren, 
Efa,6*.i.Pfal« 122.6,7,1. Oppofice here- 
unto is hypocrifieand vainebabling^Mat. 
6.5, 6,7. 

9, Confidcrifig Gods excellent Maje- 
ftie, we may nocraftily conceive or utter 
any thing before him j but with reve- 
rencc,Gen< 18. 27. 50, 32* which is an «n- 
fained abafeincnt of the tninde proceed- 
idg from a con (1 deration of Gods di- 
vine Maieftie, and our owne indignity, 
Luke i y, 2 1. (Sen. 33, 10. Efr.?,6.Heb. 
12.28* 

10. Havinga promife frofri God chat 
hee will grant our requcfts t Pfalm.34.i9. 
E l -3o,i9,and 58,9 wee muft beleeve his 
word, for he, is true and farchfull^Heb.x 1. 
1 1; 2. Tim. 2. 23. If hope to i peed accom- 
pany not our prayers , they are vainc f 
lara. 1. 6. but yet this hope is weake, fee- 
ble, and many times fcenes to be over- 
whelmed in c be poiily,PfaJm. i^i^^ and 

?if»W477-7?i* 

ix. By 






p 



I ' 






ii* By love is meant, that wee mufi 
forgive our enemies, and carry an hcarey 
afte&ion to the children of God. Eph. 4, 

£1^ what ts thanksgiving f 

Anj t is** a 7 p?a?er therein toe rett> 
tier rf tf)antteg to CDob fo? tits generall 
gcntmelTe, anD aifo particular / faboars, 
f iSam^.i^ Pi'al,i3d 3 i,aiid/Pfal,i03. 

ExpoJ.i. Motives tothisdutic there 
be many. It is an excellent, Pfjlmp2.i, 
ancient lob, 38, 7. fpirituall dutie, Heb. 
1 j, I j, Col. 3,16,1 Pet. 2, j, to be con- 
tinued in Heaven when other duties 
ceafe, Revj 9, 3,4,5, acceptable to God, 
1 Theff,5,i8, Pia).i47, 1, comely for the 
Sauus>Pfa),?3,i«-uid 147,1, pra&ifcdby 
•hr Aage! 5 ,Lake2, 13, fettingonwoike 
all thegraces of God niuSjpfa. 103,1,2,3. 
the end o£ Gods benefits, Pfalme 13,6, 
& ii8,2y,o^ourlife l andallourfervices, 
En. 8, 19, and the ready way coobtaine 
what we i+and in need o^pfal.50, 23. Th« 
me^cs of true thankfulnefle, are a due 
confi lerationof ourowne vilcneflV, and 
a lertous meditation and remembrance 
of Gods benefits, a Sara, 7. 18, 1, Chro/ 

1 6-: 



with ** SxpofitUn Hp**>the fame. 115 

i£.i6,i7«Pfal.io3*i.3.3,8£c 1 Sam.25. 1 
ja.Gcn. 24, 27. Luke 7, iy # Rom. 7.3^ 
with a perfwafion that God hath in love 
beftowed them upon us,Pfalmc l\6* 
12.14. 

Q^hat tbingstrt required in Thanks- 
giving > 

An. &ote #to <£to and #!tn? in fits 
mercp, 4*DeQretoo?atD others focbeg 
a»Oglo;tfie(0o9 9 ansati/enDeafeoarto 
pjoeat in gwltneffe our fd&f s, t pfi Im. 

18. 1. 2. «PfaI.i26.i.2,and 104.3^* PfaL 
34.11 &66«i&/Deut.6.i<ui. 1,2,1,3. 
1 Sam 124. 

Q^ WW r#/* ofdire&ien is there 3 de- 
cor ding to which wee ought to frame our 
fray r > 

An. 2ifte gene rail 2Dt taction is t!je 
tocjjofOoD, to* mo;e efpecwli w t£e 
kojoepjaver* 

£*p*/I I. The Lords prayer is fo a di~ 
recftioip, that it may bee lawfully, and 
laudably ufed as a Prayer, Mith«6 # £ # fcc* 
Lukcii.2.8tc»Nutii,6«2}»-24. Pfai.22»i. 
and 92.1. it is called the Lords prayer , be- 
caufe the Lord Iefus caught it to his Diu 
ciples,Luken.i2. 

Qji#w wwwy /-^urg; &e t* be confidered 

in 



■1 1 6 \AfhortCAtechifme] 

inthe Lords prayer ? 

felfe,anD t&eConclaSon* 

Q.Which is the preface > 

A. 3Dnr Jfatber totjiclj art in Ijeaben. 

* Q, ^/?4 r learneyoti gut of this preface! 

A. SC|Mt CDod is our * a jfat&er bj 
grace £ ana adoption ; itecuglj 3fe:u£ 
CljjiC^glojtDusin a0auUp,# infinite 
inpstaer, tijat boll* * can anfc/fcatbpjoi 

IMfeD to fcelpe OS. * Efay 63. 16* £ Rorn. 
8.i5.i6»Gal.4*4«5« r Pfa.47.2^ Pfa. 1 15. 
. 3.^Eph.g,ao./Pfal.5o 4 15. 

Exfof. 2* There is no Chriftian fo 
poore, weakc, or unworthy in his ownc 
eyes, but hee is allowed to call God Fa- 
ther,Icr#3,i9» 

CXJPFkdt are you to confider in the Lords 
Prayer it felfe ? 

An. $i);e petitions, ant* a tyankf; 
gtbutg* 

Q, fVhichisthefirftpetttien} 

A. IgtelloteeB 3 be tbr 4 #ame« 

Expof$. Tohallow,isnbthereofufi- 

holy orprophancto make holy, 1 Cor. 6. 

10. 11. But co fet apart to an holy life, 

Exod # 20. 8. or rather to acknowledge, 

confefljp, andprofefle holily chcN*m« 

of 



with an Exfofition upon the fame t 117 

ofGodjMattb.il. 19. Levicio.3. 1 Pcf 
3.15. 

4. By Name, is meant God himfclfe, 
Pfal. 20.7. and 115. 1. his titles, Exod 3, 
i4.ij.PfaI.83,ig.propertics, Exod 34.5. 
6. 7* ordinances, p r al. 138. 2.andi Tira. 
6. 1. and works, plal, 19. 1. judgements; 
pral.94i6.Ef.30.37. mercies, E fay 48. 9. 
10. ii. Ezek.2tf.26. or any thing where- 
by hee makes himfelfe knowne, Exodus 
20. 7. 

Q^Jfhat defirt pnof Cjod in this ft* 
* it ion? 

An. 2££a£ <$tte infittitz txttllmtit 
toaybBmagnifasgbyus on earti?, an 
ijeari, * to too^D, ano j« 7 D«e.>£pfaI.4o. 

t&and 115.I4 

Sxpof.%. By an inward and faithful! 
ickuowledgement , with confidence, 
eare, love, hope, humilitic, patience, 
oy, and defire of his prefcnceiij heaven* 
Zfay 8. 1 3 . 1 pet.3.1 5. Rom : 4,20.phil. i. 
•0^21,22,23. 

6. By ipeaking good of Gods name to 
»ther$,pfal.34.3.Deut.32.3.pf*l.I05 # i.3 # 
nd 145.21* 

7. By walking in holineflfe aodrigh- 
eoufncfTc before God-, Mat.5a6.I0h.1y. 

I 8. 



1 1 8 t>4 'jhort Cdtechifmt] 

8. i Pet 2. j*. patiently fubmitting our 
Hives unto his will, Iofh .7.19. conftant- 
ly and nndantedly profefsing his truth, 
Pfal.119.46.I0h.21* 19. and reforming 
©urlives^if weehaye goneaftray,Ier.i3. 

l6.Mal.2.2. 

Q_ Which isthefecondpetition f 

A. 2tt)^ 8 fetng6ome^come* 
£.rpef&. Sathan hath his kingdome on- 
earth, 2 Cor. 4, 4. Luke 1 1 .18. all mca by 
nature being his bondflaves, Ephc. 2. 2. 
2 Tim. 2. 26. living in ignorance, crrour, 
impiety >and difobediencc,Eph.4.i8. and 
Chrifthath his kingdome* Col.i. 15. to 
wit, his Church, which is the company of 
mankind, I Pet. 2.9. Eph. 5. 23. in heaven: 
add earth, Ephef.3. 15 .Col. 1. 20. called 
from the world,Rom.8. 30. unto falvation 
through him,A6l.4.i2. In this world it is 
redeemed, called, fan&ificd. 1 Cor.i, 30J 
after this life it is glorified, Math. 25. 34 j 
zTheff.i.io. 

9« The government which Chrifl ex. 
crcifeth over all men, and all other crea- 
tures, Ephef. t. 21,22. Heb. 1. 6 y 7. is not 
here meant; butthefpcciallgoveinmcnt^ 
which hce exercifcth over his Church, 
Eph^^.iiuhislifejand the life to come, 



with ah Exfojition upnthc fame. 119 

Q^ whit doe jau def.re ofGcdintbis 
fetition > 

An. SD&ai lo Cljjitt toonlo h con* 
bert fuc^ as beunocr tljcpotoccof &a# 
liwi, /ruletnt^e hearts of fjls cfjofen 
b?^is fptrit tjcre,ano ^perfect t^etr fal# 
ttatton in fceafcen Ijercafrer , A Cane 8 . 8. 
Ad. 7. 6a*'Eph.3. 16, i7.^Phi!.i.8 3 9, 
10,11,12. 

Expefxo. Particularly wee defire that 
God would fend forth his Word, Math. 

9. 38. give it free paffage, Ephef. 6. 19. 
110111.15.30,31,32. powerfully acc©mpa- 
inieicby hhfpint,Deuc. 33. 8. 10,2 Cor. 

10. 4^ 5 ,to bring his chofen from the 
power ofSathan to God, A(5h 26. 18. up- 
hold fuch as be con verted, Pfalm. 51. 12. 
Ioh.17, 15. {lengthen the weak, Canr.i* 
4. Luke 22, 31, 32*2 Cor. 1^.8,9, corn- 
tore the affii&cd, Pfal. 51. 12, Cant, i % i. 
recall the wandring , Pfal. x 1 9. 27. Luke 
19. io. and to make all grow rn grace 
and knowledge, 2 Pec. 3. 18. Luke 17.5* 
and therefore that the fame word may 
be continued, Gal. 2. 5. the Sacraments 
and difcipiine purely adminiftred, 1 Cor. 

11. 23,24, &c* iGor # 5. 3,4, 5. Heb, 3. 
a > h 4> 5> 6 * Heb. 8. 5. good Minifleis 

I2 and 



and Magiftratcsprefcrvcd,0eut, 33. h« 
aThcff.j.i^^Pfal. 20 i.profpcred,Pfal. 
1 22^,758. 1 Tim.2. 2,and increafed. Luk. 
10.2. Ef.49. 23. catechizing more ufed, 
1 Cor # 3.2.^chooles for piety cre£ied 5 and, 
maintained, 2 King.6, 1 % 2,8cc.Efay 62.7. 
finally that Chrift would come to judge- 
ment, ReY.22.20. 

Q^JVh&b ** the third petition \ 

An #i £to JI totil l2 be *j &cnc tnearffj, 
as it w in '♦beaten. 

Expo/mi j m Man by nature doth the 
^iUof^eficfh, and Satan, Eph, 2.3. Ioh* 
£.44. but he$ ought to defire and doe, not 
hisovvi ewill, Rom. 806.Mat1h.26. 39. 
but the will of God. E& afi. 8. Wal. 11 9 

fcf9f 

12. The word of God revealed in the 
eld& nfwT<ftament x is the will of God. 

13. To doe Gods will , is :o obey it: 
Exod.24,7. 

14. In Heaven the Saints departed, 
and the Aflgels'obey the Lord j Hcb, 12. 
33. Pfaim. io}. 20. on earth men living 
are to.be obedient, Exod.24#g.i Sam. 

J5'22. 

Q. J Fbatd'jirejm f ; j 'God wthk pi- 
til wn> 

An. 



with /in Exfojiiion upon the fame. 121 

f}isiB020, mtgljtbc dhityjbkt$\jtt9ftxU 
l?,#fpff3ils, ^ rmt^fullpy ana cditft&frfr 

ljcat)en,/Exod.i9.§. Rom.-i2.2,*0pfal, 
27. 8. 2nd4.8.»pfa.ii5?.j2.6o. Rev* 2. 
lo./>Ef.6*2. 

Expof 15. Wee particularly crave of 
God the knowledge of hiswifJ, pfalmc 
II?* 18.33* 34. C>!. i,$>, io,fuppreffion 
of our own vile will*, Rom. 7 24 > faith in 
Gods promifcs,Ro.i .,9,12, coniiancy>a*!,d 
chearefulneffeinourfuffering*, Go!, 1^^ 
tt 3 aiiinward defire, care^ and deligh , 
pfaim* I lp,3^, 14?^ 145, an endeavour,, 
and ability to walk inholineffe, pfr. 119. 
112,167, id8,phH 4. 13, In this life per, i 

feitly wee cannot doe the will of God. g 

a Sam.i2.9,and 1 3 jp^aiid 24,1c, 2 Chr, 
35 # 22 > Luk.i,6 > 20, as the Angels doe: & 

But wee muft defire, ftrive after 3 and r % 
hope for perfection , Luke 13, 24, phil. ;^V 
t y 6 y obeying with fincerity, Gen.j,24, 
4nd 17, 1, Mich. 6, 8, as the Angels doc, 
though not in the tame degree, iCor. 

Q^Jfhich is the fourth petition? 

I3 ^2 



122 *A floor t Catcchifme, 

Exfof. \6. All both poorc and rich 
mutt pray, Give us; becaufc we have no- 
thing but Gods free gifts ; i Cor. 4 4 7. 
lam. i* 17. have title to nothing, but in 
Ctirift lcfus,Hcb. 1. 2. with Rom. 8. 32, 
can kecpe nothing but by the Lords li- 
cence, lob 1. 12. neither can any thing 
profper with us,hut by his blcfling,Deuu 
8*i6.Pro # io»22.PfaI t i27.ii2.Hag 1.6. 
Efa.3/ 

17. Wee may provide for the time 
to come inalawfullmanner, when God 
gtve§opportunity l Eph.4 % 28.Gen.4i.34. 
35,&c. and 50. 20. 2 Cor. 1 2.14, A#.i 1. 
aS.But yet we muft ever wait upon Gods 
providence, iPci.5.7. Pfal. 55.22.both 
when wee have the mcanes, Prov. 3. 5, 6, 
and when we want them,Efa.28.i<S.caft- 
ingoffdiftmft, exceflive diftra&ing, un- 
profitable, and needlcffc cares, Matth.tf. 
25,&c»totheend. 

18. Bread is faid to be Ours y when 
it is gotten by jutt and lawfull mcancs, 
Ephe. 4 28. in a good and honeft calling, 
Gen. 3. 19. our pcrfons being accepted 
of God in IcfusChrift, I Cor. 3.22,25. 
for that which wee io poilefle, is given 

9 us 



r mtb *n Expojition upon the fame. I j j 
\% of God in love and mercy. 

19. By dayly bread is meant bread 
"or the fupply of our prefent neceflitie, 
or rather chat which is fie for us, or a- 
grceable to our prefent condition, Pioy. 
30.8,9. 

20. By bread is not meant the bread of 
lifejwhichifChriftjIoh.tf^S.buc all out- 
ward things r Prov. 27. 27. ler.i j.i9*Pro. 
39, 14. for our neceflity , and Cbriftian 
delight,Plkil. 1 04. 1 5 Joh.i 2. 5 - 

Qjvhat defire jou of God in this petition? 

An. S&ljat 2l Gtoa toouiD bc&oiu on 
as, aiit^tngsrnecelTargfc? tljisltfc, as 
fcofc, maintenance,? c. 

Expcfiii. Here we pray for food, and 
raymcnt,Gen e ,28.20.fleepr,Pf.3 # 5.and4, 
8.fittingdeIights,Pfa.23.5 Pro.5 i3,i9. 
Gen.2i»8-and 29, 22,andforconrenta- 
tion with our eftates, Hcb. 13. 5. iTim. 
6* 6- though theybemeanc, Phil. 4. 12. 
l Tim. 6. 8. refting on Gods providence, 
Prov. 16. 3. love of juftice, lob 29. I4# 
faithfulncffe and painfulneffcin our cal- 
lings, 2Theu3.12.joy and thankfulneflfe, 
Dcut.28.47. and 8. Io. u. and Gods 
blefsing upon them, Gdn.24.12. Pfal.67. 
1,6, 7. and the fan&ifkation of whatfoc- 
1 4 ver 



1 24 AJbort CatcchifmC) 

vcr wee enjoy, 1 T:m.4. 4. as aJfofor' 
peace, Pfal. 122 7,8, protection by the 
Magirtrate ? xTiin.2,i;2 3 fc3ionab;c wea- 
ther, &c. 1 King. 8,35,36^001. 2, 21. 
Deut. 28* 12. valiant iouldiers. 2 Sam. 13/* 
8, 9, 10, to $9, learnrd an<^ good Phyfi- 
tians.G0L4.14t and we p-ay againft co- 
vctoufnes^Pla. 1 f{M<S,di()ra£ting cares 
Mac.d.34. dittrutt,P(af.78 22, difcon- 
tent wich out' eftatc, iTim 6. 10. idle- 
neflfe,Macb.20, 3. 6.opprcsfion,tnjuftice, 
carelcfnefle, unjuft warre, or whacfoever 
doth unhwff'lly hurt and impeach our 
our ward pro'peritie. 

Qji Which is the fift petition} 

Aii.ana**fojgttaus circ *3 trefpaffes 
as toeMfdjgttic tytm *5 ttjat trefpaflTe a> 
gutnft U0. 

Expof 22. To forgive finne istoco*#r 
it, put it away out of fight, arid not to 
impure it, or call to a reckoning for it* 

P£\1.32,1.2. 

2 3.Sinnesarecal!edtrefp*flcsordebts. 
Matth 4 8.25.becaufc wee aic bound to 
makelatisfaftion for them, byfufFering 
the juft judgem^t of God,Luke. 1 1 . 4. 
Gen. 2. 17. if the divine juftice be no: fa- 
tisficd by anothcr.Col.1.20, 

24. Our 



rritb an Sxpojition upon the fame. 125 

24. .Our forgiving others is not a 
caufc why God forgives us,Math % i8.3i. 
33. Col.313.1 loh. 4.10. 11 buta figne 
vvhereby we: are a fibred that God hath 
pardoned us, Mach.6. 14.1 5. and 5.23,24. 
Mac.7.11. 

25. Thd wrong that is done unto us 
(chough not alwaics the damage, 2 Chro # 
19.6. iTim.5.8.Eph.5, 2p,Exod. 22. i. 
15- Aft. 16. 37.comp. vyce oughc to for- 
give, M^rk.i 1.25. but the finne being the 
breach ofthc divine law > Gcdonely can 
pardon, pfal.5 1.1. 4. 

QJVhit defire j )H ofGodin this petition} 

A. 2D|)3t ^cSod of t)isft&a inertia 
3Jefti0 C\j;ift , IdooIo fully b paroon all 
our Gns, as c toe Doe parDcrf1t{fe itfjon^ 
ans tnturics toee receitis from ot^cr£* 
rtEra.43 ; 2$.^p r a^i,2.cLuk. 11.4. 

£xpof.3.6. In this petition we acknow- 
ledge our felves to be miferable finncr$ > 
pfal.40. I2.plal, i^.ii^Ezr.p.S. and that 
wee have no power to fatisfiefor (inn'e, 
pfai.49.7.3. A&.2. 37.38. Ezec. 15.4.5. 
and that God is patient , bearing wich us 
fo long. Lam. 3. 22. pfal. 145.8. pfal. 85. 
5. 15. and 103.8. and merciful], not gi- 
ving Icaveonely, Dan.9. 18. 19. 2 Chro* 



f l6 lAfhort C*tcc$)ifme] 

7.14. but commanding alfo to pray for 
pardon, Hoflh. 14. i>i« whereby hee gives 
hope of forgiveneffe : and hence wee are 
drawn to flee to the throne of grace, PfaU' 
86.15, i6.Ioel2. 12, 1 5. for the full for- 
givenefle both of guilt & puniflimentjPf*. 
51.12. Everyday we (ih,Ecc1.7, 21. lob 
14* 4- and therefore every day wee muffc 
pray for pardon, Pfa. 55.17. and our faith 
Isweakc, Luke 24.21, 22,23. Rom # i4.i. 
wee muft pray daily % that wee may have 
greater affurance of our falvation, Luke 
27.5. 2 Sam. 1 2.1 3. with Pfal.51. 1,2. 
Q. Which i* the fixt petition} 

A. 2lm s 7 icaD us not into tempta* 
tiotT, bat oeltber 2 * as from efetll. 

Expof.2j. Forgiveneffc of finnes, and 
grievous temptations are infcparable 
companions, Luke 21. 22, 25, 24, 25,26. 
Aft.9.i7 > 2 5,24.Temptationisanytriall, 
whereby the heart is inticcd tofinncby 
Sathan, the world, or the flefli, 1 Thef. 
3.5.1am. 1. 14, Math. 26. 4i.Godisfaid 
to tempc hisfervants f to try and humble 
them, by offering occafions of finne, fen- 
ding affii&ions y and deferring to helpc; 
DeUMg.3.Dent.8.2.Gcn.2 2.i.Pfa.io.i. 
But this in refpeft of God is ever good, 

Matth. 



with a*jExpofitionuponthefa?fj4. i^y 
vfatth. i9*i7 # Hab. i. ij.Tam.i.^Sa- 
han, the world, and theflefharefaidto 
•empc , by inticing alwayes unto finne, 
iathan by inward fuggeftions, i Chron. 
ii. i. Iohn 1 3. 2. and outward obje&s, 
1 Sam.i 1.2,5. Math.4.3 >4,8. The world 
)y bad examples, Icr. 44. 17. or wicked 
Dcrfwafions ; alluring or terrifying, Gen. 
$. 6. and 39.7. and lob 2.9. 1 King, 13.8. 
Math.i6.22. Act.21.1 2. The flefh temp- 
tech, when wee areinticcd ofourowflc 
corruption, Obad. 3.1am. 1. 14. 1 Pet. 2* 
11. Temptation hath thefe degrees; fug- 
geftion, delight % content, and pra6Hfe, 
lam. 1. 14. To be led into temptation, is 
to be overcome of temptation ; fo that 
Sathan doth prcvaile againft us, aodgee 
the viftory,Math. 26.41. 1 Chron.2i.i. 
God is faid to lead into temptation, 
when in any tryall heedoth forfake man, 
doth withhold or withdraw from him 
his grace, fuffer him to fall, 2Chron. 32. 
31 . harden his heart, Exod. 7. 3. and give 
him wholly up into Sathans power, and 
the full fway of his owne corrupt heart, 
RotTui.24, 26,28. 

28. To deliver is either to fupport un- 
der, or clfe to protect and defend from 

evill 



1 28 tAfhort fotechifmc, . 

cvill, 2 Cor. 1 2.9. By cYiIi the power and 
poy fon of finnc , Sathan, and the world is 
underftood,Math # 5,37. 

Q^ What dejire youof Cjod in this peti- 
tion ? 

A. &a be fr#o from ^trials f&cm- 
ftltjes,fo far d as it toil Sana tnttfj <25oos 
gD5D pieafnre,anD altnaies from t jje e trill 
tftsref, ^t^ttocfamtnot nnser ttjem/oa 
be foples bp t&em^Mat. 26. 39, * Rem. 
8.28.1 Cor.10.13. 

Expoft?. Here wee acknowledging 
the Lords power over our enemies chat 
tempcus,Zach.3,2. ludep.aadourowne 
frailcy^Pfal.iog. 14.15. withallbcway- 
ling ourpronenefle to evilJ and corrup. 
tion,Rom.7. 24. 18. wee defire God to 
bridle Sathan, 2 Cora 2.7.8.killfinne 3 
Pfalmeip. 13. fupport us by his grace, 
Ephef.3,i6. iThef. 3. 13. ftirrc us up to 
be watchfullin prayer, Ephef. 6. i8«give 
us hope,pacience,confolar:on,Col. 1. 11. 
2The(T.2.i7 andagood ifTuc out of all 
tryals,Pfal.6.4.that wee neither prefume, 
nor defpaite, Prov. 30.9. and free ids from 
mifery , fo farre as raay>tfand with his 
good pleafure. 

Q^ Which * s the Thanksgiving in 

the 



with An gxpojjtion upon the Ume. 126 
the Lords Prayer? 

A. j?o ; t\)ine is tyc j° fctngoome, t\t 

ffcer* 

f-vtwf. 30. God is the right owner,' 
mdTupreame and abfoluteruKr oyer all 
:hings in heaven and earth, Gen. 14, 19. 
[Chro. 29. il.Pfal.24-1,2, all bit flings 
;herefore are to bee craved at hb bands, 
?fah 145, I4,i5>i6, for whither fhould 
ubie&s flee, but to their King i Pfal. 70. 

5.Pfal.2^^IO J tI J T2. 

31. God can givewhatfoever we (land 
ti need of, Matth. 7, 7, and 8. 2, flreng- 
:hcn us againft any finne, 2 Tim, 4,18. 
tudc. 24. and unto any duty. Heb, 1 3. 21. 
md wee have no ftrength but from him, 
iChro,2p. 15.KJ. 2 Gar 3* 5. therefore 
we muft call upon him alone. 

32. God ought to be glorified by us in 
ill things, Col.3.i7.gaineth glory by hea. 
ring the prayers of his peopkjpfa^^ n f 
?f. 50*1 5* and 30, 1 i, 12, and for his glo- 
ry will not deny them any thing that fhali 
b!egood.Math.7,ir,Lukeii 3 i3. 

£1^ Dee not thefe words containe a ream 
r on a//!?, why rote beg the former blejjings 
<tt the bands of god} 



. 



1 30 tsfjbor t C*techifme, 

An. &cs , fo? teing tfjc fcmgeom 
ptfccr, anD glo;p arc t^e Lcjcs, toes 
fijctdD call upon tim tn all oar necefr 

tfakiChro. 29.11. 13. 

Ci Which ts tke QoncUfion of the Lor dt 
Prayer} 

A. Amen, teljtcf} is a fcrifnetting of 
cor fatt£, knD ccfnrc oft|)e things pja^eo 
fo?, leu 11.5* 

Q^ j^** dkr& Amen 5 $fi*xifie ? 

A. &ottiS,or, fo belt, 1 King. 1,3d. 
icr.286.and 1.1 5. 

Ext of. 33. Amen, is fometimes a title 
of ChriftjRcv.3. i4.bccaufeofhis faith- 
fblncfieand truth in performing all pro- 
files, 2 Cor. 1.20. In the beginning of 
Sentences f it is an carneft aflevcration, 
lob, 6.26. Math.24.47- I-uk. 1 2. 44. But 
vvhen it is added in the end ofblelIing* 9 ' 
prayers, or imprecations , it implyeth 
both a defire of the things fo to be, and 
confidence that fo it fliailbc,Numb.5«22« 
Deuc.27. 1$. 1 Cor. 14.16. Ghrift tea- 
ching us to end our prayers with Amen, 
doth thereby admonifo us, both to de- 
fire grace of God, and to be'eeve that 
God prefently hearcth , and will certain- 
ly in due time grant our requeftsj i.Cor. 

14. 



91th an Jzxfcfticnttfcnthe ftnse. 151 

14. 16, fo thatcoldnefle, doubting, dU 
ftruft arc to be ftriven againft, 1 Tinu2.8. 
lames j.6. 

Q. What mptfi rvce doe after wee have 
frayed ? 

An, gDbfertoe fceto " toee/fpeeo, ano 
tofcat anftoer toe teceif>e,/Pfal. ^ 4.am» 
85,8, 

£xf *[.$$. Here wee muftinow, that 

God doth heare and grant our rcquefts, 

when yet hce doth deferrc to give us the 

fenfe thereof, Efay 64. 24.28am. 12. 13. 

withPfal.5i.i,2.Dan.9.22,2$.andio. 

12, 1 j. Alio hee doth not alwaygivcthc 

particular ching wee askc, but what hee 

Jknowcs beft for us % Rom. i # io # a Cor* 

*z-7>%>9> Heb.5. 7. Fur cher we muft take 

heed that wee limit not the Lord to our 

owne time, Efay 28. 16. nor yet receive 

Sathans anfwer for the Lords : Sathans 

anfwer is cither contrary to the word of 

truth ; or if hee fpeakc ihetruth, it is to a. 

wrong end, w'«.dtfpaire,or prophane- 

neffe. Laftly, obferve that we fpeed well , 

when God givcth us the fame thing that 

wee crave, being good, Lam. j, 57 # Gen« 

30.1 9,22 ,and 20,17. Pfal.21. 2.4* E*od. 

*7, n.Iofo, 10* ij t or another as fit, or 

more 






1 3 a AJhort C*techifmf 9 

morefitforus,Gen.i7. 18j9.Mark.r4 
35. with Hcb. 5. 7. or morepatienceanc 
ftrength to vvayt, 2 Cor. 12. 7,8,9. Pfal, 

Q^ What benefit jhall vpc gain* hereby } 

An. 31 e toill fttrreup W" fceart fo 
jjrt^nbfuine0, remcobe^ ** DUaeffe dim 
37 negligence, fttmgtfjcn * g our / fattf?, 
ane tnfliine ^ cur hearts fottlj^eale, 
top, ano loae,£ Pfal.3 1.21.22. A Pial.88, 
i^.and4.i,2 # iPfal4.3.Pfal.nd # i.Pfal # 
28.6,7. 

Exfof. 35. The hearing of our holy 
prayers i^s a pledge of Gods k>ve 3 arcd a 
fweetand comfortable teliimony of bis 
ifiercie^Pfalm. 31. 21. 22. provoking the 
heart checrcfulJy topraife r PlaJ^o. 8.io> 

3#. VVhen God anfjvemh our prayers, 
the light of his countenance flvneth upon 
us 3 and thisreviveth the dull fpiritSjPlal. 
iid.6.7.^2Sau] t 7 4 2;. 

37. Experience of : good*ecrvedfrorn 
God, and begged ip praycr.doth qtiickea 
us thercuuto , Pfakne 6?.6.7 # and 116. 
r,2. 

38. God is unchangeable, fo that for- 
mer mercies given , doe allure us of fu~ 

ture 



w 

withanExpoJttioHupdHtbefamet 133 
Cure blefling,PfaImctfi # 5,<5* 

39. Though our hearts arc cold by na- 
:ure,y cc the fight of Gods love doth move 
js effectually to lore the Lord againe, 
?fa.i45.i8 ; ip,20,2i. 

Q. what muft we doc ifCjod anfwer Hi 
tot the fir li orftcondtime ? 

, An. diamine* &otete$e/p?ap,an8 
* continue ^fertent tljerem, toatftng 
^Dpott tyz JLejfi unftll tee fpaec, /lam. 
U3.wLuk.i8.i.^Hab.2.3.PfaU53. 
I £^(^400 Sometimes wee aske and 
eceive not becaufe wee aske amiffe ; ig- 
iorantly^rafhly^coidly, with wearinelfe, 
iiflruftfuJJy, and without love., lob 27.9. 
Proverbs 21.13. asking either things noc 
ood,Math.20. 21,22. Lukep, 54. 55.01: 
lot fie for them for whom wee pray; or 
3 a wrong end. But here obferve, that 
hey pray well that take notice of their 
vants in Prayers : Pfairae 51. 22. and 
>metimes the childc of God praycth 
eft when hee kno weth not that hee pray - 
ch at all, Rom. 8. 26. Alfo God fome- 
me$givethuswhatwee pray for, when 
^cepray but coldly, Mark.9. 22. 24,25. 
mhcemightencourage us to pray; and 
enies us fomccimes when wee pray fer- 
K vently 



vcntly , that wcc might not truft toour^ 
praycrs,Pfal.22,2. 

41. God for a time may deny wfeat 
wee ask, Pfal.6, 3 . and 1 3. i. that hce may] 
exercife our humilicy in regard of oud 
wants, La m.2. 44, Iud. 10.1 3,14, our faich 
and patience in waiting, Matth. 15.22, 
23,24,36, 27, 28. and try our obedience, 
whether wee will in conscience obey, 
though wee wane the comfort promised, 
Pfal,44,i7, 18,19.26. Moreover, heede- 
ferrcthto help for areafon, to quicken us 
to prayer, make us know our fclvcs,care<. 
fully preferve his graces when once wee 
have them , and doe us good in the latei 
end,Iud# 20.26. wecfhould not then be 
faint-hearted, but hold out unto the end. 
being fupported with faith, hope, aoc 
love,f>fal«40.i.and 37.7. 

Q^jyho ought to pray f 

An. £!jciig&0cD reqmretf* of al 
men uptn eartlj^et tt mo?e fpeetailp be 
kinget&fotbe members otytf/cCIjurcf 
militants Matth. 7 # 7 3 8.Pfa.i4. 2 ./Ioh 

16.23.26. 

Q: Who can or way fray with hope u 

Cpeed? 

An; £)nlg tyer^fljitf^Mpartfron 



with 4H Expojithn up»n the fame. 1 3 j 

ntquttp,^PfaIm,66. 18. 

JZxpoJlqz. Such only asfecle the bur. 
!en of finnc, and have adefuc tobcea- 
ed, arc called to come untoChrift; and 
lavcapromifeto finde good fuccefTe, Ef. 
;y 4 1. Matthew -11. 28. Others doe buc 
nock God ; PfaL 78. 34,35, 3& neither 
ran tliey pray with the graces required 
is faith j reverence, fervencie, love, &c. 
blong astheylove wickedneffe, Zach. 
.2.10. 2 Timothie 2. 19. Player is not a 
*ork of nature , but of the fpiritof fan- 
ftification; Rom. 8. 15.26. Gal. 4. 4, $• 
and he cannot fulfill the lufts of the flefh, 
:hathath the fptrit of grace dwelling in 
him, Gal 5. 16. fo that the prayers of the 
wicked are an abomination to the Lord, 
Proverbs i5«8.Ioh.9. 31. Efay $8,7,8,9* 
Ezek* 174 18. Our departing from finne 
is at the firft very rude and impcrfe&,Ioh« 
121,15. 1 Pet, 2. i; wee muft pray daily to 
be renewed, Col, 1. 9. Phil. i, 9, io> J U 
IThetj. 13. 

Q^For whom mtijl we pray ? 

A ifoj43 ail r fojtsof mtn nofoUfctng, 
o* tfcat fljall Itfce j tjereafter , but 44 not 
foj ffce * Beau, n Tim. 2. 1,/ lob, 17*20. 
* Luk. 1^24,25. 

K 2 £*/*/; 



136 A port fatccbifint] 

£xpof. 43, The Commandemcnt ol 
God, lames 5. i6.Ephef.6. 18. Col, 4. 3, 
Romans 15. 30- our love toour Brochc^ 
who isof ourflclh, and may appertain! 
to the Kingdorne of grace 3 Rom. 10. 1, 
2loh.5« 16. doth require chat we pray foj 
aIIfort$ofmenIivir.g,both.private,iam.y 
14. r Sam* i'2« 2j# and publick perfbns; 

1 Kings 1.36,57^3.6.10 friend, lob 42* 
8, 10. and foe ? Plalm. 35, 13. nccre in 
b!oud,Nurn. 12, 13. Gcn.25.1i4 and 17, 
18. and 27,18, and 28.3. 1 Chro. 29. 19. 
and ftranger. Col. 1.9. v? eakc or ftrong 
Chriftians, iThef.y.f 4,001.4.12.1 Cor. 
1. 1 1. Hebrews 1 :>. 18, 19. fuch as (land, 

2 Thef. 3.j.orbegoneaflray,Cant.8. 8. 
Exod« 32*3^^ 3 2 » Rom. 10. 1. AH need 
the prayers one of another, lames j« 164 
Sathan feekes to moleft and trouble all 
men, Luke 22.3 1 ♦ lob 1.9.10. Eph.6.i2i 
1 Pet. 5. 8.thefallof any man is a diflio., 
nour toGod. Romans 2. 23, 24. a finncri 
converfion brings glory to his Name 3 
Apoc. 16. 9.MaI.2« J, 2. thepraytrofthe, 
weakcft^ChriftianisavaileabJe withGodji 
Pfaimed5.2.andi45. i8.Pfe/m a io2 # i7.! 
ac leaft it (hall rccurnc into his owne bo- 
urne, Pfalme 5 3.13. Ezel^. 14. 14. itisa 

ipeciali 



•with m Expojition upon the fame * 137 

j>ecialla&oflove 3 Matth,5 f 44,ameane« 
to reconcile our enemies unto us, Rom, 
1 2. 20. or to prevent danger or hurt, that 
Dtherwife wee might receive from him. 
?fal.ic?4. 

44. Prayers cannot availc the dead, 
Rev.14.15. iPec.3.i9 # Heb.9.27.neicher 
:ana Prayer for them be a work of faith: 
brcommandement to doerc, promifeof 
;ood to come by ic, or approved example 

warrant it in Scripture, rftereis not 
iny ; Superftitlon did firft hatch thefe 
Jrayer*, and fupcrftitionnowisihefoun- 
lation of them. Love is the pretence 
vhich the ignorant fort make to defend 
hem,but indeed they are vaine^ignoranr, 
afh, and uncharitable. 

Q^Atay men contentthemfelvestopray 
9 private only, or only m pub lie f(. 

1 An, $0, but 45 ttjep mutt ^ufe botlj 
fufaltck auo ^ pjtoate * 6 p;a?er,» A&s a, 
'Luke 11. i t 

Expof.\^ % Publick prayer is that 
vhich is ufed in the publick meetings 
nd affemblies of Gods fcrvants. This 
3 a principall part of Gods worfliippe^ 
i&s j.i, acceptable unto his Majeliie > 
ccaufc wc acknowledge him openly to be 
K 3 the 



t$% %A flmt Catechifme] 

the giver of every good gift, and fpeak 
of his free favour , to :hc praifc of hh 
grace,PfaIm.22.25*and40 lo.everufec 
in the houfe of God , Matthew 21*12, 
fanftifying every other duty, iTim.4. j 
commanded by Chrift, who hath promi< 
fed hisprcfence in afpeciaUipannerin th< 
congregation, Pfalm. 27. 4. Matthew 18 
20. Alfo hereby we arequicknedtoptaj 
more fervently, Zacharie 8* 20,2 1 ,22 .do( 
tejftifie our faith , hope , thankfulncfie , 
profeflc our felves to be the fervants o] 
Chrift, and ftirre up others by our ex. 
ample. Pfalme95.6. and 96. 1.2,7,81 
And it is much to our comfort, thatwhai 
vvce aske, \s approved and fought witl 
common confent ; publiquc fervice be- 
ing of more worth than private , as a fo« 
ciecie execedeth the worthing ffc of on< 
man.Phl.2p.p.and 87.2. and 35. 18. anc 
in. 1. 

45 Private prayer is that which 11 
performed in a family 9 or by onealone. 
jZach.12. 12,15, 14 in the family prayet 
is ncceflary , God by his commandCi 
meat binding Parents and Matters to fe< 
it performed. loin. 24. 15. Gen. 18. 18, 
thcfaithfull have followed the Lords di- 

K#ior 



*»ith AnExpJithnHp$n the fame. I39 
e&ion herein, lob 1.5. hereby the af- 
: airesof the whole family arcfanftified* 
Chro.16. 43 Pfal*ia7. *• 1 Tim. 4. 5* 
Stnd God will poure downe* a blcfling 
jpon that family , that joyntly fceketh 
;iis favour by hearty fapphcation, A&.i. 
14, 1 y« and 1 2. 5, 6. Alone wee muft pray, 
Gencf. 24. 63. and 32.9. 10. Luken.i 
Matth. 6.6. that wee may be more fie to 
foywe with others to our edification, 
ind have comfort when wee are alone* 
Pfal^o, 10,1 1,12. Alfo wee haveprivate 
fins to confeffe, wants to bewaiie, crofles 
jnder which wee fliould bee humbled, 
?falm.6- 2. 3. 6.7. Matth* 14* 51. and fa- 
vours for which wee (hould be thank- 
iill. Lam.3*23 . Pfalm.7 1 ♦ 2 3, 24. and 66. 

ip,20. 

Q. what other meanes hath the Lerd 
ippointedto increafefaith ? 

An # 2D&e cue x s Bmtniff ratton,ano re# 
eiinng of tlje 1 &acrament0, x Gen. 1 7. 
^io,iKRom.4.n. 

Sxpof.i. The word Sacrament did in 
indent times fignifie an oath , where- 
by fouldicrs bound themf^lves to be true 
o their Captaine , and the Qenerall in 
ike manner did bindc himftlfe to the 
K 4 fouldi- 



V 40 'AJhort C4tech$fme f 

fouldicrs ; but now it is ufcd to fignii 
the fcalcs of the covenant $ whereby tl 
Lord doth bindc himfelfeinChrift Icf 
to be merciful! to us , and wee binde o 
felves to be true unto C hrift. The Sacr 
ments are fpcciall meanes to confirr 
faith , becaufe Chrift is after a fpcci! 
manner reprefemed and offered unto a 
and effectually befiowed upon eve 
worthy Communicant. 

Q.. Who ought to adminifler the S< 
craments ? 

An. )©nl? t%ty tljat j are a iatofal 
taileo C^reunto bf t&eCfjurelj, jHc 
5.4. 

Expof.2. Such are lawfully called 
adminiftcr the Sacraments * whobeii 
furnifhed with gifts of knowledge, » 
holincffe , arc fet a part for that off 
by the Churchy Dcut* 33, 10. Mai. 2. 
Matth.5. 14,15, 16. 1 Tim. 3-i-4*$,tf>' 
TiM-7, 8,?tMatth. 24. 4y.Rom. 1. 
Tit.1.5. 

Q^ what is a Sacrament} 

An. a s feale of j tfje covenant* 
grace, jR0m4.11. 

gxpof. 5. Sacraments are appointe 
Qotonlycoh:lpthe underftanding 9 ai 

ti 



with an Sxpo fttion upon the fame. 141 

the memory,but alfo to perfwade, and aC 
furethe heart that Chriii Is ours. 

4. That covenant isfealtd in the Sa- 
crament , which God of his mcerc grace, 
and favour, madew'uh us in lefusChrift, 
being miferablc finners, Gencfis 1 7. 7. 9, 

lOjIIi&C. 

Q. In what words u thu covenant ex* 
frejfed in Scripture ? 

An* 3totUbe*tl)E*(233!>, anfitfjoa 
fl)attb$rappeopl&,*Ier.3i*33. 

Expof.^. In this covenant Goddoth 
promife to be our Saviour, King, and Fa- 
ther; to pardon our finne,fan<ftifie our na- 
ture, beftow all good things upon us, and 
protect us from all evill, Gen. 17. 1,2. 
Lcv,26.ii.i2.2Cor.6.i6,i7,i8.Heb.§, 
10,11, 12. we promife to chufeGod to be 
bur God.truft in him, Iovc,and feare him, 
and walk in obedience before him, Exod. 
1 j.2.and 2o,ip.and 24. 3,7. 

Q^ What are the parts of 4 Sacra- 
ment} 

A. SDteo* an'onffoarofctfibleOgne, 
fanrtifieo to 7 tep^efenf anD feale anc# 
t&er t&ing to tye nttnoeanDljcsrt,- ano 
an mtears* grace , tofcicfj is tjis tying 
CgmSeDi 



14* tAjhort Catechifme] 

Expof.6. Of a figne there muft needs 
be two parts, theunderftanding thereby 
conceiving one thing, and the lenfe ano- 
ther, Gen.^i 1,12,1 3,14,15,16,17^* 
38* 7, 8. therefore of a Sacrament there 
muft needs be two parts^onc inward,ano- 
sher outward. 

j. A figne fafiSified, isthat which is 
appointed by the Lord himfelfe to fig- 
nifie, E xod. 40* 1 1 . 1 j. and not by man 
upon any conceited analogieor propor- 
tion. 

- 8. The inward grace , is the free and 
fpirituall gift which God beftoweth 
upon the foule, Genef. 17. 7. Matthew 
26.28. 

Q. Who is the Author of the Sacra- 
ments} 

An. 2D&* Jlojfi a onlg? fo&o matie tfje 
cpbenant^Efa.7.i4 N and 38.7. 

Sxpofy. God is the only Law-giver of 
his Church, lam. 4. i2.Matth. 23.8. 10. 
Aft. 3. 22. to teach it by word and figne. 
And as co forgive finnes, and receive unto 
grace is proper to the Lord alone- Mic. 7. 
1 8» Hof. 1 4. 1,2. fo it is his peculiar to in T 
flitmea figne and fcale for the confirma- 
tion thereof. 

~foiw 



with an Expofithn npn thefiimt. 1 43 
Q. How many Sacraments be there ? 

An- 3a ttje xo jptete JEeffament onlg 
(too ; y iBgpttfme, ant) tfce JIo;ds c £up> 

per>£ Ioh # i.26. (rLuk^ilp^o*. 

Sxpof. io> la the old Tcftatr.cnt the 
Iewcs had many Sacraments, fomc ordi- 
nary, Gen. 17. 9. 1 i,i2,&c. Exod. 12. i % 
2, 3, &c. feme extraordinary, 1 Cor. 10* 
1, 2, 5 , 5, but the New Teftament hath 
onely two. For there be no more Sa- 
craments of the New Teftament , tbtfn 
Chrift did inftitute, and receive before 
his death, bccaufeitwasneccflfary, that 
hce fhould receive both., to fan$ifie them 
in his ownc perfon f and to leje that 
communion which is betweene him and 
us. The nature of a Sacramert agreeth 
Dot to the five forged Sacraments of the 
PapiftS; either they are not proper to the 
Church , or are not inftituted of God ? 
or confift not of an outward vifible %ne, 
and inward grace: the covenant of grace 
is not fealed in any of them. Thefe Sa- 
craments of the New Teftament aic per- 
petual! , and never to bee abrogated, 
Heb.8,,13. 

Q^jvhat k Baptifme ? 

A.# "£>acramertf * of cut ingrafting 

into 



144. tAJhort C*teMfmel 

iatowfctff, communion toit^tm, ana 
entrance into t^e Ctjurcl)^ Math. 28. i ?# 
A6U8.31. 

Exptf* 12. The feed of Abraham ' 
Gal. 3.7. or children of Chriftian Pa. 
rents are within the covenant, are Chri- 
ftians , and members of the Church, 
1 Cor # 7«i4. Rom. 11. i6#Baptifme there- 
fore doth not make them Chriftian 
foules; but doch felemnly fignifie, and 
feale their ingrafting into Chrift , and 
thatjeommunion which the members of 
Chrift have with him their Head, and 
doch confirme that they are acknow- 
ledged members of the Church , and en- 
trcdintoit.i Pet.^21. 

Q. What is the ttttwArdfigite ? 

An. ©ftater,/ toj}eretou& t%t parts 
bapti$eD is g toafljea , bp dipping o; 
fp^inHltng , h into t&e I2 $ame of tH 
$atyzv 3 &onne,ano&oi?C^oft,/Afts 
IO -47«f Math.3.6.n.ij«i6.Aft$i6.i5« 
£Ma:th.28a?. 

Expof. 12. To be baptized into the 
Name of the Father , Sonne, and holy 
Ghoft, is to be confecrated unto the wor- 
ship aad fervice of the Father, Sonne^ and 
holyGhoft, 

Q. PPh*t 



with an Sxpoptionupen thefabfe. 145 
1 Q. what u the inward grac* or thing 
fignified ? 

♦ An. jfojgtijeneffe i of 1 * finne* , ana 
^andtficatiom * Mark 1.4. A&s*. 38. 

Expof.i 3 .Water in Baptifme doth fig- 
nific both Ghriits Bloud,by which all our 
ftnnes arc waflied away , and Chrifts Spi- 
rit, by which wcc are regenerated, Rom. 
d. 3.Matth. 3. n.Iohni. a6.Col.2.i2« 
Wherefore the inward grace in Baptifme, 
is the pardon of our finnes, and renewing 
of our nature/rit.3.5. 

Q. To what condition doth the party 
baptiz>edbindhimfelfe > 

An %q bel&toe d in ** C6?tff,*nQ e to 
fojfafee ^U Qn0, ^ Aft,8,37^Mat.3 .1 2* 

Expof* 14. Gods pronufe to us, and 
our promifc to God, implyed in the co- 
venant, is fealed in Baptifme, A&s 16.14, 
1 5 # 3 1 3 32, 3 3. fo that wee bind our fclves 
thereby to the performance of eur duty. 
Infants bapti2ed have not the ufeofrca- 
fon f much Jeffe , faith to beleeve ; but 
yet as they be in the covenant, fo they 
oblige themfelves to beleeye in Chrift, 
and depart from iniquitie ; Tvhich they 
3rs bound to performc, when they cecne 

to 



J 4 * tsffar t Cttechifmel 

toyeeres of difcretion, A#s?.39. with 
2Cor.6.l7,i8. 

Q^.How oft ought a max to be baptized t 

An. 3Stis* enough ^oncefobe/baptt* 
?efl: fo? baptifme is a plecge of our^ neto 

Expof 9 i$. Wee never read that Chrift 
or his Apoftles did adminifter Baptifoc 
more than once to one man. And Cir- 
cumcifion , the feale of entrance into the 
Church of the Iewes, in the place where- 
of Baptiune is come , was only once ap- 
p!ycd by Gods appointment, Gen. 17. 23, 

Q^tJ'ho otifht to be baptised ? 

A ♦ § mulsh towb&ttQ to l6 t\jt fatty, 
ana J 7 infants * of one, o; bot|i c^tttian 
18 parent*, hA3sS.\2. *A£h 2. 59. 
1 Cor.714. 

Expof.'i6* All they who be within the 
covenanted fuch only arc co be received 
into Baptifme. 

17. Infants of Chrifhan Parents are 
within the covenant, to them appertai- 
ned the promife of forgivenefle of finncs, 
and the Kingdome of God# Alfo circum- 
cifion amongft the Iews^which anfwereth 
to our Baptifme , was adminiflrcd to In- 
fants, 



with an Expoftion upon the fame. 147 
fants, Gen.17. 1 2. and 21. 1.4. Luk.i .59. 
and 2.21. And when the faith full which 
the Scripture faith , were convert edypith 
their whole henfhold , and baptitued^ it 
may probably bee tlvmghc, there were 
fome children amongft them of thofe 
houfholds, who were not excluded, A&s 
14.14,15. 

18. Though we acknowlcdgefuch on- 
ly to be fincereChriftiatiSjwhoferveGod 
with upright hearts, Rom. 21.28, 29. yet 
thofe are not denied to be Chriftians,who 
make fo much as a general! profeffion of 
Chrift f A&.i 1.26.1 Cor.1.2. with 5.1,2, 
3. and 15,12. 

Q. What is the Lords Supptr? 

a\& Sacrament of our continuance 
anogtotot&tn C^itt. ^i Cor.10.16. 

Expofi. Ghrift isgiten to be fpiri- 
tuall nourifhmentunto theSou!c,that wee 
might grow and increafe in him, Iofan 6. 
33.48,50,51,52,54,56. as plants are 
not only grafted 3 but doe grow in the 
(tack : and this is fealed in this Sacra. 
Intent* 



Q^VVho is the author of this Sacra* 
went} 

An. %\% &025/3efas s m fyt fam* 

ptigfit 



1 48 AJbort Catechifmcl 

ntgfjt 3 tljat $e to betra^D, /z.GKi 1 

23,24, 

Expof.i. Chriftwho is the Lord and 
head of his Church s Aft.io.36.Eph.i.22i 
Col. 1. 18. haying anthority toinftitutc 
Sacraments. Match. 28.18/19. and power 
effectually toperforme whatfocver is fig- 
nifiedand fealed therein, Ioh.i. 4 # Eph # 5, 
1.4. did in hisowne perfoninfticutcand 
ordaincit. 

3. When Chrift was preparing him- 
felfe to the greatcft work of love that ever 
was , having his thoughts wholly bent 
to procure the cternall good of his Ele# ; 
then did hce out of his infinite love, even 
in the fame night that hee was to be be- 
trayed , appoint this holy Sacrament ; 
knowing that the inftitucion and fealing 
ofthetefhmen^, ought to goe before the 
death of the teftator. This fhould ftirrc 1 
us up with care and reverence to receive j 
this pledge of Chrifts love 3 and to come 
unto it as unto a (pirituall feaft^beingper- 
fwaded that Chrilt will refpe& us now he . 
is glorified, feeing hee did not forget us in 
his agony and palTion. 

Q^What # the outward figne ? 

An. jBjeao * ana m brine,u>ity f Ije aett' 



y»itkdfs'ExpoJitio*stp$ntkef*me. i^p 

an* pertaining fo f&em , aa'teeafemg, 
jtbmg, rccettring, eatitig,and&?tn&tng* 
^Mat.264 26,27, *8. 

Sxpof.q. Bcfides that Bread and 
Wine arc mod ufuall, fit, and neceflarie 
10urifl1mcntjPfalm.104.15. they doc of 
ill others beft fcrvc toexprefle the body 
ind bloudefChriftj Ioh.<S. 33* Leavened 
>r unleavened bread are of free ufc, A&s 
*o.7 4 Matth« %6. 17, 26. but itisexpedi- 
:nt, that it be bread that hathfubftance 
nit. The ufcofthe Wafer-cake is juftly 
blamed as fu per ft itious, by our Church, 
kndbccaufe the Sacrament is a fpirituall 
[ : eaft ; therefore the fineft bread, and pure 
ji/Vine is of moft laudable ufe. Out of 
liggardlinefie to mix water with wine, 
ivoureth of an ill minde, Malac. 1. 7,8. 
Chrift being not only the true, but the 
iifficient nourifhment of the foule \ in- 
.ending to give us a full meale, appointed 
X)th bread and wine, and that feverally 
o be ufed in the Lords Supper , 1 Cor. 
1123, 24. So that it is facriledge to de- 
liver this Sacrament in one kind only, 
and preemption not to adminifler them 
feverally , feeing Chrift intended to fee 
forth his violent death , wherein his ~ 
JL body 



T^o A (hort fotechifme\ 

body and bloud werefepat ated. 

5. The bread is to be broken according 
to the example ©f Chrift, and his Apoftles; 
becaufe this Sacrament was appointed 
fpecially to reprefent the death and pafli- 
©n of our Saviour Chrift, in which his 
body was crucified , and his bloud ftied* 
Matth. 26.26, 27,28. Aft.2o # 7 # 

Q,, What is the inward grace ? 

An. Ctwtff * tottti all ^ t^e benefits 

Of 7 tits Qeat|) attt) pafften , n 1 Corinth. 

xi. 24. 

Expof.6. Not only Chrift hisbenefits, 
but even Chrift himfelfe is offered unto 
us; for wee cannot be partakers of the 
benefits of Chrift , unlefle wee be united 
untohim.Ioh.15. 2,Eph.4,i6.Col.2.i9 # 
Chrift is truly and fpiritually prefent in 
theSacramcnc, exhibited to the faith of 
every worthy receiver ,bnt not corporally 
united to the bread and wine in refpeft of 
place, Afts 3. 2i# with Matthew 28. 6. 
lob # i6.i8. 

7. The * Bread fignifies the body of 
Chrift , the Wine betokeneth his bloud j 
the beeakingof the Bread fetteth forth the 
crucifying of Chrift,&c. 

Q* What u the duty efthc Minifier in 



i»ith an Expofttion npontkefame^ I 5 1 
the a Jmimftration of the Sacrament ? 

An. £,9 confecrate * if bp * Declaring 
ifjetaii t:irtorr teereofyj "p;a?cr fopnea 
tctt, tbanfc gtfctng ": a* alfo to b;eafc 
ti)t b^caD, anD after times to odtfcer tlje 
l^tas ana b tne to tfce people of (E3oD, 
* 1 Cor. U. 2$, 24. Match. 2$. 16, 27,28. 
Mark. 14 22. Luk. 22.19. 

9. To confecrate, is to fee apart the 
bread & wine unto an boly ufe.i T]m<4 5* 
Exod.i $.2. jtid 22.29* 

9. If Chrift had not inftituced thisufe 
of bread and wine, it could* never hare 
had tbebeing , efficacie , and vercue of a 
Sacrament; thertote the inftitution ought 
to be declared. 

10. God is ever ready preft to befiow 
a blefling upon his ocdin mcesj Mal.3.10. 
Plal. 81. 13. but yetlooktthtobeioughc 
unto, Idh.4. io. A&.6.2.4. and 4. 3 i.thcr- 
fore the Miniver rnuft crave Gods blef- 
fing to]fan&ifie the bread and wine co 
their right ends. 

11. The work of our Redemption be- 
ing lively fet forth in tin* Sacrarncac; 
pratfeto God for that benefit ought not 
tobcomitted.Rev.5.9-Pfal,i03.4.Rcv.i« 
5j6.Zach.99, 

L 2 QWhat 



152 isf foort ratechifmc\ 

Q. What is hereby figvified ? 

An. SDfee action of <®tto[tyt jraffjer, 
offering Cfjjtft to all,ano beftototng |(im 
/>effectUulirtipon tfje toojt^ receiver. 

p i Cor.io.x6. 

Q. What is the duty of the receivers ? 

An. aCo^rccettoe tlje I2 b;«aD$tome 
*ettbereD,anD to ** eat anBBjfnktijereof, 
^Matth. 26.26, 27.1 Comi.23,24. 

Expof. 12. Itismoft expedient to re- 
ceive the bread and cup into the hand, 
and aot fuperftitioufly 3 orunfeemely to 
have the bread put 3 or the wine pou- 
red into the mouth, Matth,26. 26. 1 Cor. 
14.40. 

13. Eating importcth more than to 
fufferathingco melt in the mouth; for 
common bread fit for nourifliment, which 
fliould be ufed, fhould by chewingj&c.be 
prepared for the ftomack. 

Q. What is fignified hereby ? 

A. £Dur r recetinng ano faeDtng upon 
Ctwift bg fatty, ? 1 Cor. 10.16. 

Q. Is itfiifficicnt to receive this Sacra* 
ment once ? 

An.iac;buf /toemuttrecetteit X4 of> 

ttll,s Adt.2.42. and 20.7. 

Exfof. 14. Chrifls commandement, 

1 Cor. 



yvith anExpo/ttionupon the fame. 153 
I Cor # 1 1. 26. the ApoftlcspraSice, Aft* 
20.7. our ownencceflity, weakneffeof 
faith, 1 Sam«27.i. Mark. 16. i^dulnefTe 
of understanding, Ioh.20 9. Mark, 8. 17, 
l8.forgetfuinefie,Luk. i4,9.andfpiritu- 
all wants and decay cs in grace,Matth.24 • 
12.Rev.24. and 3 . 2. doe require tha: we 
receive this Sacrament often. Rev. 3. 2>g* 
We muft receive it as often as it is admi- 
niflred in that Congregation where wee 
live j unleffe wee be juftly hindered; or 
companies in great Parifh?s be forted 
for fevcrall dayes , becaufe they cannot 
communicate all at once, Numb. 9. 13. 
2 Chro 30. 1 2. Aft* 2, 42. Matth«22. 5^6. 
i Cor. 1 0.1 6. 

Q^ For what endandufe ought^eeto 
receive this Sacrament ? 

An. SCo* coafirme our x *fat£& , com* 
munton Uritl) Clj?iff,anD ail faking gra- 
ces in us ; to keeps x * in * remembrance 
t&e3lo:t>s seat^untill t)ee comeagafne, 
ano to teltifie » our lobe one untoanc* 
tfjer*' 1 Cor. 10. 16, #iCor* 11.24.26. 
tv 1 Cor# 12.13. 

Expif.i$ 9 The increafcof faith, and of 

communion with Chrift, inferre neceffa- 

rily an increafesf all graces, which fpring 

L 3 thence 



•I 54 AJbort Catechifnte y 

thence as from the root, IoUi 5 4.Epb t 2? 

\b. This fiirrerh up a more ferinu* 
tHnkingon ChriftsIoveandgoodncfTein 
his death, and fo prefervesthe fame more 
tru y.in memory, And by eating this 
bread, ani drinking this wine, mendoe 
proffOe &: after a lore preach unto others, 
unto the worlds end, the myfteneofthe 
Goipel ; tiiefummeand fuhftance where- 
ofconfilkthin the death of Iefu> Chrift, 
and the fruits that flow there-frbm, £ha 
dowed in the S?cramenr, 

Q. What u the danger of umvortk j re 
ce'iving ? 

A. wmtprffyv x xtt\ iter* *? art Quil* 
tit of tVt ,8 borv anD bus of ttjc L029, 
ans Be eat ant D v :inb fniKement to tiiem* 
feltc*,* 1 Co%11.27.29. 

£xpof\j.Vn worthy r cei vers are fiich 
who eat and drink unworthily, that is, 
who receive the bread and wine without 
due reverence and refpeft to the myfterie 
contained in them, 1 Sam.^19.2 Sam.6.6, 
2 h o, 30. 20. or to the holy ends why 
ihej were ordained, or to the perfon by 
who'c an horiry they were appointed, 
5 Sjm.2o:p>wuhRev.3«4*Luk,3.8. 



: 



i»ith *n Expofition upon the fame. 1^5 

1 8 . To be guilty of the body and bloud 
of the Lord , is to offer a fpeciall wrong 
and wjurie to the pcrfon of Chrift,and 
hisfufferings, and in a fpeciall manner to 
finne againft the work of our redemp- 
tion y which is fully fet forth in the Lords 
Supper. 

Q^Who are to receive thk Sacra- 
ment ? 

An. &ucM* knototljdt l *mtfen?bp 
finnt,t\)tttmebyty2nofin<Z\)tt&, ano 
/t&e *° Doctrine of t^^acramemr^tott^ 
ail earneffi? ^longing* 1 to be fatteSeo 
tott^ t^e bjeao of Ufe.jMatth. 11.28. 
^Exod.i2.26 3 27. Rev.22.17. 

Sxpof.ip. Chrifts death is fignificd by 
the Sacrameftt,and Chrifi wich all the be- 
nefits of his death and paffion is offered 
herein: unleffc we know Chrifl, our mi- 
fcry without him, and the exceeding be- 
nefits of his death , wee can never defire, 
Ioh.4, io.orrejoyceinthankfgiving for 
thatmcrcy,Rom.7.25* Eph.2*i«4.& 5.8. 
iTim.1.13,14. 

20, This Sacrament is a figne and feale: 

therefore before wee can ufe it well, 

or prepare to receive 3 or exami-nc our 

felves how wee receive, 1 Cor.i 1 #28* we 

L 4 muft 



1*)6 ^A floor t Catechifme r 

muft have underftanding,Exod.i 2.16,27} 
Iofh.4.6. 2 Chro.30.22. 

2i # Thc thirfty,who are ever lowly,ar© 
the only welcome gucfts unto the Lords 
table.Ioh.7.37. Rcv.22.1 5. This defire is 
flirred up in us, by a consideration of the 
tieccflity of the Sacrament,our own want 
thereof Matth # 9. 1 2. the benefits befto wed 
therein, PfaLdj. 1,2,3* Prov.4.7. and the 
lielps wee have thereby to quickeu and 
confirmcourfaich. 

Q^Whrtttlfe is re quire A in them that 
come to this holy Table ? 

An. Heneteefi 2a ljafrcDofalUfin,an 
5eartpcnBeat3our<rtooberccmeiiat«raU 
pafftQns , ana aa utter ano toeliatftifeo 
d fobbing of groSc 0nne ; tirilltngnsffe 
to e be ftrengf ^etufi tn ** faitfc, % a long* 
tog/Defire foj 2 * t^e gooDof oar bjetjjjen* 
#1^.3.12,13- rMatth. 18.3. tf?Luk. 14. 
28,29,80:. tfMatth # 5.d. /Mark. 11.25; 
Macth.5.23,24. 

Ex p of. 22. Hee that loves finne,cannot 
truly thirft after Chrift, Match. 11. 28. 
beleeve in God, Mark. 1 . 1 5. AS. 15.9. 
xloh. 3.3. 1 Gor. 15. 17. or have com- 
munion with him, 2 Cor. 6.14. Pfal. j. 4. 
Amos 3. 3. 1 loh. 1. 6. Sinne is ofafby- 



with an Exfofitien ufon the fame. 157 

ling nature, a«d doth defile Gods ordi- 
nances unto us.Tiuiaj.Hag, 2, im^ 
Heb. 10. 22. Numb. 9. tf. 2 Chro. 23. 19. 
Ic fufficeth not that wc hate all finne, but 
this muft be renewed by labour and care, 
1Mattb«i8.3.Gen.35.2. Amos4.12.Luk. 
fy 12, 13, 14. to fee more throughly the 
yilcneffe and multitude of our particular 
{inncSjRev.^.2, 3. Ier.3, spurge the heart 
of them y by judging and condemning, 
Iam.4.S,$>,&c. andjquickenthe loathing 
of them in the heart , fo that the very 
thought of them may be bitter. Icr«3 1. ip, 
2 Tiro. 1.6. 

23 . We fliould defirc to bave our faith 
I encreafed before wee comedo the Lords 

Table: for faith was required of fuch who 
did defirc to be baptized, Aft. 8. 37. and 
16.33, 3 4. It is the eye by which weedif- 
cerne, 2 Cor. 3, i8.Ioh. 3. 14, 15. and 8» 
56. and the hand by which wee receive 
Chriftjlohn i.i2.and 6.35* making this 
feaft of the Lords exceeding fweet.Pfalro. 
119. 103. 

24. When wee come to the LordsTa- 
ble, wee profeffe our felves to be children 
of the fame Father, 2 Cor. 6. 18. the re- 
deemed of the fame Lord, 1 Corin. 2*6. 

fuch 



158 tA Short fauchifme] 

fuch as be guided by the fame fpirit.i Cori 
12. 13. ruled by the ftmeword/ed atth* 
fame table, 1 Cor.16. 17. members of thr 
fame body 3 Eph.4 § 4,5,6. and heiresof the 
fameKingdome > Rom.8.i4.i7.(houId we 
not then heartily dc/ire thegood of one 
another, both in foule and body. Eph.4.^ 
lPet.3,8. 

Q^JVhatifa man fix de himfelfe roeak$ 
in f*ith y and fuS of * doubting ? 

A. |£e mult betoatle^ tiis *> unbeliefs, 
p jap ft* fat t^ , fehe to |atoe fcts ooubts 
rcfdtieD 9 ana fo receive to be further 
Vttm%tyzr\£b * 6 inb belling* ^ Markc 
p. 24«Hudges6. 37, 38*Exod, 12, 1,2] 

J?A:^/25.Vnbeliefc hinders thefweet- 
neffeof the Lords ordinances, loh. 6. 54. 
63,64* godly forrow for it quickens a 
defire, and makes way for the increafe 
of faith, 2 Cor. 7. 10. wherefore doubt- 
ings are to be bewailed, but v*ee muft 
not thereby be kept from feafting with 
Chrift. 

26. The wcake were admitted by 
Ghrift unto this Table, Ma, 26. 26. with 
26.56.Mark.16* 14. Acts i.6.Thc Sacra- 
ment was ordained not onely for the 

ftrong 



i with an Sxpojttion upon the fame. 159 
Ire ng man, but even for babes in Chrift, 
hat they might mx fironger, Rom. 4. 
ft. 1 Cor. 5. 2,3. they may therefore ap- 
proach untothis banquet, being iavited 
>y the Mafler of the feaft. Pr0v.9-d.Mac. 
22.9Xuk. 14.21,23. 

Q # How ou^hta mans heart to be af- 
r cStedtn receiving the Sacrament ? 

h.WM^i rcberencc,ito?,anti a 7com* 
r ojt, /meaf fating on ttje oattoa ra Bgnes, 
mo toljat t&ep fignifie ; tfce dainties p;e* 
pareD , aim lotoe of &tm tbat prepares 
:f)em ; cur communion tott^cbiff, bis 
sraces, ana fait&full people,to&ereb|> tfee 
ptart is m fttrrefc np to ttjanfefgiinng, 
iExod.3.5* Gen. 28, 17.4 Deut. 16. 15. 
li Cor,ii.i$,w iKing,8.66. 

Expo/ '.27. From that which we noted 
before touching th* anions of the Mini- 
fter, and the people in thedeliverieand 
receiving of this Sacrament , wee may 
learne how we ought to behave our felves 
in this holy bufiueffe. Excrcifc the eye 
in feeing the elements t , and the a&ions 
belonging thereunto, Exod, 24. 8. the 
tare in hearing the niyfteries explained^ 
the hand in receiving the element*, and 
the cade in feeling the comfort of them. 

Exercifc 



1 6* tsfjhort fatechifme] 

Excrcife alfo the miad id meditating add 
remembriiigofChrifts fufferingSjand th< 
love of God, not only giving his Sonne 
to die for us, Ioha 3, i<5. but offering and 
fealing unto us our redemption there- 
by ; and flirre up the heart to receive 
Ghrift, Efa. ($4. 7. and mourne for (inne I 
Zach.i2.io,defircGods favour, rejoyce 
in hislove^ Mehe, 8, 10. ftaod in awe be- 
fore him, Pfal. 5 . 7, fearing after an holy 
manner, left by any unruly affe&ionSj 
orunfictinggefture, wee (hew the leaft 
want of due erteerne f and joy in his pre- 
fence, Pfal,2. i 1. and 4.4. 1 Cor. 11. 10. 
and 14.40. 

Q.» What mufi we doe after we have rem 
ceived ? 

An.[Wizt mutt * 8 enceafcour to finfce 
an tncrWe of fritf) , lofec, ana ail fa* 
Dins gtncc0, abounding moje ansmoje 
in teeil'tJQtng , n Proverb. 4. 18. Ezck. 
47. 12. 

£xpof*2%> The receiving of the Lords 
Supper is a renewing of our coyenanc 
with God, Exod. 139. Gencf. 17. 11, 
lChro.30.29. therein wec/eed fpiritiu 
ally uponChrift,! Cor. 10.16. are rcfrefih. 
td by him, and by faith draw vertucfrom 

him j 



with an Expo jit ion upon the fame. \6\ 

iim,Rom.8 # 2.PhiI.4.i3. therefore after 
we have received , we muft grow more in 
jrace and knowledge. If wee fpecd not 

ityell after wee have received , commonly 
nir want of preparation was the caufc 
:hereof, or defefts willingly admitted in 
:he a& of receiving. 2 Chron» 30. Ip. 20* 
ludg. 10. 14,15. But care muft betaken, 
that out of diflike of our fclves, wee doe 
hot diflike>or denie that meafure of grace, 
Which the Lord beftoweth upon us; nei- 
ther muft wee be over-hafty: the Lord 
doth not alwayespoure his gifts upon us, 
thefamc day that weecome unto him in 
his holy ordinanccs.Pfa.p/.n.Cant^^. 
and 5,6. 

Q^jvhat order hath the Lord left in 
his Church to keepe his ordinances from 
contempt ? 

An.C£etmrnls 2 *fyoulo *°be* atimo* 
ntfljeM&e 31 tibUitisittp ercommimtca* 
ten , 32 an a t$t penitent after fytit fall 
35 reffojeBanfi^comfo?feM 1 Tkef,5 4 i4 
pi Cor.5.4.^2Cor.2,6,7. 

Expof. 29. They are unruly \ who are 
inordinate, live diflolutely, and fach who 
are knownc by fpeech ; geftures , and 
deeds , not to walk according to the 

rule 



l6% AJhort Cttechijh&l 

rule of the word; orbufie-bodies 3 vaiii 
boafters; idle, &c. 2 Thef. 3, u, 12. o 
be fallen into any outward finne, 1 Goi 
6.9. 

50; Such pcrfons being members o 
the Church , 1 Cor. 5. n. 12. fhouJd bi 
reprehended for their finne , certainlj 
inowne both to be finne , and to be con* 
mitted by them, Lev.i9-I7* Admonition 
muft be performed with meekneflc an<j 
difcretion,Gal.6.i,2.2 Tlm.2.2j fomc 1 
times alfb with zeale andfeventy, 1 Cor« 
4.21. Gal. j # 1. fitted to the perfon fin- 
ing, the finne committed and the man- 
ner of doing. Numb. i2» 9, io, 14. If 
the finne be private, knownetofew, the 
admonition muft be private, Matth. 18. 
15, Luke 17* j.if knowne to pare of the 
Church , admonition muft be before 
them that know it : if knowne to the 
whole Ghuteh , the admonition muft be 
publicfcji Tim.$.20.unIefleitbcknowue 
by their fault , that have puhlifticd it 
without cauie. But al tirades rcfpeiit \s to 
be had to the condition of the party of. 
fending, 1 Thef. 5, 14. and that muft be 
done, which tends moft twthc edification 
of the Churchy 1 Cor. 14* 26. If ad mo. 

nicion 



with 4* Bxpoptien upon thtfame. 16$ 

litionac thcfirft prcvailcnoc, then it is 
:o be doubled, untill either the offender 
3C reformed , or declare his obftiaacie, 

ric.2.io.ii. 

31. Such are to be held obftinatewho 
Jcfpifc the Churches admonition , and 
/vill by no meanes be reclaimed from 
heir finne, notwithftanding the long fuf- 
cring 9 which the Church hath ufed to- 
wards them. Match. 18.17. Tit.2. 10, 1 1, 
i Tim, a. 25. 

32. To be excommunicated 3 is to be 
debarred from the publick ordinances of 
prod j and focietie of the faithful!, both 
niblick and private, 1 Cor. j. 3; 11. 12. 
[ Tim. 1. 20. 2 Thef. 3. 6. 14* fo farrc as 
leceffity will permit, either inre(pe& of 
heir gcnerall , or particular calling, 
I Cor.7. 10. and 7. 10, 1 1. 12* with Eph.' 
f. 31. The end of thefc cenfures is the 
lumbling and reforming of the (inner; 

[ Cor. 5. 5. 2 Thef. 3. 14. the terrifying 
>f others 5 Tim. 5. 10. and keeping the 
>rdinances of God in reverence. 1 Cor. 
>>6,7. * 

33. The cenfures of the Church are 
nedicines to cure, not poifons to deftroy, 
nfli&edforto humble ^ and bring into 

the 



i <*4 tAJhor t Catcchifme] 

thfi right way fuch as hare gone aftray* 
wfien a finner doth truly lament the evil! 
of his life , and is unfainedly forrowfull, 
heeis to be received againe into the bo- 
fome of the Church , and comforted, 
left Sathan by his devices (hould bring 
him todefpaire.iCor.a. io,n.iThcG 

Q. Befides the fore-named meanes, are 
there Kotfome other profitable for the in- 
creafe of faith ? * 

An. pts: r rea&iitg ■ oj 2 Rearing f|e 
fempturcs reao in $ pnbltcfe ant) i tni 
3 pntiate , 4 meattatton «,anD» confer 
r^ncef,>*Rcv,i.3. /A61. 13. 15.rAdl.8t 
a8.«Luk.2.5i > TrHcb.3 4 i3. 

Expef.i. The reading, or hearing of 
the Scripture read, doth furnifh the mind 
more with knowledge, iPet.i ip.Prov. 
1. 5.DCUM1. 10.20. and work upon the 
afFe<ftions 4 Deuc.i7. 18,19. 2Kin.22.1it 
i9.Pfal. 119, ^efpccially if wee apply 
the commandemenrs for our dire&ienj 
the threatnings to fcare us from finne , or [ 
tohumbleusforit.2Chro.34.19.27.and 
the promifesfor our comfort andincou- 
ragement. 

2. As God requires that the Scriptures 

/hould 



yrith anExpofitionttpon the fame. 165 
fliould be read in publiquc. 1 Thcf.5.27. 
C0I.4. itf. fo thereby he hath promifed, 
:hat his people may learne to fcarc him, 
Dcut.31. 12, 13. 

3 Private reading maketh the publick 
Miniftery more profitable, A6b 8.30,31.* 
inableth us better to iudge of the Do- 
flrines taught, A&s 17. 1 1. thereby wee 
arc better fitted for the combat, i Tim, 
4.. 13. 1$ . and many evils are prevented, 
£fa.8.T9,20. PfaJ.i 19. 9. Tob 22*21. 

4 Meditation is availeabie for the 
getting of grounded and fctled know- 
lcdgc 3 2 Tim. 2.7. Pfal. 119. 99. and the 
increafe thereof, 1 Tim, 4. 13. 15* it 
flrehgthencth memory* 1 19. 15. 16* en- 
targeth our delight ingood.PfaI.104.34* 
Pfal'i 19. i6.difcovcreth corruption, pur- 
ged the heart cf idle and unprofitable 
wandrings, addcth life and ftrength to 
holy duties, Gen, 24. 63. pfalt 143. 5« 6. 
and hereby we grow more inwardly ac- 
quainted with God. Pfal. 77. io # 1 1, 22. 
this duty muft bee pra&ifed every day 
more or lefle. Pfal.i 1 9* 97. 

5. All fuoh who with wifdome* Pro. 
16.32. and i5.22.Pfal. 37/30. reverence, 
i Peu 4 .ii* loyc, the fpiric of meeknefle 



1 66 %/t-fhvrt Catcchifme, 
and gentlenefle, Tic, 3, 2. Col. 4.tf.Ph. 
a. 2, 3. and a defi re of reaping good, do 
conferre religioufly, (hall prcvenc rot- 
ten fpecches, Ephcf. 4, 29, hardneflfc of 
heart. Heb.3,i3. and much evill; Eccl 5* 
2, (hall increate in knowledge, Pro. I c gj 
be refolved of their doubts, Col. 3. 16. 
i.Thef. 5* 11. lob. 16.4 5. armed againft 
falling, Ads 1 1. 23, Iudge. 2. Pro, ig # 8. 
and quickned from their dulnefle. Heb* 
10. 33. This will kindle defire of more 
fcliowfhip with Chrift, Cant. 5. 16. and 
iwecten thecommuni n of Saints. Rom # 
1. 11. 12. 1 Thef.3*2 Rom. 15 32* 24. v. 
Thefe duties mutt carefully bee pra&ifed 
of every man, as hec hath opportuni- 
tieand meanes. Matthew 25. 27. 2 Cor. 
8. it. 

Q^Hithertc of the ordinary meanes , 
whereby faith u tncreafed : be there noi aU 
fefomc 6 extraordinary meanes? 

" An 2@es i <mo tue e be trip* faffing, 
fjolfy leading 1 tn religious z tiptoes* 
xLuke. 5.3 5. y Ett.9.17 z Pfal.5'o # i4. 

6. By extraordinary duties are meant 
fuch, which be of more feldomeand raie 
pra&ife , though they muft bee ufed oft, 
as God givcth occafion, and when hec 

called* 



reith an Expojttion upon the fame. \6y 
calleth thereunto. 

jg^ Whatuanholj faft'i 

An. 3 religious a bfttnence from all 
h tbe labours of oar c UUng, atrc'c com* 
fiojts oftbt* It e, e far ascomltneffeano 
necr ffitp Urill permit, tljat tees nugbt be 
moje ferteuflr <* &timbler>s befoze €>oo t 
ano mojr fertienttn pj4?er aHeft,4.i6. 
b fcv. 23.28,0 Exod. 33.5^ Dan.9.9.n # 
Lcv.23 27. 

Expoj. *]. Afaft is to be kept a? a Sab- 
bath unto God* Lev* 23. 28 Eta* 58.13, 
14* And therefore as upon the Sab- 
[bath f fach bufinefles of this life mull 
bee avoided, that agree not with the 
Sabbath. 

8. By the comforts of this life, weue 
toundcrftand meat, drink, and apparcli; 
recreation, and all other dehghts, Dan* 
10.3. Cor. 7,5. 

9. With falling muft be joyned a feri- 
©us meditation of our finnes. Ezr. 9 4. 6+ 
Weh.i.6 7. Gods Judgements. Neh.9. 3 $« 
36,37. and our fpcciall warns. Dnn.9.11. 
18. The pcrfon meet for this e*crcife 
multbenonoYrce in religion Luke$. 36, 
37. Matth. 9,15. 16. A fart is cither of 
one alone, 2 Sam, 1 2. 16. or of the whole 

M 2 family 



1 68 %A fart Catecbifm*, 

family .Zac.i2*i2. or of a particular con* 
gregation, or ef the whole Church in gc- 
ncrall. Iudg« 20. 26. 

Q^ When ought we to f aft ? 

A.^SUjen toe fate oj e teare fome gtte 
bous 10 calamity upon ns, oj Ranging o# 
ber JI our &eafcs ; irant fome ipeciali 
"blefftng,are pjeffeo toit&iomc fpectaii 
fimie,o?goe about fome toeigbt? /mat* 
ter« e Heft.4.16. Efr.8«2i. /Aft. 13.2. 

Exfof. 10. As fword, famine, pefti- 
Icncc, (trangc unwonted fickneffe^un- 
fcafonablc weachcrj&c.Ezek. 14 2i.wuh 
Efa. 22. 12,13* 

11. Thefe judgements hang over our 
heads , which our finnes, and the finnes 
of the land have defcrved, andcrie for 3 
Amos. 8.5.8. lam. 5,4. GcneCi 8.20. and 
which God hath threacned by his word 
and miniftrie.Zcph. 1. 3 4,5. with Zach* 
1.6. Lam.i. 13,14. 20.wich 2. ^7. and hach 
inflicted formerly upon like tranfgref- 
fors. ler. 7. 12. Amos, 6. 2,3. 

1 2* Notwithstanding the Oi dinary and 
dayly prayers of his people, the Lord in 
great wifdone will fee them want fome 
fpeciall good thing 3 that they may fecke 
him moiccarnetUy in the ufc of the duty 

of 



with an Expojimn upn the fame. 1 69 

of faffing, Turfg 20. 28, 
Q^whtit U an bolyfeafi ? 

A.dnM'eftraeipfaatfs tyanfefgtfjing 
foj fame notable fcclttisranee , out of 
fomc cefperaie Danger 5 teUifieo x 4tmt& 
feaffingbefoje^oo, fentfuop anDglatu 
nelT^ fenBtng patents to our frienos , 
ml fa portions to tyeneet)?* 1 1 Chron; 
1 6 8. and 2?. 10, u, £Neh. 8. 19. Heft. 
p. 22. 

Expof. 13. In a day of extraordidarie 
thanklgiving there fhould bee aicrious 
remembrance of Gods bencfits.Pfal.i 16. 
6. and 103. 2. whereby we fhould bee 
ftirred up after a fervent manner to yccld 
praifetothe Lord. P fal. 34.3.2nd 35. 27* 
Exod.15.2t and rcioyce before him hear- 
tily. Deut. 12. 12. ty iflg ourfelves unt© 
him by renewing our covenant. Ioh. 2.9. 
Deut. 29. 3. 10, 11,12,13. 2 Chron, 
15. n, 12. and Jcarne to bee more con- 
fident in him, having experience of his 
great goodnefle. Pfalme 3, 5, 6. and 

14. On the day of thankfgiving wee 

may have a more liberall ufc of Gods 

creatures , both in, meat and apparcll, 

than is ordinary. Neh. 8.io, Heft.^.22. 

M 3 But 



e 



1 70 id fbort CAtechifme\ 
Bur this tnuftbeeufed in moderation and 
fobrictie, that men may bee better fitted 
for the cxereifes of religion I King, 8.65. 
This Exercife, if it b< publique, cnutt bee 
ioyi^ed with the preaching of 1 be word ; 
if private, with the reading of the Scrip. 
tiue,or fome holy exhortation, tor the 
bet er tfirringupof affedtion. 
Q^tVkat is areligious von? } 

A* 3 felemre* piomvt trfo <£to& 
fflaDe bj - x * tit per fan of tpm r lC iatoul 
(tying, to^ici I7 stnijtscboice/n teStfie 
|>ts Uftt ant* x8 &anfefutaelfe,i Dcut.23^ 
su,22.Prov.2o.2?. 

!$♦ Such perfons are fit to vow, who 
have knowledge, iudgement, and ability 
todifcerneof a vow, and of the duties 
belonging to the performance of the fame. 
Eccl. 5. 2. 

16 A man.may not vow an unlawful?, 
vileor fuperftitious thing ; Deut, 23.18, 
for we are obliged to avoyd all evill, yea 
all appearance otcvill. 1 Theft 5 22. Icis 
preemption and rafbnefleto vow that to 
God, which he hath forbidden, and will- 
not accept. Iudg. 11.30,31. 

17. What we are not able to performe 
cither by rcafon of the common frailcy, 

of 



with an Expojition upon the fame. 1 1 7 r 

ofallmen.Eccl.5 j.wich iCor. 7. 7. or 
of our fubie&iouunto others, wc may not 
vow, as the wife, child, fervanr may noc 
row, wichout the liberty of their fuperi- 
DurSjNnm. 10.^.4.6,7 8 . 1 2.That thing is 
not to bee fi&d in our free choife vvhich 
we arc ncceflarily bound unto beforeour 
vow. f cv, 27.25. Deut. 33. 22>2}.But yet- 
to quicken and Hirre us up the better to 
the performance of our dutie, it is lawfull 
to renew the covenant and vow, vvhich 
we made unro the Lord in Bapafrne,Pfa!. 
119 106. To God vowes were com- 
monly made with prayers, Gen. 28. 20. 
Pfa! 4 6i. 5. and paid with thankfgiving. 
Pfal. 6j. 1. and 66. 13. 14. and 116.14, 
lohn 2. 9. 

18. Vowes fhouldbee performed fpee- 
diIy.Eccl.$.5.Deut.23.23.Pial76*ii.If 
we vow rafhly,thc rafhncs is to be repen- 
ted of, the vow othcrwife lawfull is to 
be performed ; but a vow fhould not in 
any wife be the bond of iniquity, Matth. 
15. 5, 6. i Sam. 25.22* 3p« Kcis2i t *2l 9 

QjOan faith being wrought and confir- 
med tn us be fruit lejfe and unprofitable ? 

An. $o; »*foj tf kja) O? fe C t|3 0vl8i3e^ 

kGal.5.6. 

M $ Expef* 



1 72 c^f (hart fattcliftne^ 

Expof. 1 9. By faith wee are knit unto 
Chrift. Rom, 11.19,20. Eph. 3. 17. and: 
cannot be utterly fruitlefle.Iohn 15, 5.fe. 
ing wee receive the feppe of grace front 
hira.Ioh. 1. id* Col. 1. 19. 
Qo What is the principal/ work* offaithl 

An. 3* 20 punfiettj / tye^eatt. A&s 

15.9. 

Expof. to. To purifie the heart is to* 
abate and crucifie the power of iinne in.. 
thebeleever* , and by little and little to; 
reeevv them in holmefie and righteouf^ 
fte(Tc,Gal. 5.24. and 6. 14. Theipintof 
God is the author of Santhfication. loh. 
3.5. 1 Cor. 6. 11. Gal. 5 2 2. Rom.8.ii. 
faith is the inftrumenc of the holy Ghoft, 
whereby the heart is eleanfed. Col. 
$ ia. 

QjvhAtfolloyreth thereupon f 

An* a fighting Z1 ana combating a* 
gatnftSnntaniKojrnpttoti* Gal. 5.1 7. 

Expof 21. ihoiethat arelandified, 
arc fan&ified in every part. Col. 2. u. 
1 Thef. s.23.Eph.4 ) 24.Col^.io.andyec 
butinpart. Prev.3o.2,3.PhiJ,3*i2.Rom. 
3.13. Co3. 3. j.fo that grace and corrup- 
tion are mingled together in the beft : 
Rom. d. 1 3. and 7. 25. whence folio yveth 

3 



with an Exfofitien upon the fdme. 173 
fcfpirituall combatc, noc of the mind 
with the will, or the will with the aftc- 
ftions oncly, Numb. 22. 34. nor of di- 
ycrs defues oncly, in refpedef iundry, 
md different confiderations ; but ofchc 
;>art regenerate with the part unrcgene- 
£t€,Gal. 5. 17- as of thcmindcrcgcnc-. 
rate with the mind unrcgeneratc and (o 
of rhe will, &c. This cumbatisconci- 
nuall, againft the firft motions to finne, 
^lotonely againft outward g-pffe evilU 
IRom.8. 13. Eph. 4.22, Rom. 6.17. The 
|effc& hereof is , that a man fan&ifieil 
cannot doe what hee would, Gal. 5. 17. 
Ifometimcs hee is grievoufly foiled by the 
iflcfti, Match. 26. 40, 41. butintheend 
jthe fpirir {hall get the vi &oric. 1 Iohn* 4. 
4. and 5.4* Rom.8-2 % Rev.2,2d. 

QjVhat elfe} 

a. a renouncing of l olUtiil in 2Z af* 
fectton,ar»o ot 23 gtoffc m fintxz tn life am 
jconftettatum* / Afl» 2.38. m. Aa.19.18. 

€xfof. 22S A pire Heart can no more 
delight in evil, than aclcanefountainc 
can fend forth corrupt waters. Pfal 24. 4* 
Efa. 32.6.8. proa 2.5. thereforea purged 
heart mutt renounce all cvilU Ezefc 36. 

26* 



1 74 tsffhort Ctteckifme* 

a6.27.Icr.32.39.40. 

23. The will is the commander of the 
ourward man. 2 Cor.8. 1 1 . if it bee turned 
unto God, the converfation muft needs 
be reformed. Ier. 3. 14. 17. 1Sam.12.20t 
21. 1 King. 8.48.49. 

Q. What is a tbtrd thing thdt folkncth 
hence ? 

A, &obe «anu * Drttgbt tn f&af fofjtcf) 
is gooD , torneo iottlj a fiucere a * osfire , 
parpofe, atiD « en&eafcmir Datlp to amenD 
tDbatftrcfcer is amttfe, ana to P Uao a 
life acco;Dtng^ to Relate ofOoo* n Pf. 
119. 97. ° Phil. 3. 13. 14. Ads 11.23. 
pPfal. 11.6. 

Exfof. 24. The fame fpirit which 
wrought the grace of faith , and clean- 
fcth the heartjdotb fweetly incline it both 
to long after, and to cleave with ioy to 
that which is good. Ezck 36.27. Ezek. 
H.i9.20.Rom.6. 19.Pfal.86.11. 

25. The true belcever hath laid afidc 
the pra&ifc and defire of all finne. Pfal. 
119. 113, 128. 163. notoncly out of a 
forefight of the ill confequences , and 
fcarcfull evils that may fall, 1 King. 8. 
47. Ezck, 18.28. Luk. 15. 17. but even 
out of love to the chiefeft good, and all 

goodncs 



with an Expojition upon the fame. 175 
goodntflV, 2 Cor. 5. 14. and that with a 
true purpofe,Pfal. 119* 106. Act. 1 r. 23* 
and well ndvifed deliberation: Ruth. 1, 
1 6. therefore bee is willing to efpje out , 
and retoimc whatfoever isoucoloider. 
Pfalme 1 19,59. But mote h cere, thatall 
havenoc the like racafureot grace, Rom. 
12. 3. neither can with likevi#orie o- 
vcrcome their corruption, Rom, 14. U 
and 15.1. Phi). 3 ij.Thettrong ftiould 
not wax prouJ, Rora.ii* 20. Galat. 6. 

I. Rom. 14. ^.northeweakebediimay- 
ed oveimucb. Rom. t 4.4^3^4,3 1.32. 

26* The redeemed of the Lord doe 
fee that many waie* they are bound to 
obey, PGlme 100.2.3. and 86* 15. 1 Cor. 
6.19. 20. 1 Per. 1. 17. 18. and alfothatic 
isablefled thing to beare the yoke. Mat. 

II. 29. 1 Iohn 5. 3. Pfal. 65.4.2nd 119. 
14. GaJ.6.i6.and fo they resolve todeny 
their owne will, and follow the Lord, 
Phil, f, 27. and 3. 20. A&. 16. 7. iPet, 
4.2.3. 

Q. wh rein is thefummc of the Lav* 
contained ? 1 

A. 3tn tljrq fenw * CcmmanBemente, 

q Deut. 10. 4, ana 4.13. ' >^ 

£*/'/". 1. Thefe tenne Command e . 



3 y6 tsffitr t Cttechifme* 

mentsarc an abridgement of the whole 
Law, the full expofition whereof is to 
be found in the bookes of the Prophets, 
and Apoftles, and holy men, who wrote 
by infpiration of the Spirit, Exod.34. 27. 
1 King.8. 9, Matth. 22 ♦ 40. for the right 
undemanding of the ten Commande- 
ments, called the Decalogue, obferye 
thefe rules. 

1. The Law is fpirituall, binding the 
foule and confcicnce to entire obedi- 
ence. Rom. 7. 14. Matth. 5. 21. 22. 27. 

2. The meaning of the precept is to 
bee drawnc from the mainc fcopc and 
end thereof. Matth. 5, 33, 34, 35, 36, 

3. The Commandement which for- 
biddeth a finne, comma ndeth the con- 
trary duty; and the com nandement 
which requircth a duty, forbaddeth the 
Contrary finnc. Pfal. 34.12.14. Efa.i *\6. 
17.Mar.314. 

4. Vndcr one yice exprcfTeiy forbid- 
den all of the fame kind, and that nccef- 
farily depend thereon t as alio the leaft 
caufe, occafion, or inticement thereunto 
arc likewifc forbidden. Matth. 5. n. 22. 

*7t 



with an Expofoien ufon the fame. 177 
i7.i8.ilohn 3. 15. 

Vndcr one duty expreffed, all of the 
like nature arc comprehended, as all 
meanes, effe&s, and whatsoever is necefl 
farily required for the performance of 
that duty : and therefore in divers, yea 
in all the comrnandcmcncs one and 
the fame duty may in divers refpc&sbee 
commanded, and one and the fame finne 
may be forbidden. 

6. Where the more honourable per- 
fon is expreffed , as the man, let the wo- 
man underftand that the precept concer- 
ned her, 

7. Where the duty of one man ftan- 
ding in relation to another is taught, 
there is caught alfo the duties of all that 
fiand iia the like relation one unto ano- 
ther ; as whtn the duty of one inferiour 
towards his fuperiour is taught, there is 
taught the gencraildutic which all fupc- 
riours owe to thofe that bee under them, 
which inferiours owe to* them that bee 
over them,and which cqualls owe one to 
another. 

Q. How An the j divided ! 

A. 3)nto ttoo/ tables* Dout# 5. 22. 



I78 lAfhort £attchifa^ 9 

Expof.2. From the Cpmmandemefits^ 
as they are fee downc wee may obferve» 
U Thatthe Law is m< ft perfctfJy wife, 
ittft, equall, and ftri&Iy binding the 
consciences of all men without exception, 
and that continually. D;ut. 4. j. &c. PfaJ. 
19.7. &e. 

2. For order of do&rine there is a 
pfcrfccfc di(iin<5lion of one commandc- 
raent from another rbtit as touching pra- 
ftife they are fo nearely knit together, 
that no one can be perfedly obeyed, un- 
kfff all be obeyed, and hec that breaketh 
coe commandement , tranfgrefTeth the 
Tvholelaw 4 Deut. 2j.26.Gt1]. 3. 10 Jam.*. 

IO. I ! • 

5. The loveof God is the ground of 
our love to our neighbour, ilohn4.20. 
and 5 1.2. 

4. Oar Jove to our neighbour is a tc- 
ftimony of our love to Gcd. Romans 13. 

8.9**0- 

j. Such as bee truly religious muft 
have refpeft unto all Gods commande- 
ments^Pfal 119.6. 

(J. The duties of the firft Tabic are 
moft e cellcnt; and the breaches thereof 
mope grievous than of the fecond, if 

equall 






with an Expo ft ion upon the fame, i jy 

cquall proportion be obferved, and com- 
panion bee made, i Sam. 2.25. Efa. 7. 

7. If two Commandemefits cannot 
bee performed at once, the Jcfler muft 
give place to the greater: fo the Jove of 
God muft bee preferred before the love 
of our neighbour 7 and morall duties be- 
fore outward circumftanccs. Hof. 66. 
Matth. 12.4. 

8. The Law isfct forthasarulcoflife 
to them that areinChrift, therefore our 
our obedience is to bee performed unto 
God in and through lefus Chrift, Matth. 
16. 17. 18. if. Exod. 19.6.7* 8. with 
2G» i.&c. 

9* AH finnes here forbidden arc to be 
fliunned, and that both alwayes, and at 
all times : The duties commanded arc 
perpetually to bee pra&iied when the 
Lord giveth opportunity , and caileth 
thereunto. 

■ ^jj. which are the Commandments of 
thefirft TabLi 

An. jsfye fonre Srff, anD f ^e^ feaclj 
as t^e But?, tefcut) &es otoe un(e(Do8 
tmrncDtatlg* 

j^ fF&*?£ *r* f &* Commandemeuts of 

the 



1 80 t/fjbort fate'chi/me] 

thcfeconiTMe} 

A. SDije ffrlaff, fe^tcMafirartastn 
cnrcn^fotoarDsour neighbour. Ephcf. 

Q. Which is the fir Fl Commandement? 

A. g|anit^eiLQ2Btt)7(So9 > fc. SDtjou 
ffjalt ija&e none otfjer ©oos before m£ 
face* 

G^What is the gcnerall duties required 
in this Qommandancnt ? 

A. SLfjat in * mtnDjtotil^fFecttorTjaaa 
t&e effects of Ujefe toe tabe t^e true (2?oo 
tnC|t?tfttobeour(0oo. 

ExpvJZ ?. The fpeciall duties of this 
commandemenr, are knowledge of God, 
acknowledgement, eftimaeion^ Deut. 4. 
39.1(^43.10. Pia) 9 S9 # 6. 7, &c 4 and p. J. 
Ier.247.and 9 24, Col* 1. 10. Mic. 7. 18, 
faith, truft, 2Chron#20. 2o> Pfal.27.1.3. 
and 97.5. love, Dcut.6.5.Pfa!.i8.i, Mar e 
10.57.- f'earc, reverence. Pfal.2. 10. 11. 
and 4.4. 1 Pet. I- 17. Macth. 10. 28. Ier. 
10,6.7. and 5.22,1^1.19.14. Pfal.ijo* 
3 Rev 4 i5.3.4*hope.Lam.5 9 24.26 Rom. 
I5.13 Ier em. 17.1$. humility, i Pet.5,6.' 
JMic,6.8. Gej1.32.10. patience. Pfal.39.9. 
Rom. 12. 12. Heb. 10. 36, lob. i, 21. Ier* 
14.22, loy,Pial. 33. i.^cale, or fervour 

of 



Yrith AnExfofitionupon the fame. 181 
of wil!,GaI. 4. i8.dcfire of Gods prcfcnce 
in heaven^ Pr»il. 1 . 2 ? . 2 Tim* 4«8.Rev.22. 
17. 20. invocation, Pfal. 32. 6. and 65.2* 
pHil.^y. 6.thankfulnefle. Pfal^j. 1.2nd 
56. 12. 15 fwcaringby GodaloPCjDeuc. 
10. 20 acioration,Deur,6. I3 # and 10.20. 
Micch.4. to. and profcffionot his name, 
1 Pcf«3 15.Matth4i3.32. Dan.3 # i7.and 

6. it. I(om«io,io, 

Q. H'hat is the ger^rallfinne here for- 
bidden \ 

A. ail 4 failing to gibe ©00 tyat a# 
fo2efatD tjortonr, torjtc^ is Due unto #m: 
02 rl"e tn 5 indole , oj in part gibing if 
to pother. 

Expo/. 4. The finncs forbidden arc 
Atheifinc J Pia.i4.i.Tic. 1. 16. Exod.5.2. 
ignorance, Ier4. 22. and9 # ?,Pf<<l. 14. 3. 
error concerning God.R0mj.23. Ioh.5. 
23. mfidclicie,d"iftrult, Heb. 10.58. lfa. 

7. 9. Ier. 17. 5 6. prefumpcion,Macch.4. 
7 1 Cor. 10. 6. io. Num.15. 30.3 1. wane 
oflove, 1. Cor. 16.23. offcareor reve- 
rence,f>fal. 36 i.Deut.28. 58. $9. pro* 
phaiicffe.Rorm 1.30. 2 Pet. 3.4.5- ^ r ° # 
1. 22.defpaire^Genef. 4. i}. impatience, 
Exod» ?6.3.anj 17 2.3* deadneffe and 
hardnefle of heart, Rom.2', 5. Luk.2^4. 

N and 



i8 1 A fiort foicchifn:c\ 

and unthanltiu'iietfc, Rom. i, i\i 
t 5. Alfo pride, Ails 12,25.030.4.26^ 
27.L11L 1 8, ^.confidence in wit, wealth, 
fwend<,wickeddevices.ler 17, ^ 3 6. and 
49, i6. 2 Chro.16,12. carnall love, Mat, 
10,37. *°k* J ^,43* 2 Tim. 3, 2.feareof- 
man more than of Cod, Rev. 21,8. Mat* 
10,28, Icr.io^.bafcdelights that draw 
the heart from the fountain ofgoodneffc, 
Mac, 24, 37. Luk. 2 r, 34. and 14,18, &c. 
Invocation of wood, ftone, or Saints de- 
parted, Dan.3, 2. &c. Efa.5^ id.facrifi- 
cingcoour nee* ; Hah* i, i6.orb!eflingan 
ldolJ,Efa.66,3. iSam, 3 rp.Pfal. 106.28- 
dedicating holy dayes to the honour of 
Saints, Exod. 32,6, #rto theCioffepro- 
fefsing homage,or obedience to tbePepe, 
I Cor. 7, 25, reprclenting God by an 
.Image. Deut. 4, 12, 15.Efa.40, 18, fo- 
cjcty of marriage with idolaters of this 
kind,Dcut. 7, i.Exo '.34.21,16.2 Chro* 
21,6. feeking to wizards tor help, Levit. 
^o i 6. 1 Sam. 28, i?.&c 4 and afcribing 
any thing, whether ir property, work, 
or g'ory that belonged? co the Lord a- 
Ione, toany creature , or thing, though 
wee acknowledge it to be no god, Ephcf. 
t 5>5»Phi!.3,r4.Exod,32 - ,8oRoii}.i.25.25. 

iCoj:. 



mth an ExpoJitioH uponthefame t 185 
1 Cor. to, 20. 

J^. Which is the fccond Qimmwdc* 
mem ? 

An. sC&otttJjaUnot make to t&pfeife 
an?grat>eti3ouge,f£. 

^. Jf"W # thegmera/l dtitic which 
thi* Common dement reqmreth 1 

An. 2LM Luc Do * toojQjtp ffje true 
<25oa purdp, aecomng to ijta iviiU 

Expo/. 6. Hie particular duties of chis 
precept cofi-.prifcd under that general 
are, hearing and reading the Word, and 
prayer, either publick or privacy Mat* 
a8, 19,20. Deut # 33, to. LuK^,i5.and 
II, i,and i,io, 1 Tim. 2 4 i*adminjftra-. 
on of the Sacraments, Matth^i, 6. and 
2<5, 26, &e. and difcipline, Mat. 18, * 5 • 
&c.2 Cor. 2,6.2 TheCj, 15. meditation, 
PfaU I, a. and 37>3i, and 77, 15, confer 
rcnce,Deut.d7,Mai # ^, 16 fattmg,Luke 
5,3j.A6h 13,2. and feafting^tlh^,*/, 
\vich all mcanes and furtherance thereof. 
All which rnuft bee approved, cxercifed, 
maincained, and performed purely, as 
Godoffereth opportunity , without car- 
nail imaginations and conceits y Deut 4, 
2, and 12,32. Aits 17,29, Efay 4.0, 18, 
32, &c. 

Na gh What 



184 %A po*rt Catcchifine] 
^IjWhat is the general I Jinne forbidden ? 

A. SI! 7omtffion of (23oos true too?' 
fljtp U)t)cn it is tcqutreo, ana all faifc 
too?fyip, ctf^cr tntoenteab? others, oj 
fahen up of cur otoa? IjeaDs. 

Expofl 7. The omisfionof any of the 
former particular duties required, as of 
hearing, &c. Luke 14. 19. Efa. 64. 7. is 
here forbidden. As alfo carnall imagina- 
tions in Gods wotfliip.Adh 17. 29. liking 
and approbation of ourowne inventions, 
Numb. 1 5.59* making images for a reli- 
gious ufe, Levit. 19.4. and 26.1. wor- 
shipping God in, at, or before an image, 
i King, 19. 18. 2 Kin. 1 8.1. adding to,or 
detracting from, or changing any thing' 
of the word of God,inftituting falfc Sa- 
craments or offices in Gods Church, Deu. 
4" 2.andi2 31.1 Kin, 1 a. 3 1. 32. will- wor- 
{nip, grounded oncly upon good intent 
GtcuHome; Matth.i 5.9. Col. 2.18. io^as 
Popiflh fallings , going on pilgrimage, 
vOwcsof povertie, fingle life, or any lu- 
pcVftitious or vaine thing : tying Gods 
prefence to time or place, Numb,23« 28. 
29.1 Sam.4.4.7.2 Sam.i5.2^.Iob4.20« 
praying upon beads % maintaining of 
any idolatrous cuftorpes, as fie and de- 
cent 



tvith 4ft Expo jltisn upem the fame* \ 85 

c^nttoadorneand beautifiethe worfhip. 
ofGod, Deut. 12, 30. Efa.30. 2 2.fociety 
with falfc vvorfhippers of God in marri.. 
age,Dcut. 7.3. 4. Exod.25.32.33.and 
making leagues of amity wichihcm. 2- 
Chron. 19. t, 2. 

Q^What is the third comrnandement ? 

A nXljoafl^Ut not take tlje £ame of 
t\)t Hq;d t&p <E5oD in inline, $c. 

i?. What is the £evera!l duty required 
in this Commandement > 

An. SDfjat toes fycuios nfet&e titles, 
p:opertie0,too^0,vnnt)O2atuanceF of tlje 
iko^tottljluioteleoge, faitfc, reference, 
top^nofincertt^tn ttjougijt, too^D,an& 
contotfatton. 

Expo/, g. The fpeciall duties of this 
precept are, reverent meditation of Gods 
titles, properties, and Word y Pfalm.8^ 
1. &c.pfalm. i.2t and diligent observa- 
tion of his workes, both of cteaticn ? rad 
providence, mercy and judgement, pial: 
104. 24, and 107.43. Hearing the word, 
and calling upon Gods name,.wiih defire, 
Pfalm. 42* 1. care,diligencc,Eccle,4 t i7. 
lob ^27. conftancy. pfalm. i222«zeale, 
lam. 5. id.Mactha i. 12. faith Jam. 1.6. 
loh. 5. 24. ioy, Matth. 13.44, and humi- 
N 3 lity 



1 8<J tAJhort Qatechifme, 

MticFfa. 6(5.2. and 57.1 5, Receiving the 
S crzment vvith due preparation and 
right affection 1 Cor. 11. 21.28. Num. 
$<6.&c. mak ng cor.fesfion of our finnes 
with grief e,K7 1 .9 Dan.9.broken-heaned- 
pefle,Pfal. 5i.i7«andpirp <te of amend- 
ment, lob. 39.37- ?8. Speaking ofGods 
Word and works with finccrity , feate, 
and reverence,upon juii cccafions,PfaIm. 
tip. 4 rV Deut.18. 58. Swearing by the 
N-meoiGodin truth, judgement, and 
cquitie,being lawfully called thereunto, 
Icr#4.2.ufing app^rel^mcn drink, flcep, 
recreation, &c. after a fandHfied manner, 
withpraycr,moderation, and tothc glo- 
ry of G O D, 1 Tim. 2 9. Luke u . 34* 
1 Tim, 4* 4 5. 1 Cor. 10. 31. and with 
a** outward piofeflion of religion, joy. 
^yjfirg?n unbbmeable converfaticfr, Phil. 
wftj* 1 Ptt. 3. 1, %Tiu2, io. Matthew 

Q^JVkat is the teener all (In f orb* ddcnl 

/\. &\vAvAv%9tytK[\-vi?tt requires, 
n6ngt}tri xo jji,mietof):nUie pugljt not, 
o? ct^ertotfe than ire 0jcu'd* 

Q^whent! the T^arue of God taken 
othtrwife than it [hould ? 



K>ith an Expojstson upon the fame. 1 87 

fiWouflp, fcrit&ont fc\i:i) ra^lp, not to a 
rtg&f cnD , Ijppocrtttculip, falfe!?, a- 
gatnS conference, ana topen mennasne 
t&emeifcesC^ftuns, but iifcc fcauBa* 
louO?. 

Expif. 9. Thefpeciall finncs forbid- 
den arc omifsion or neglect to know, 
Pfal.92 5.5.&c.obfcrve 3 Zeph. 5. 5. me- 
dicate, or makeuie of the cities, proper- 
tied ordinances^ or works of G:>d, Mat. 
13. lp.and 7.26. &c„ and 10. And alio 
light, unreverenr, vaine, falfc^Hxpcrditi- 
ous,or wicked thinking thereof, Mai. 2* 
17.PIV1. 50. 2 1, praying without under- 
ftanding, 1 Cor. 14. 15. dciire or cure to 
(peed, Kiatch.tf. 7* or faith in C/ods pro- 
mifeSjRorn. 10. 14. Hearing vukh.?ut at- 
tention, or care to get good thereby, E- 
zek^^. 30. Ails 28.21. 22. receiving thp- 
Sacrament ignorantly, for cuff ome > >a||i!- 
out holy preparation, and jffedudtrrre- 
quircd,i Cor.11.17.8cc. S wearing vain- 
ly , ler. 5*7. Matth. 5. 34. rsfhly ., % Sain. 
l9.7*EccJ,p. 2.falfly, Zacli^. 3^ ier.5. 2 * 
and wicked blafphemie 3gain!t Gcd, Le- 
vit. 24. 11. 2 Kings 19, 22. curfing and 
banning, 1 Sam. i7«4^abufingthecrca- 
iujtei in excefte> Amos 6. 1, &c, or fu» 
N 4 perftHicu 



I S 8 tsf fl$ort ratechifme\ 

perfticiot^Col.^o^i, Gen«32,?2,ma. 
lung a fportof finne, Pro.i4,p j Icr. n, 
1 5 , and living fcandaioufly in the profef- 
fion of religion, 2 Sam, 12, 14. 

Qu. Which us the fourth Comm^nde- 
menc ? 

An, Itcmcmber ilje ^abbatfy Bar,f c. 

Q^ what is the gen er^U duty htere re- 
quired} 

An, SI)*' tf)e tofjole » §>nbba1} o* 
Hc:D3 tsai? be fct apart from ail common 
ufe, xb fyoli 10 t^e itcjs, boHj publiquc 
1 2 ano p^itoatsl? in ttie practice of tlje 
Buftescf ncc££tt?, tjoUncil^ ann mcr* 
tie. 

Exp?jT n. In this Commandemcnt 
it is cni^yncd, that wee finifh ail our 
worldly bufinesin fix dayes, Deur.5,23, 
and th tv.ee rife betimes in the morning 
ungn theS.%bbath,Marke. i,3 5>compa- 
re8?with vcrf. 38,39, Exod. 32,5,6, pfaJ. 
92 2, and prepare our fUve>for thepub- 
lique Congregation^ pras cr, meditati- 
on, thafikl- giving , and examination of 
our hcart^tccJef. 4,17^. ,93,5,2 Tim. 
2, 19, £oirg about the workes of mer- 
cy , andiiiliant necefluie with heavenly 
nuudc^Ntatih.i2 ; i;6wC.Luk # i3,x5. Ic 

is 



with an Expo jittonuf on the fdme. 189 

is alio required that wee ioyne with the 
people of God in the publique Congre- 
gation, hearing the word read and prea- 
ched , calling upon Gods Name , recei- 
ving the Sacraments , pray fing Geo for 
his mercies^ tinging of Pfalmes , 2 Kings 
4. 23. Atf.13. 14. 15.44.. and 15.21.and 
16.13. and 17. 2. and 20.7. In whiche.- 
ercifes wee muft bee al! the while atten- 
tive, A#. 16. 14 revercnt l Efay66.2.and 
eager to get good, pfal#42 1.2. notdc r 
parting till the bJefTmg bee pronounced, 
Ezek.46. 1.2 10* Acl.io.33* 1 Cor. 14. 
id. Aftor,:hc wholeday is co bee fpenr 
with delight and cheerefulnefle, in religi- 
ous meditation, reading and conference, 
and workcsofneceflity and mercy, Efa. 
58.13. 14. A£b 17. ti. pfaLi. 2 # Luke 
24, 14-17- 1 Cor. 16. 2. 

£1. What is thegexeraU jinnc here for- 
bidden ? 

An. ail neglecting 1* of t%tWmtf 
tljat timt, 13 p:opljantng of tbat Dap, in 
tefyQlzo} in pirt , b? nacUelle frojtes, 
fooj&5,o;> t^fiugijts, abcut cue callings 

c; recreations, 

Expof. 1 2. Here 5s forbidden idlenefle 
or a negligent ojniffion of any duty r r~ 

quired 



j£o AJhort Catechifmci 

quired , cither in whole or in part, for 
matter or manner : as fleeping out the ' 
Sabbath in the morning, fleighc prepa- . 
ring our felves for the publique aflem- ♦ 
bly, abfence from it, comming Iate^ flee- 
ping there, flaring about, geing forth 
before theblefsing,mifapplying the word 
Mat. 20 6. Ads 2o« 9. 

13. Ail prophonarion of the Sabbath, 
or any momcut of that precious time, 
with worldly cares, words, or bufineffe, 
is condemned alfojEfay 58.13. as travel- 
ling journcyes, Exod.i'S.ip^o.kecping 
faires,Neh* 13. 15. 16. ij^ labouring in 
feed-time and harveft. Exod. V4. ingo- 
ing on trifling errands, &c, vaine recrea- 
tions, as bowling, (Looting , hunting, 
floole-ball^&c.onchisday arc unlawful!. 

£2 Which day is to.be fa apart a* h il- 
ly to the Lord} 

A. 3 1 is mn ill anfi perpetual! to l\kp 
one Ba? in fetirn as ijolp : from tye crea* 
tton to tfce refurrcctton of Ci)?t8 f&e (z* 
t30!it^Da^tDasuiflituteD ; after Cbjttt 
insrefumdiontjje 14 firftoayof $ xuafe 
tos^s cjoatriea ana is to be feept fcj efccr r 

14. The work of g our redemption is 
the greatcft work that ever wa*j Iohnj. 



ivitb an gxf option upon the fame. \ 9 1 

id, and by Chrift his re'urre^ion fmm 
the dead, a new Creation was as it were 
finifhed : wherefore feeing that heerofc 
againethe firftday, it was (as Divines 
agree ) meet the Sabbath fliould bee 
changed to the fir ft day , Ads 20. y» 
1 Cor. 16.2. 

jjjl^ Which is thefift C omm an dement ? 

An. honour tljp jf at&cr ana t&g 9^o# 
iljer, ft. 

Q^Who are meant by Father and Mo- 
ther ? 

A. $ot cnelp natarall parents, but 
alfo I* all ©upsnours in office , age, 
ano gifts, 

Sxpof. 15. All Superiours are called 
by the name father and mother, 2 Km. 2. 
12. and 5. ij# Eli* 19. 13. becaufethey 
arefweecand pleafant nances, apt to fig- 
nifie both the affe&ion chat S periours 
ought to] beare cowards their inieriours, 
and ailb to perfwade inferiours cheerful- 
ly to performc their datie. Houfhold fo- 
cietie alfo is of all etners thefirft, from 
which allothers fpring , by the encrcifc 
o^ mankind, Gen. 4. t. 2. audp.i. 

J®. What is if to honour ? 

A, So actoiotels&gg t&e excellent? 



t&iti* in mtn bp bertae of tfjetr place, 
ana scoring!? to reels it tettjem* 

£j*. iAre the duties ofwferiours onely 
her ant ended I 

An $e: bat of fuperiours ann equals 
Sifo- 

Q^ W^at then is the gen frail duty re- 
quired in this Commandement ? 

An* SEbat tee carefully l6 obferbe t&at 
02&eiC?£DD fjafb appotnteD amongtt 
men,anB8ee tlje Duties tobtcb toee otue 
tmtotljcm, in refpect of t&eir places ano 
cegraes, 

Expofi \6 Of all men as they ftand 
in relation one to another, here is requi- 
red wifdome, andjuftice to yeeld to eve- 
ry man, that which appcrtaines to his 
place, i Pet. 2. 17. love and diligence in 
fitting themfelves with gifts meet for 
their place, 2Tim.2. 15. and doing their 
duties modeftly, lob3i. 13. 14. and mo- 
deration in bearing with the defers of 
ethers Gal. 6. 1. and prayer for the mu- 
tuall good ot others, lam, y. \6. 

£ju What it the dutie of inferiours 
to their Super 'tours? 

An. SbO be fubtcd, x 7 reberent, ana 
tattfttli, bearing toit|i t&eu toants, 

vino 



with an Expofitienufon thefam€^ 193 

ant> cohering fbem to lofce* 

£xfof. 17. the wholfomc lawcs of 
Magiftrates muft carefully bee obferved, 
Tit.3. 1.1 Pec* 2.13. Romansi3*2. their 
pcrfons reverenced, Prov.24. 21. 1 Pet.2. 
17. anddefencied with the goods, body, 
and life of the fubie& ; and to them tri- 
bute and cuftomc is freely and willingly 
to bee payed, Rom. 13* 6.7. 2Sam.i8.3. 
and 21. 17. The Miniftersof theGoipe! 
muft bee had in lingular love for their 
workesfake, 1 Thcfle 5. 13. their ^c- 
6trincrnutt beereccived withgladnes of 
heart, Hcb, 13. 17. Luke 10.16. 1 Thfff. 
2. 13, thcmlclvcs defended againtt the 
wrongs of wicked tren Rom 16.4, and 
madepartakcrsof all good things for this 
life, Galak 6 6. Wives muft after a 
fpcciall manner love/eare, and obey their 
husbands, yea though they bee frow rd*. 
which muft bee mamfefted in word and 
behaviour, Ephel. 5. 33. 22. 23. 24. Col. 
3. 18. 1 Pet. 3.1. 1 Sam. 25.3. they muft 
be helpers to them in godlines, and in the 
things of this life Gen. 2.18. 1 Pet. 3, i. 
Proverb. 31. Children mult imbrace the 
infti unions of their parents, continue m 
feare and obediencne to the end, not be- 

flow 



1 94 Afoort C<ttechifntc y 

flow themfclves in marriage without 
their confent,Ephel ~6,i. Luk. 2,51. Fx^d. 
18,19. Ruth 3, 5, Iudg, 14, 2,?n i mini- 
fter freely unco their necefsities, 1 Tim. 
5, 4. Gen. 47, 1 2. Servants muft wifely, 
faithfully, willingly, and painfully, be- 
flow their time appointed in their go- 
vernors fervicc.Tu. 2,^ io.Eph.<5 5^ 
Gen. 51,38. i-Tim.6, 1,2. fubmitting 
thcmfclvcs to holy- infti u&ion , bearing 
rebukes and chaftifemencs , though they 
bee uniuft ; without grudging, ftomack* 
ful'en countenance, anf^cring againe^ 
Or refifiance, Tit. 2> 9, 1 Pet. 2 J 1 8, untill 
they can ufc fome iuii and lawful! reme- 
dy^ Weak Cfrrifthns muft not cenfure 
the firong, for ufing their Jibcrty, Rom. 
14, 2, 3. Young men muft give due re-. 
ff-cit to the aged, asking their ouniell, 
rifing up before t^em, giving them leave 
to fpeak before them, &c. Titus 2, 6. 
1 Pet. 5>5.Levir.i9, 32.iob.32, 46. infe- 
riours in -gifts, muft not grudge or dif. 
daine their fupcriours, but fcek to make 
benefitot the gi f rs that God hath ^iven 
them, [oh.4,19, Rom. 16,1, 2,3. &c# All 
thefe duties are checrcfully, diiligendy, 
and faithfully to be performed to fupcri- 

ours. 



frith an Sxprftion upon the famel 19% 

ours, thongh they be wicked and ungod- 
ly, in refpc&of the Commandemcnt 3 will 
and authority of God, who hach fc ap- 
pointed, Pfal.i 19,4,14,32,117. 
Q What is the duty of Superiors ? 

m&fcelp,anDdfrcra fgmelt> manner to> 

testes tfjdr infcrtcurf. 

£xpof. 18. Magiftraces ought by all 
good mcane* to procure the ^ood of 
i their fubkcb,making holy *nd iuft lawes 
for the maintenance* ef piety and iufticc; 
, appointing officers that be wife, courage- 
ous, and tearing God, to fee iuiiicc exe- 
cuted ; and labouring co root out finnc 
by pumfhing offenders iuftly, and incou- 
raging the godly, 1 Tinui, 8, sChron. 
*9, 5.&C Rom. 13,4. Deut. 7, 18, 19. 
Pf*1«i 101, 6 % y, 8. 1 Pec; a, 15. Efay. 49, 
23. Minifters mutt labour in private rea- 
ding^mcditation^prayer, andpublick tea- 
ching, by inftru&ion, exhortation , re- 
buke, and comfort; keeping the holy 
things of GOD from contempt, and 
watching over tteeir flocks , that thcig 
people bee not corrupted by falfe do-* 
£trine , or by fcandalous converfation, 
s Tim. 4,13,16,8c 3,2,&c, 1 Sam,i2 % 23, 

Pear, 



1 96 lAjhort Crtcchifme] 

Deut. 3?. f.ioEzek. 3}.7.&c.aftd 34. 42 
Afts20.2 8.Matth.7,6.Prov.27.23*E2cki 
44 13.14. Husbands muft choofereligi- 
ous wives , dwell with them as men cf 
knowledge, loving them dearly, bea- 
ring with their infitmitics, protc&ing 
them , providing things neccflary for 
their Rate and calling , allowing them 
competent maintenance , imployment, 
and liberty , fpecially for the fervice of 
God, reioycing and delighting in them, 
prudently admonifhing them in great 
lore and tenderneffe, andprayfingthrm 
for their faithfuinefle, 2.Cor.6 14,1. Pet. 
3 7* Eph.j. 33.\ien. 34.6.7 Gen. 20.16. 
I Sam. 30. 5-8.Eph # 5 2^. 29 Fx^d. 2i«. 
10. Prov.5.i8.Gen,z6«8. Efa.62.5. Gen. 
30. 2. lob 2» 1 3. Fathers mutt I -ring their 
children to holy Baptifmc, Gen. 21.4, 
Mothers mutt nur-fc their owne children 
if they bee able. i.Tim^. 16.Gen.1r7. 
1 Sani.t . 22. Both mutt bring them up in 
inttrtfcl-ionand teare of the Lord. Eph.6. 
4. D :ut. 6. 6. 7. 20* Exoci. 1 2. 26. keepe 
them in uhirdion, traine them up in 
fome hontft labour ar.dcaliing,Gen.4. 
1. 2. lovingly > and feafonably correal 
their faults, not vvithout CGmpaffjon and 

forroyv 



mth an Exfojttion upon the fame \ 1 9 J 
forrow,Proverbs, 23.1$. and 1 9. r g.and 
22.15. and 29. 15* 17. Ep? .6. 3.beftovtf 
them fitly in marriage , and that in due 
time, 1 Cor, 7. 36, 38. Ieremic 29. 6. and 
lay up fome thing for them as ability will 
fuffer, 2, Corinth. 12. 14. Prov. jp, ja. 
Matters mufl chufe into tneir houfes true, 
and religious fervants; and when they 
are entertained take care to informe them 
privately, and fee that they fcrve God in 
public k alfu. Pftlme 101.6. A£h 10. 2. 
Iofh. 24. 15. Gene* 18, 19, Exodus 20. 
10. provide and give them fitmcate, lod- 
ging, wages, worke, time of refrefhing, 
lrov.27. 27. 1 Cor. 9,9. Deut 24. 14.15* 
Prov.3i.i5.takecareofthem when they 
bee fick, that they perifo not for want 
of good attendance, Match, 8. 6 4 and ad- 
monifh, rebuke, cor reft them, if need re- 
quire. Prov.29. 19. Ephciians<5. 9, Col* 
4. 1. Strong Chriltians mufi beare with 
the infirmities of the weak , feeking to 
build them forward, ufing their liberty 
aright, for edification , and not for of- 
fence, forbearing evm things lawfull for 
the good oftheir neighbour, Romans 15. 
1. 2. and 14. 13. 15. &c. 1 C^r. 8* 3. 
Old men ftould be examples cf parience, 
O fbbiiccy, 



19-8 %A frort Catcchifmc, 
iobrictie,and holinefle/ound in f;|ith,ablc 
to give good counfell and dire#ion,Tit.v 
n. 3. 4.Such as excell in gifts muft not dc- 
fpife others, butimploy their graces for 
thegcodofthem- 

£1^ What is the duty of equals ? 

An. CDquais rca£ regaro tije Dignify 
anc&o^ofeacIjoHjcr, msaollis carr? 
t^cmfclbes one tot^ara^ another, ano in 
%iUn$ Concur goecne before another, 
Eph.^ # 21. Rom. 12, jro. 

J#. Whatisthcfixth CotKmctndemcnt ? 

j9^ W&^r/" jj f &* gencrall duty cf this 
Commandement ? 

A. sCfjat bsallmfanMlatDfulltee tse^ 
tut ano ffaop to p^eferfce cur 19 otone 
per fen, ano ij» *° pcrfon of cur #eigl)< 
lour. 

Sxpof. i p. The fpcciall duties of this 
Commandcment 4n refpedi of our felves, 
are , love and care to preferve the vigor 
of mind, and (jrcngthof body, that they 
rnay befcrviceablctothcLord , and fire 
for our brothers good; Ephcf,5. 29. to 
which end wee muft ufe checrefulnefie, 
Proverb. 17. 22* fobrictic in care, meatc, 
drinkc, appareJl, recreation ? and ufe of 

phyfitfc, 



with tnExpoJiticnupon the fame, rpp 
Phyfick, Matthew 6.34. pro. 2 5. 26. and 
2^ 2. as aifo moderation in labours Ec- 
clefiafti. 4. 8. and fleepe ; fcdring law- 
full meancs of refuge from violence and 
danger as giving fofc words, courteous, 
anfwers, Iudg.8.2 3 Prov» 15. 1. flying 
and fhunningthecompanyof angry per- 
fons,Prov. 22.24. 26. ufing the benefit of 
law.Deutcr. 17. 8.&c. and weapons for 
our neceffary defence, &c. 

20, The fpeciall duties in refpeS of 
our neighbour are, love, Rom. 13 8* re- 
ioycing at the good of their pcrfons, 
1 Cor. 1 2. 25. 26. Rom. 15. 15. compani- 
on andtendernefie of hearttowards them, 
Eph.4. 3r. 33. pacience^earing wrongs, 
forgiving injuries, Col. 3. 12. 15. pasfing 
by Tome wants in mens words or ani- 
ons, Ecclef. 7. 2, 1. prov. 1 7, 9. covering 
them with filence,taking all things in the 
be& fence, 1 Cor. 13. ?♦ 7. courteous 
behaviour, Eph.4. 32. cafincfie to be en- 
treated, lam. 3.17. gentle anfwers, pre v. 
1. 5. hearing our inferiours fpcake in 
their iuft defence, lob 31. 13. avoyding 
all occafions of ftrife, parting with our 
owne right fometimes for peace lake, 
Gcn# 13. 8* 9. not negle&ing any duty of 
O 2 love 



300 A fhort Qatechifme\ 

lOfcand fricnrifhip , though we bee for* 
<c<J o goeto law for our right* Rom. 12. 
18 Releeving the needy , vifving the 
fick f cloathingthe naked f lodging the 
ftranger, gtc. Heb. I*. 2, 7. lob 51. 
39, 20. pleading for che life and perfen 
of the poore,and fuch as be wronged, 2nd 
delivering them alio , it it Hand in our 
pnwer Pro. 24.11. 12. ufing mil n flfein 
r«b kes, and moderation in correction, 
Gal 6. 1. yetaccordingtothequalitie of 
r er (Fence, ludc v. 22,25, And in a word 
be hatmefeffe >nd 'ii ocent towards all 
mcn.Pfal.15, 3 takng care that they fu- 
llaine r o barn ebyusor ours, Exod.*T. 
8. in their petfons in taunt Matrh 5 22. 
ftripe, or ill handling. Levit.24.19. To 
our own and our neighbours cactell 
we rnuft a fo jVc v meicy,Prov.i2 fO« 

6) W>nch%s the general! fiwe herefor- 
bidden t 

An. 211 neglect of en 2I utf>ne,c:oar 
nctgt>bcuv£"pje Ferfcattotf,«| DeQre of 
car oUme oi tteu hutr, csnceit)c:> in 
Start, o; Declares b?U)o;0, gefiure, o? 

B*fc 

Expof 21, In re fpe& of our felves by 
this Commandcmcm is forbidden ex- 



With tin Tixfofitionufon the fame. 20I 
ceffive forrov f Prov. 17. 2*. diflrafting 
care, thoughts frgainH our Idve* , folkarie 
mHfir.gonthe re nfti'ionor Sachari; neg- 
ledof me?f, drink, apparell, recreation, 
phyfick, fieepc, labour , &c orexteffc 
thcrin : meting with other mens iffat«cr*j 
Aflnos 4 1. Pro. 23.21. and 26. ij dclpe- 
rate 3d enture^ con»panyirg with t'em 
that bee make- ~>ates, quarrellois, and 
furious, &c Prov. 26 20 21. doing that 
whereby wee are Or maybe ftkred up to 
angr,and refuting to crave the ayo of the 
Magtftrate. 

22. Inrefpettof our neighbour, here 
is forbidden hatred. 1 Iohp. 3. 15, envy 
Prov. 14. $6. unadvifed anger. Macih. y. 
32- pride, Pro. 13. 10. defi e of revenge j 
foohfli piety, rcprochingfor fi neor any 
other infirmitie, as poverty , bafenefleof 
blood, Hammering. Levit. 10. 14. &c. 
chidings, brawli.igs, crying with an un- 
feemely lifting of the vo,ce, Eph. 4. 
31. complaints to everyone or the inju- 
ria wee have received* Difdamhill or 
fcornefull carriage , as dcjcCtedneflfe of 
countenance, Gcnef.4. 5. nodding the 
head, pointing with the finger , or ufing 
any other provoking gefture.Prov. 6. 17. 
O 5 ftub- 



ioz t// fkert fattcUfrne\ 
ftubbornncfTc, implacablcnefle, Rom< I 
31. breaking iefls upon our neigbour 
Opprefllon. Levit. ip. 15. with-drawing 
corne from the pocre 3 Prcv. if. 26. de- 
taining the hirelings wages^Levit. 19.13. 
Icr. 22. 1 3. not rttloring the pledge, Ex- 
odus 22. 26. Quarrelling, Tit. 3.2. fin- 
king wounding 3 E>od. 21.18.22. 26. 
placing manhced in revengeor bloudfhed* 
Prov. 20. 22. extrcmitkof puni&ment, 
Dcut. 25. z.all takingaway oflife,other- 
vviCs than in cafe of f ublique iuftice, iuft 
warre,andncceflarydcfcncc,Ex. 21. 12. 
Gen.9.6. andallfparing thofe the Lord 
cornmandeth to be pur.ifhcd. Proverbs 
17.15. 

^ what is the /event h Commands 
?nent } 

An. g^cu HjaU not commit aimi* 
tzty. 

JjK^JVhat is the generalldntj of this 
commavdeWient > 

pure in fculc ano boo?, botrj totoarDs our 

Expof. 2?. The fpecial! duties of this 
Cemmandcmcntarcpuritie of heart, 1. 
Thcf*4 .3, 4. fpccchlaycuringef fobrie- 

tieji 



rfiith tin Expofitfon upn the fame, acj 

ty , Col. 4, 6. temperance iii flcep, rccrca, 
tion, dyet both for quantity and quality, 
Luk. 21. 34. iThef.y.d. convenient ab- 
ftinence, witching and fafting, modefty 
iuapp3re!I 3 r # Tirn,2. 0. gravity ia beha- 
viour, Tir. 2*3. making a covenant with 
our fight, hearing, and other fenfes, lob 
51* 1. PfaLiip. 37,pofl'esfingourvcffels 
inholineflc and honour, 1 Thef. 4. 5.- 
finally, in fuch as have not the giftof con- 
tinency, holy mariage with fuch as bene, 
i.Cor.7. 2.9.39. and therein due Benevo- 
lence, fidelity , and confidence each 1© 
other, i. Cor. 7. 5. 

What is thegenerdlfmne here forbid- 
den} 

Att. £li tmcteattnes of » 4 ljeatt,fp£e|j, 
geSure, o? action, together tottlj all tijs 
canfts, occafion^ant) Ggnes thereof* 

Expof. 24. The fpcciall fins forbidden 
inthisCommandemcntare filthy imagi- 
nations and lulls, Col. 3. 5. fpeaking or 
giving earc to rotten and corrupt com- 
munication-, Eph. 5. 3* 4. 1 Cor, 15. 33. 
wantonneffeofthceyes, Matth.5. %$. gi- 
ving them libertie to wander, and to rove 
about, a. Samuel 11. 2. Idlenefle , Ezek* 
16. 49, intemperance in fleep or diet. Icr. 
O 4 5. 8, 



204 Jijhovt CMechlfntij 

5'8.excefTe,Eph.5, 18. new-fangleftefle, 
Z-Cph. It 8. immodcfty in apparell^Eia. 3. 
16.&C. wearing that which ageethnoc 
to our Tex. Dcutcr. 21. 5, lafcivious pi- 
£hires. 1 Thef. 5. 22. impudency or light- 
neffc in countenance or behaviour. Prov; 
7. 13. painting the face, 2 Kings 29* 30. 
unneceffary company ings with lewdpcr- 
fons, Proverbs 5. 8. promifcuous dancing 
of men and women, Matth. 6.22. fornica- 
tion. Deut. 22. t8. adulterie , Deut. 22: 
32.intdl}Lev. 18. 6 abhorring marriage, 
or unlawfull entiance into the fame, 
when the parties arc within the degrees 
of affinitic prohibited, Lev. 18.6 former- 
ly contracted, Deur.22. 23. or married to 
iome other who arc yet alive, Rom. 7. 2« 
unfeafonablc or untemperate abi,fe of ma- 
nage bed, Leviticus 18. 19. Hcb. 13. 4. 
and alio all unnatural! lufts, Lev, 1 1. 22. 
23.Rom. 1.26. 27. 

Qjyhat is the e :ghth Commandement? 

A. a^eailjaittiotfieale. 

j9 . What is the generall dutj of this 
fomrxwdtment ? 

An. S£fjat fep all goos mcancs tee fan 
titzx tye cuttuatti 2 * eftate of our telbts, 
ajio of ctic neist5t ? oMT0# 

£xfof. 



with an Sxpojitien upon the fame. ^c f 
Fxpofe.25. The fpeciall duties ofthis 
Commandemenc arc an ho ref} calling 
1. Cor. 7. so. Gen. 4. 2. fat thfuIJ labour- 
ing, Eph.+. 28. true and honcft dealing 
therein, pfal. 15, i/r ugi!ity,hontftly ker- 
ping wha: wee lave gotten, vvifeiy orde- 
ring our cxpences, and conveniently u- 
fing whnGoti hath given, that we may 
be helpful! toothers ; Prov. 2l« 20. con- 
taxation with oureliate, be we never fo 
pcore, 1 Tim. 6. 6.7 8. borrowing for 
needc, and good en is 9 what wee arc a- 
ble to repay , and maling payment with 
thanks and cheer efulr;0e,bx< d.22 14.1 5. 
attimeappoin:ed;pfal. 15 4.orifwe ean- 
not keepeday, then by. aiJ other meanes 
contenting the creditour. Giving freeiy 3 
Luke 6. 30. juftly, Efa. 38 7.andchecre- 
fulJy 2. Cor.p.y.accorui ;gtobur ability, 
andour neighbour* neceffitie, 2 Cor. 8.13. 
lending freely, not requiring our ownc 
before the day appoyiited, not compoun- 
ding for gaine; forbearing or forgiving 
the whole, or partofthe iiimnae lent, if 
i, cannot bee pay d without the hazard of 
undoing the borrower, Luke 6. 35. ufing 
truth , faithfulneffe, iuftice, and indiffe- 
rencie in buying, felling, letting, hiring, 

pare 



\o6 tslfljorl Catcchifmcl 

partncrfhip, &c. Mar. 17.2. 1 ThefLjj?. 
not concealing the faults ofour wares, or 
other commodity , or taking advantage 
of the necesfity or unskilfulneffe of the 
one party >but equally reipc&ing the good 
of each other, Gal. 5* 13. feafonable and 
faithfull reftoring of things committed to 
eurtruft, Exod. 22. 7.8. of things found; 
Deuc 22. 2. 3. and of things unlawful- 
ly gotten, Levit. 6. 2, gcc.Good advifed- 
neflein undertaking furetifhip/in naattcrs 
not above ourabilky,and for fuch as arc 
kuowncand approved Chriftians, Prov. 
n.ljv and 7* i8 t moderation in reco- 
vering that which isourowne^Phi!^, 5. 
Minitlers that receive the rithes aiuft feed 
the flock committed to their charge, 
Ezec!%34 2. Lawyers nuift take nocaufc 
ihtbiheir hands, which they fee can have 
no good end with equine, tfa. 5. 2c«pfa. 
15, 5. and they muft follow thofc which 
they undertake to defend, with all honeft 
diligence and fiithfulncflc; for love of e* 
quity ,and not of gainc,ending futes with- 
all posfible difparch and good expedition, 
Exod.iS* 13. &c. 

jfcjpyhat is the general I fane here for- 
bidden ? 

An. 



w '*» an Exception upon the fame'. 207 

A, 311 l6 neglect to ftutlin our otine, 
0; ctu a ntcu$boui s toealfMU impeach 

mate t&eteef b2 mutitt brJ msiufi 
cealing* 

Sxpof. 16. &&\\zll finrcs oFcommifli- 
en, here forbidden arc, idJencfie, inordi- 
nate walking.Prc. 1 2 .1 1 . 2 Thcf. j # 1 ixo- 
vctoufneffe, i.Tim. (?. io, miferable pinch- 
ing,and defrauding our felves of the good 
things, which God hath given us.Ecclcf. 
6. i.&c. and 2. 2<5#wafiefiili consuming 
of our fubftance by Iavifh fpending in 
tneate, drinke, appare!],buildingsunne- 
ceffary gifts, fports. 5cc. Prov. 21, 27. 
Eph. 5* 18, and by unadvifed furctiffiip, 
Prov. 23* 13. 

27. In relpeft of our neighbour, 
grutching at the profperitie oi others,, 
borrowing to maintaincidlcncfic 3 defraud 
men of their right , what we arc net able 
to repay ; Ezek. 18. 7. alfo borrowing 
uponintereft unlefiekbein cafe of ne- 
cesfiuc ; denying vvhat we have borrow- 
ed, or repaying unwilling!y,Pfal. 37.21. 
Levir. x?. 1 ^lending upon ufurie, Exed. 
22. 25. exacting increafe mcerely for 
the Ioane, Ezck.l8» 8, cruelly requiring 

all 






208 A Jhort Cat'chifmei 

alia mansdehts. Eia. 58 3. without mcr- 
cico companion. In bargaining, buy- 
i kg, (ellirig, letting, hiring, partneifhip 
m u c li.j i ce y craft, fraud, or fa'if- 
ho d: 1 rheffe 4. 6«as m king things li- 
ros and doubtful], rcfpecti:«g a raans 
nwne commcdlty oncly; parting with 
bad wares for good , Amos 8. 5. orgocd 
it an cx:(ifive rate, enhau ifing the jull 
price meerelv becaufc wee fell for day ; 
irtgrofling wares into cur owne hands, 
that we may fell them at our own? pica- 
fire; difprayling what wee arc to buy, 
Ps-ov, 10.14. or pray fing what we are to 
fell without juft caule and for our mecre 
sdvanc^ge : buying undcrfoote, e r pcci- 
aily of fuch who iell for need; abuting 
mens fimplicity ajid unskilfuJneffc ; ufing 
falle weight*, ballanccs, meafures, and 
lights tod^ceive ; Lcvk.io. 35 Prov. 11. 
i. felling things hurtful], and not vendi- 
be; asdifpeniationsfor finne, charmes, 
church livings. Proy,lo.l?«»litaJ.3 8.cru- 
ciiixes , &c. Detavning things ftrayed, 
for vd,H>o:l. 13.4. Deur. 22. i,2.3«orthe * 
meancs ot our neghbour* living layed 
to pled^e.Ex >d, 22 26, 27. as alfo things 
cow miued to our truft and cuftodic, 

Deut» 



with an Sxyifition upon thtf.iTrc. 209 
Peutcrono. 27. 19. Prolonging cf Juices, 
iJefcndiog bad caufes, iitttr.cdcrarc, or uti- 
civill contending at Law for our bwtie 
right, fcllfhg It Hicc. Proverbs 15, 27* 
removing indent bounds. De tero»to- 
mic 19.14 TobberybylandjO-r fea,Zach. 
5. 3.4 5. v\he her it be dealing coeds, 
cattell, Lxod. 22. i.fervants or children, 
Exod 21,16, Deut.24. 7. with or with- 
out colcuroflaw: recei% ingo ; things tfo- 
len.Prov.29.24.Pra!. 50 18 I9.22.r\nd 
all unapproved and unprofitable trade* tif 
life or callings ( if they may be (o termed) 
asjeftcrs, j »g'crs, paiafitc ,c<rders, di- 
cers, gamefters players, foiture-teliers, 
figure-callers, fturdy rogue?, and fuch as 
be makers of the proper jntirumentsbf un- 
lawful! games, Ier. 10,2. T ob30. 1,2,5. 
aThef. 5. 10. AQ. 19. 19. 

j^ Which is the ninth cornm^ndementl 

A &t)6u &) U not bcare fal c toitmfife 
afiatnftt^netgbboar. 

<9. WW *j f/?£ general! duty here re- 
autred} 

An. Eljaf b? all mtwts tefc r ec& fo 
matntaine cr»r 28 otong art? our 29 nctgiv 
boars goos name, attej&iiig tofraiji ana 
agooiKonfctcnce, 

Exptfi 



210 tAjhort £atechifmc\ 

Expof. 28. The fpeciall duties of this 
Comtnandement arc , to fpeake fparing- 
Jy.Prov. io* 19, and tofp^akc the truth 
from the hem, pfal. 15, 2. In rcfpc& of 
our fclves, rightly to know and iudge of 
our fclves, Gal. 5 . 26.2 Cor. 13. 5. to pro- 
cure our owne good name^Prov. 22. i*by 
fecking Gods glory firft and principally, 
Matth.6. 33.Heb.iL2. 39. iudging and 
fpeaking well of o:hers 5 Matth. 7,2. and 
walking unblameably , EccleC 10.8. Luk. 
1. 6. lob 1.1. to defend it alfo when need 
jequirctb, but modeftly, and in a fort un- 
willingly. 

29* In refpeft of our Neighbour wee 
are commanded to defire and reioyce 
inhisgoodname 3 Rom # 1 j.S.Gal.i. 23. 
34 fcrrawforhis infirmities, pfai. 119. 
136. Ezra. 9.6, and cover them in love, 
proverb. 17*9*1 Pct.4.8. hoping the boft 
with patience, and fo iudging, 1 Cor # 
1 5. 5. 6. 7. not bewraying his fecrets he-* 
fore we have admonifhed him,Prov«u. 
12* i;< and 25.9. 10 yea, though we do 
itwithgricfe, andtofuch as wee defire 
might helpe and redrtflc them ; rebuking 
him to his face, Matth. i8,i6.Ga!, 2.1 1, 
when iuft cccsfion rcquireth, but yet 

lovingly 



yvith an Ex'pofuien upon the fame t 2X1 
lovingly andmcckcIy,Ga!. 6. i.prov.25. 
12. with remembrance of what is prayfc- 
worthy in him, 1 Cor, 1. 4. io.Rcv 3 2.2. 
3. 4* commending him where heedefer- 
yeth well 3 yet rather inhisabfence than 
prefencc 3 i.Theffc. 5. 22, defending the 
good name of him, whofe unbtameable 
carriage is kno^vne unto us by tcftimony, 
hand-writing, and oath* if Deed require, 
PhiJ. io.i.&c.not receiving idle, or falfc 
reports againftour brother^ pfal. 15, 3. 
Prov.25.23.and 26.20. 
^jTVhat is the gcxcrall fane forbidden? 

An. aUfiiitngtopjecurc,cefcni?,an!j 
furtfcsr nus°otont, ante* 1 cur Keig&# 
bears ercDrt : all tmiuft Defence, fo^ng* 
full fafjpttf on, oj acoifaiten elm fclijcs 
0; others* 

Exptf. 3c. Here is forbidden an over 
orunderwecning of the good things ia 
our felvcs, Luke 1?.?. 10,11. Exod.4 10. 
I3*lere, I. 7. bearing our felvcs above 
our worth, Phil. 2. 3. boafti^g.Prov.27. 
I excufing our felvcs uniuftjy, 1. Samuel 
15. 15, Gen. 3. 12. debafirig our felvcs^ 
difiembling that others may prayfc us, 
procuring our felves an ill name by wal« 
kingundifcreedy or ofFcnfi?e!y, 2, Sam* 

12, 



2 I a tsffiort fatechifhte, 

i2.14.R00v2.23 24*anda HeedJeflelcfTen- 
ingchc good opinion others have of us, 
by bewraying our weaknefles ;zs wantof 
learning, 8cc # tothc carper. 

£xpof. 31* Here is condemned cvill 
fufpicions } Matthew 7. 1. 1 Samuel 1. r& 
wantot defire, care and rejoycing in our 
neighbours good name, 1 Pet. 2. r* re- 
joicing in his inSrmkies, contempt, or 
fooiiO) admiration of others, Atis 1 2. 22. 
Prov. 27* 14. unjuftly renewing the me- 
mory of our neighbours crimes, which 
were in trad of time forgotten. Prov.17, 
9. calling good eviil, or cviii good*Efa*5, 
20. flattery, Pvov. 27. 14. lob 17. 5. for- 
bearing to (peak in theoufe or credit of 
our neighbours, Prov. 24. 18* 12. and 51. 
8.9* raft* cenfunng, Match. 7* 1.2. nod- 
ding the head, winkmg with the eye 1 
pointing with the finger, or any other vi- 
lifying or deriding gellurcs, Matthew 5, 
zy fpeaking the triuh with defircofour 
neighbours difcrcdit, i.Sam, 22.14* 15. 
with Pulme 1 5. 1, 2, 3 likening to tale, 
bearers, Proverbs 25. 23. railing falfc 
reporrs, Ltvitictti 19. 16. relating mens 
words to their d i "grace, contrary to their 
meaning, 1 Snnuel 2ji. p. io, Matth. 



*ith an Expofition upiHtbefame, 2 1 % 
16. 90.61, Iprcadiwg abroad fly ingtalcs* 
prov. 26* 20, 2i, 22. libels, faife prefcnt- 
mcnts and citations, giving falfc evi* 
dence, and pronuncing falfe fencence, 
Levit.19. 15.35.Exod.23. 6. Deut. 19. 
i6.Prov, 195. In refpeft ; of our felves 
and our neighbours, here is forbidden 
lying and equivocating. Ephcf. 4. 25. 
Go!. 3.9,10. 

jg^jvhs.t is the tenth commandement ? 

An. 2D!jou fyait net cofcet, f c. 

Q^JVbat is the generalldnty here com- 
manded ? 

An. SDfjattaeebee truls * 2 confenfeQ 
tmtlj ear oto ie outfcnra conoittoti, atio 

^arftirOtfireitjegoaD z of cur nemi> 
bour,tn alining* belonging unto £tui> 
great anu ffaaHj * 1 Tim. 6. 8. 1 Cor.7^ 
29.30. Afts 26. 29. 

Expof.iz. In this command ement we 
are injoy ned to acquaint our felves with 
thoughts of good towards our neighbour, 
Efay 32. 8. 3. Iohn 2. lob 31. 29. and 
that which appertained^ co him ; to re- 
Joyce in the prefent good eftate of our 
(elves and our neighbours % pfalmc^ 2. 
and 119. 74. and chccrefully to praife 
God for iu 



ii4 %A fart Catechifkel 

6). What is the general I Jinne forbidden) 

Am ailt^ougStgof mtnD.teit^^anD 
Bellies of ceart, ana Ddtgtjtfuli xzmtm- 
fyanccscfefctll againtt contentetmeffe. 

lobji. 29- 

f^Is any man able to keepe this Law ? 

A. $ot perfect!?: fe* £&e a gccl^oftcn 
faille mod Ijoip 3 5 failc b 34 altoaies in 
ttjctr belt actions : bat tlje ctjilo of C3aa 
cugljtc, map ana ufunli? &c:lj dfoalfee 
aeeojmng to ftje JUto Cnccrcly. * Iam # 3. 
2* ^Exod.28. 36,37,38- riloh.2.14. 
Iohn I4.i5 # 23* ^1 King. i5^ # 

Expof. 33. In the fervants Qf Cbrift 
there remaines fomc root of bitcerneffe, 
Heb* 1 2. i. Rom. 7. 23. the fle(h luflcth a- 
gainft the ipirir, Gal. 5. \j. their know* 
kdgeisbutinpart, 1 Cor. 13.12.PfaU 
X19.18. their obedience therefore cannot 
bee perfc#. Iof.9. 14^ 1 y, 2 Sam. 2 # 9. 
2Chron 35.22. Lukeao. 

34. Often in the matter 3 and manner of 
doing, Icfli. 14. 15. continually in the 
n^nfurc ofdtuy, themoft holy do offend. 
tub. ij# 22. 

J^, She hid not a Chrijlian omit doing 
^ j good altogether , feeing bee cannot doe it 
in that mcafurc that Godrcqttireth t 

An. 



»ith AnExpoJjtiotiup$n the fame. 213 

An. &q bat *5fcrit(j cDijjgence ano 
finglencs of fjeart dribs agatnff co^rup- 
tton,loofee f fo? t&e afftfiance of <S5oD« 
fptrif, anDUb:nr to ggroto in grace. 
rflCdr.7.1* / 2 Chron. 16.9. Philip. 44 
13. jr 1 Pct.2.2.and 2 ^.3.18. 

hxpof.tf* The finne which cleaving 
to the work defiles ir,ts by al I mcancs pof- 
fiblctobeavoydcd.Mattli.^.t^^^j&c^ 
Pfal.37. 27. but the worke it: felfe is not to 
bee forborne. For wee haveanabfolutc 
charge from God,toexercifcour felves in 
all good workes, Efa. 1. 17. 1 Pet. 3. ir # 
Gol.1.10. a Pet. 1.5, and a merciful! pro* 
roife, chathe will forgive the infirmities, 
which our corruption doth fallen upon 
them, and favourably accept our fincero 
cadeavpur to walke in all holy obedU 
ence, though now and then wee through 
wcakueffe<ioftcpawry.Iob42.7. 2 Chro e 
3o.i9 # 2o«Efa,4o.ii a Can. a* i4.N1vT.tu 
-23.21.Ezck.34 16. 

£1^ what weaves fiould antenufeto 
grow in Grace ? 

A. ^emua t^jDtT5l}lpcp.imtirr ^ £ts 

Ijts tjcart at ail time*,tH all pi ices,GCca* 

fi9Wi9Q0 conoicions: kteoeeiptitg t&c ** 

P a ttme 



Umt to ftcje fcts 40 ^tait totttj gooc, an* 
pjz erfee 1 t)ts 41 faith, £ Hag. 1.5. 7* 
* 1 Cor, 1 1. 31, 4.2Tim.4*5. Eph. 5. 16. 
/Heb. 10.35,36.38. 

Expof 36.Examination,\vhich is a di- 
ligent, cxquifite, and unpartiall fearch of 
our hearts, thoughts, and waici, Lam. 3. 
40. by the word of God, Rom. 7, 7. as in 
hisprefencc, is a fpeciall racanes topre- 
ferve from pride, fecurity, hardnefle of 
heart, aud falling into finne. Heb. 3,13. 
pfal. 4, 4. It doth quicken to pray cr,Gen s 
24. 6j,pfal. 19. 12 Js a good fteppe to re- 
pentance, pf.119 59.Hag.L5, fctlethin 
aChriftiancourfe, Pfal.^*. provokes 
forward in godlinefic, pf. 119.56.60. and 
makes charitable towards others. Gal, 
6,4. 

37. To judge a mans felfe, istopaffean 
unpartial Sentence againft himfclfe,aoree- 
able to the word of God,according to the 
mcafure of that iniquity which by exami- 
nation he findeth in himfelfe, Eze. 1 6.6i. 
-and 60.43X^.9.8. Luk.15. 18, J9.thisa- 
wakeneth theheart,E2e.36.3. makcthus 
afFraid of fin, Gen.^2.9. fpurreth us to fue 
to the throne of grace, 1 King. 8. 83.2nd 
preventcth the judgement of God,i Cor. 
11.31, 38. 



l»ith ah Expofition upon the fame • 2\y 

38. Watchfulnelfc, which is a narrow, 
carefull, and concinuall keeping, obfcr- 
ving, andovcr-fccingofour hearts, and 
all our waies,Prov. 4. 23. is both excee- 
ding ncceflary , feeing that of ourfelves 
weareapc to erre, Pfal. 59* 1 o. and have 
many occasions befides to draw us away 
from godlincfle. Luke 14a S. 20. and ex- 
ceeding profitable to prevent or withfiand 
Satan. iPet.5 8.Mar.26.4t.keepe under 
lufts, avoyd and cut off ftrayings, and 
wandringsofmind and life; 2 Tim. 4.5. 
lC0r.16.13.Pfal.101.24 keepc thehearc 
in good order, and to efchew dangerous 
decayes, fals and difcomforts, which 
otherwifemeftfhallrunneinto.2 Sam.u. 
2. ; iTim.2 14.2C0r.11. 3, 

39. To redeeme time is fo to husband 
it, that every moment thereof may bee 
(pent for our beft advantage, -Ephef. $• 
i6*Col,4« 5. Time is a precious thing, 
being Ioft^tcis unrecoverable,though God 
miy pardon it to the penitent: Efayi. 
16. 18. therefore wee muft rcdecmethe 
time of youth, Eccl. 12. 1. oftheGofpeJ, 
2 Cor.6.2. the Sabbath^Exod. 20.10. the 
time of ficknefle, health, and vacantie 
from bufineffe in our calling, &c, Luke 

P 3 12. 



ars 



si8 tA fhmfauchifm** 

12.42 Iohn 9.4.6*1.6 \o. Prov.10.5, 

40. When man* heart is emptied o\ e 
vill, ic will quickly gather filth againe(x. 
garments will duft J unleffc it be fraught 
\vith good.Matt.i i 43,44 45* 

41. If faith decay in us, (asneedesic 
mutt,unlefleit be carefully ttirredup,pre- 
fervedandexerpfed, 2 Tim. i.6 } ) god- 
lincfife muft needs wither, 1 Tim. «. 5 . for 
faith is the victory whereby wee over- 
come the world, 1 lohn 5.4. thereby wee 
wreftlc againft finne, by the Almighty 
power oflefus Chrift; Gal.2.20. and our 
lives muft needs bee full of doublings, or 
fecurity,drowned with carnall delights, 
1 King. 1 1 .4 and finfullpleafurcs; and the 
word will Iofeitsefficacie, Heb.4.2.thc 
excrcifesof religion their fweetnclfe. To 
sh e end that faith might be prefer ved,wee 
muft value it above gold & filver, 2 Pet. 
2, 1. often meditate upon the fwectn^fie, 
Pfal. 119. 103. and 139, 17. conrtancie, 
Revel. 1. 5. 2 Cor. I. 20. andpurpctuity 
of the moil precious and free promifes, 
which are the grounds of faith, Hofea 
i4.5.Ezech. 36.22. waike according to 
the rules thereof, learnetoexcrciieit, li- 
ving thereby, Kcb.io.jS.Rom.M 7. and 

fincero? 



y*>ith a» Expofoi** upn the fame. 1 1 9 

fincerely, conftantly, and confeionably 
ufe all thofe meancs, whereby faith is 
Wrought or nourifhed. 
g±Hwcl[e} ■ 

A.1$z matt take m unto hi m f^e fofjeie 

armcar^of (Dod, ana toitl} "care, up. 

1 rtg^tneffe, f eonttanq?, ufe t£e meane* 

> of grace before prefaibcB in ene <>e- 

> ffate a? toell as another. wEphef.d.15, 
14. «Prov. 2^3,4 } 5.Collo(£i]4.2^Iob 
37.10, 

£xpof.^2. All Chriftians arc called to be 
fouldierSjRev*i2*7*to fight under Chrift 
Iefus their Captaine, againft the flefh. 
Rom. 8, 1 3. the world,i Ioh.2« 1 6.and the 
devil!, 1 Pet. 5.-8,9. a fpirituall , fubtill, 
and malicious encmic.Eph.tf.Ta.Rc.to.a. 
Matth. 13. 28,29. that can never be ap- 
pcafed : they had need therefore take un- 
to them the whole armour of God 3 which 
they muft daily put on, and continually 
keep on.that at all times they have it rea- 
dy for ufe, to repel and quench the fie- 
ric dartsof the devill.The pares of this ar- 
mour arefincerityjlove or righteoufueffe, 
theGofpcl, Faith, lively hope, aadthe 
w)rdofGod,Eph.6# 14. 15,16, i7>i&# 
Thefe arc kept on by earned prayer 3 
P 4 watch- 



% io r AJbort Cttechifmi) 

watchfuhieflc, and holy medication.' 

QjVh at frivt ledges doth god afford, 
unto his children in this life y -who labour 
according to his will to grow in grace ? 

An.SDties mat be q affureo % of fctsfa* 
tour ano father ir j cater otiei^cm, t&e 
Direction r of bis fptrtt , ffcett * grofofy 
In 4 gtace ana v per refcerance to tfce eno. 

q I Ioh. 3.14. Iohn 1,12% n Tin\. 4. io # 
Mac.io.3o./PfaI«i43.ic«^Gol. 1.9. 10. 
vPhil. 1.6. 

Sxpof.u It isfirft ofalltobeobferved 
that none of thefe privileges can be enjoy- 
ed without great ft rife and labour, I Cor. 
16. 13. 

2. Not onely forne uncertaine hope, on 
dimme fight of Gods favour, but aflu- 
jance thereof may in this life be obtained, 
lob 19,25. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2Tim.4.8«and i f 
12. for the Scripture exhorts us to make 
our calling and cledion fure. 2 Pet. 1 . io* 
laycth many fufficient grounds of aflu- 
rance; 1 Iohn 4413.8c j.i^Phil.i.&and 
propefech divers examples of them who 
have attaind thereunto, Rom. 8. 34 38. 
59, Luk,2.29«Heb. IT.9, 10. This is a 
rare and precious priviledgc, becaufcit 
may conftantly bee enjoyed vvich an in- 
y creafc 



with an £xfofiti*n upon the fame] a \ t 
crcafc thereof, Hof.i V14. Malac. j. 6. 
I Thef. 4. 1. 10. is alwaies accompanied 
with joy unspeakable, and fweci content- 
ment. Cant, i.i. Pfal. 4.6^7. loh. 8. 56. 
l Pet. i.8 v and the longer it it pofleffed, 
thefweeter ic is ; daintie meats may be- 
come Ioathfomc, but wee cannot furfet of 
Gods favour. Pfah 17. 1 ?. 

j # God would have his children know, 
that in every ftate he will fa ve and uphold 
them. Pf. 9. 1 o. & 3 2.6 y 7. even when his 
wrath doth burne agaifift his cnemicsjEf* 
3 3-4>5^<5.aftd 27*7,8. he will teach them 
the good way, which they ought to fol- 
Iow,Pf*25.i2«i4.Prov«3.3i.gvc his An- 
gels change over them, carry them in his 
bofome Efa. 9 1 . 1 1 , 1 2, &c. The amiable," 
fwcet, and comfortable titles, that Chrift 
giveth to his Spoufe, calling her my love f 
my dove^my fitter, my Spoufe,my undefi- 
led^doth (hew what great regard he hath 
of every Chriftan^ Can. 1. 8, 9 . and 2.4; 
Dcut.53ii2.27,28 29. Can. 76. 

4«The fervants ofChrirt are exhorted, 
and commanded to grow in grace and 
godlinefle* 1 Thcf«4. 1. 10. CoL 1. 10. 
there are pattcrnesof holy men left unto 
us in Scriptures, that have grovvnerich 

M8 



i:t idjhsrt C*techifm*l 

iowifedomcand holinefle* Reve. 2* 19* 
what God cpmrnandcth in the GofpelJ, 
that Chriftians fhould belecvc he will in- 
able them to doe,Iohn 6, 63. 1 Iohn 5, 3. 
and what ordinary graces any of the 
fchhfiill did obtainc.the fame may all th« 
fakhftili look for,Zach.i2 > io. Eph.^.^ 
2 Pet. l.x. if it be for their good, Rom. 
8.28* for they arc all under the fame co- 
venant, have the fame Redeemer and 
San&ifier, and have the fame promifes 
made unto them, 2 Cor.6, 18. 1 Titr. 3,5, 
6. Ephcf. 4. 30. and 2,12. 

Q^JVhat other privileges doth Cjod af- 
ford uk to them} 

An. SCfje? are s k*pf wfrom, comfo?' 
t *B in,ati3 telifcmD cut x of man? f ron* 
Wb, tzutfit to ynfe alUfiatw attg&f, 
* p^ferteo z from 7 fcule o€fen«0,ina- 
bleD s to artfeagaine, ift|}e^bfall,ui- 
ttxuaznto 9 Ufce gosi&anB frixtz cjpcSfef- 
0en xo oft{je toojb, wPfal. 32, 10. A£h 
16*25* *Prov. "•8-^Lam. 3.27. Phil. 
4,12. *.Luk. T.6. *Pfal. 27.23,24.^ Eph. 
2.10. c Luke 8. 15. 

Expof.^.Tht godly fhunne the fins 
which others follow with greedineflc, 

Qcfl § 39".p.&42.i8.Ndi. 5. 15 Job $u\. 

order 



with an Expofoion ufon the [Am e\ a *3 
order their affaires with godly wifdome, 
A&3i3«<S.anda2t26. andi8. n. with 
19. 37. andforefeethcevilltocome, and 
hidethemfelves, Prov. 22. 3* and 16*12. 
therefore they are preferred from many 
troubles that others fall into. And yet for 
want of care and watchfulncffc, they of- 
ten draw no final griefe upon their heady, 
from which they might bee free, if they 
would carefully fubdue their paffions,and 
look unto their waies. Can. 5. 2^,4^5^ 
aSam* 11,2,3. Pfal. 5.1,8* 

6 In frofperity the godly arc taught 
to cdifie themfelves^ Aft. g. 3 1. to waike 
in meeknes, lowlines, feare and comfort 
of the Lord, doing cood, lob 14, 15. 21. 
24. In adverfuy, to bee humble, patient, 
pray, I Per. 5. 6. lob 1. 2 r. Pfalnae 39. p # 
and 30,7. 8. grow out of leve with this 
world, 2 Cor. 5, 1,2,3,4, prize the Lords 
favour. Pfal. 7 3. 26. 28. clea\eclofcunro 
God. Ifa. io.2o.examinc their hearts^and 
reforrnc their waies, Lam. 3. 4o.Zepb.2.i. 
Efa.27.9. In their callings to taketriallof 
their wifdome, faith, (inccrity, love of 
righteoufnes^and patience, and fo to go a- 
bout the fame with hearts averting the 
thingsthatbcabovCfPfaJ,ii2.5.Gcn.3 I# 

l 58. 



e 



2 24 A Jhort Cdtechifmei 

38,39,40. Gal 5.21. Gen. 17.1,2. Zach# 
8.16 Luk. 21.19. 

7. If the god J y be overtaken with fome 
reproachful! evilJ, Gen. 9.21. and 10. 33. 
it is not ordinary , Rom. 8 # 1. 2 Cor. j. 7. 
butfor a time.Pfal. }7*j4.when they have 
caft offthcir armour, and neglect their 
woccb. 2 Sam. 1 1 . 1 .2. Mat. 29.40.41 . the 
Lord fufFering them to fall,to lee them fee 
their weakncHc 3 corre& their carelcfnefle, 
cure in them pride of heart, and contempt 
of others: and ordering their flips for the 
glory of his great name, the comfort of 
the weake , and the good of the party 
fallen, after that by repentance he is rifea 



ag*ine. 



8. The righteous may fall, bur the 
Lord will not fuffcr them toperifh, Iohn 
10.28. Chrift hath prayed for them, Iohn 
17 20. Luke 22. 23. the immortal! iecde 
abideth in them, 1 Iohn 3. 9. the fpirit of 
God doth quicken them. Rom.8.2.11. fo 
thatafcerward they take hcact and cou- 
rage againe to fight againft finncand Sa- 
tan, thereforethey can nerer bee utterly 
vanquifhed, though for a time they bee 
throvvnedowne.jCor^.S^.Mat.id.iS. 
9. If the faithfullfcekeu-Ko the Lord, 

bee 



with an Expojieion ofithe fame. 225 
hee will teach them with delight and 
comfort to live godly in all places, and 
callingSjProv.i.^OtEia.so 2i.butycc 
they fhall find theflefh rebelling againlfc 
tbe Spiritual. 5. 17. Pf. 42. 5. 1 1, that 
they might not truft to themlelvcs, but 
in the Lord, Pro* 3. j,6, no longer live 
than find need to pray, Lord ftrengthen 
rae,i Theff. 5. 17. bee thankfull to God 
for the mereies they have received, PfaJ. 
54. 6, 7. not triumph before the vidory 
nor walke in fecurity , as though they 
had no enemy; iPct. 5 8,9. and chat by 
how much the fight is more painfull , 
(harp, and difficult, by fo much the vi&o- 
rie (hould be the more deiightf ill, fwcet, 
and glorious, Rom. 16. 20 t Rev, 12 .11. 

10. The word of God is pofiefled , 
when it is received truly in our heads.* is 
kept and laid up fafely, as a trcafure in 
our minds and hearts, fo that wee have it 
in readineffe for our direction and com- 
fort, and doth rule over us wUh an ho- 
ly and univerfall foveraigntie. Luke 2* 
51. Col. 3.16, 17, Pfalmc 1 19.1 1 i,n 2« 

33- 15- 

Q.DoeaUthe Godly ft any at all times 

enjoj all thefc frtvil edges ? 

AnJ 



%l6 %A$ori C*techifmel 

A, $o: fame aretgnozanf of ityrk] 
not bcUtoing^j at left fatntlp belabing 
t&att&cre arc fuc& ; cttjers arecareiette, 
totio pjt je nof,ano fo tafce not p^incs fo; 
tfjefc ttungs as t J)eg ougfjt. 

Q^JVhat other hindrances doe deprivt 
Chriftians ofthefefriviledgcs ? 

An,dgnojfitnatepafftons, asfcare, 
anger, felfe Ict)e,p^tDe,lot3e of pieafurc, 
cares of ttjc&ojio , ano cart^lp tncmn- 
b;ancc$; anOtnconaancptngooD taties: 
temptations alfo to 8iGruG Deefcespc 
turner manp.^Iam^ 1,^3. 

£h How Jhould a man bridle and re- 
forme thefs mrulj/ pajfionsl 

A. lut&tm WW efteeme a Cfetffu 
an literal! earn£ftl? 5 fett>tmfeifcmott 
agatnft t&e coemption* tljat breffrong- 
rft tn|jfm, lljun fljCcccuBonsoffmne, 
Ijtsetlje ecommantiemcnt inbisijeart, 
ano applp ft&e ocatbofCimfffojtbe 
killing of corruption , c Pfal. 119. 51. 
/ 1 lohn 5.4. 

^. H^ w^j a man overcome his temp* 
tattixsto diftrtift. 

A. tyz mad not gtbecrcBit fo &afan* 
faggeflton0agatnfi; <25qqs trutfc:bnt con- 
flcec of <E>&B$h X| po\»? r^sooJ3nes,k nn- 

cjnng- 



*>ith An Expcfitiev hfon tktfami. \rj 

rijattaablcnefifo fojmeri mercies, ano 
free « grace in g!t>ing as fcts tonne % to 
tijatteeaftues, untoojtpineSTe, toant of 
feeling comfit fljcnlD not Bitmap fctm* 
/ Matth.4.3,4. £ Macch.8.2. Efa. 40, 21. 
*Pfal # 51,12, £Ier, 31* 3. / Pfal c 77. n. 
»Ron. 5.8,? # 

f*y^ 1 1. God is in powct all, Effici- 
ent, fo that he can helpe us^Eph^.jo.and 
inleveeverlafting. John i3.i,2Thef. 2. 
16. Icr. ig«3 # feeing then hce hath once 
loved us, we tmy be affurcd that hec will 
never leave us, Phil, 4. 1 9. 

Sxpofi, i2« God gives Chrift to them 
that art loft in thernfelvc*. Efa. \6. 1, 2# 
Matth t 9»i2,i:*i!ndthcwealceaswcll a* 
the ftrong are partakers of his merits, 
X Iohn 2» 1. ftrength of grace in us, and 
(bundnes ofaChnfhan conversion, is 
not the root ef comfort ; neither (hould 
weakncfle,and unwoithineficin us breed 
doubting of ourfaivation,Hcb. io» 22» 
The ground of all comfort is, that God 
of his free grace hathgiven his Sonne to 
usmiferable tinners, even to as many as 
bciceveinhim,iIohn 22,and 10. 3.26. 
and the weakc faith doth lay hold upon 
Chxift as truly, chough'not fo comfort 

cably, 



2*8 tAJhort Cdtechifnte, 

tab!y,as thdftrongdoth, i Iohn 2.1 2.1 jj 

I*. 

Qjvbat elfe mufl be done ? 

A.Confiber tobat pjomiiesf&elUttD 
Ijatb maec,tc « keep ano upbolD tw,to!jat 
o tncoHragcmcnts l)ee fcatbgt&cnus to 
tela be, '3 ano fjois acceptable a tiling tt 
is p tfcat toe fijculD fo fioe, # Match, i<5. 
18tLuk.22.32. 18. olohn3.23« / Matt. 
8. 10. and 15. 28 .Rom. 4.20. 

Expof. i3.Godcommandcth,perfwa- 
deth, intrcatcth thcthirfty and burdened 
tobeleeve, bath bound himfclfc by co- 
venant unco them. Eta. 4^25 fcaled it 
by the Sacrament , and confirmed the 
fame by oath, Gen. 22. 16,17-PfaI. ioj< 
9. Luke 1.73. And the deeper our mifcrie 
is, the more wee glorifie his name by re- 
fting upon him forfuccour, Pfal. 22* h 
Rom. 4. 18. 20. 

£Kwhat other things are to be learned 
for the overcoming oftheje temptation ? 

A. W!Sit muft jaageourfeloes q no6 
fcEPjefent^feeitng^bpouroton r Dtf# 
tenting tbe fruit* of grace, but bg 
tJjat toiju& toee f b*toe felt , anD t^e 
t fruits of grace fertneb appcaretootfjer, 
^Pfaimen6. 11, Pialrnc. 13,1, r pfalmc 



Itith dn Expo fjtion upon the fame. 229 
5i.to. f Ppfal 4 77« 114 12.1 Gorao.11. 

Expof. 14 \ man may havetaithjthat 
Fcclcsno omforr • and g-?*ce f that fees 
not the fruits of grace. Pfalme 22*1. and 
77.8.9. The foule its fome times fick, E- 
zck#34 4, i6.Canc, ?♦ ?.and fometimes 
in a fwound ; Cant. 5. 6, fometimes wee 
iudgcamiflcofourcftate a Pfal. 1, 16.10. 
zi. and 77. 10. obferving what motions 
weehavecoeviU, but not how we refift 
them ; fuppoh ng wee have ho grace, be- 
taufe wee have not what grace we defire, 
or because we find not our felves at all 
times alike affedkd , and comforted, or 
elfewee want what others have, or we 
conceit them to have ; whereas , God 
gfr.es not all graces to one mm, nor to 
all in rhe famemeafure; Ephcf.47, Zach, 
*2. 8. Alfo it is the propertic ok men ia 
ftffiitfion , to admire fmall things in o- 
thers, and denie great and many graces 
inthcmfclvcs : hkewUe the vaftneflfc of 
defire caufeth that which is much in 
comparifon , to feeme nothing. Sathan 
workes upon the timorous difpolicion of 
fome, and perfwades them that they hare 
fearefully confented to thofc fuggeli ions, 
jtfhich they always abhorred, and ia 
Q ^yhicU 



2 30 A fhort QatechifnMy 

which they never tookc delight: or thae 
they wilfully offend, when feme finfull 
motions arifc in their hearts; to which 
they doc notconfent, but which theyre- 
fift praying to God for forgivenefle and 
afliftance ; and becaufc wee in temptati- 
ons want one grace, which accompanies 
faith, to wit, ioy, Ioh.8. 56, 1 Pet.1.8. we 
conclude that wee have no faith at all; 
whereas faith and ioy bcenot infeparable 
companions, lob 13, i5 # Heb, u.i.Pfal* 
77. 2, 3. the violence of temptation hia- 
dering the fenfe of mercy, when God doth 
with-hold comfort* For which caufes, 
wee muft not' overmuch truft ourfelves, 
or credit our feeling , but give credit to 
the teftimony of the godly and faith- 
full. 

Q. what may be a further helpe be/ide? 

A.35t tsgooD to eramineotu 15 Ijearts, 
aim nf e tjje aobtcc wof otij c r*,bat toe mutt 
fenote tottlj ail, tfcat grentng after , 1 * ia* 
boartng tercft oar toearieo foulesapoti 
t'Ojt pjomtfes of grace, being neber fatis* 
ficDanttUQurtJoubtfulncITe be remobee. 
intil bjtng a gart enb. wPfal. 4. 4. 1 
Theflf. 5. 14. x Mat. x u 28. 

Sxpof.i$ % God Yvith-hpWcth or with J 

drawctfi 



*»ith an Exfofition *po*tbefame< i 3 1 
draweth comfort femetimcs by reafon of 
feme fccrct finne, not yet repented of- or 
fufferethSathan to buffet us that we might 
more ferioufly repent of fome corruption* 
lob 40. 3 , 4, 5, 6. with 42,6. iCor. 12.7. 
And hereby the Lord doth correct our not 
prizing comfort at a high rate, Cant.j. 
2,4, 5. our forgetfulneffe to prayfe him 
For it : we ought therefore wifely to make 
try all of oar wayes, neither fparingany 
finne, nor cenfuring that to bee finne 
which is iuft and iawfull^not making light 
account of any finne, nor yet calling our 
repentance into queftion , becaufe fome 
things have becne amiffc, or we have not 
attained to perfection. 

Q>. poe the fruits of the {pirit alwayes 
appear 'e in the faith full ? 

A. $o:2Ltje \< are yobfeurea in our fir a 
w con&etQon, in t&e imceo 17 of z feeurit 2 
to&entoeaUatJeouteraiot30,i 8 in timz 
of b temptation J ?« fome^relapfe c info 
fiKtte. y Luke 5.37,38.^ 1 6«r«dt« a ^ c ^ 
2.4. bPfal.6, i,2,3,cPfaL5i.io. 

Sxpof. 16. At ourfirft convlrfion wee 
are as new borne babes who have the 
truth of mans nature, but the perfe&ion of 
kgrowcth with age, 1 Cor. 3* x#Hcb: 
Qji S! 



1J2 tsfjhert Catecbiftoe, 
5. 13. Our knowledge if fmall afid con- 
futed, Pfal. f$l 22* and 1 19. 33. 34.100. 
our fight of Gods love dimme ' many 
doubts arife in our minds, Luke 24. 38. 
bccaufe of our weakncfle and unworthy- 
nelfe: many lulte are untamed, weare un- 
experienced to put on , or wcare the 
Chriftian armour: and therefore are oft 
foylcd of our adverfaries. Some few" at 
their firfl conversion, abound in the fruits 
of the Spirit more fenfibly , that they 
mighn be prepared for fome future corn- 
bates , wherein God will Ca them forth 
to bee examples, to the weakc. If our 
comfort and toy that we felt in our firft 
converfionbtediminifhed, it is cither by 
reafonoffecuritie, ortempraticn. i.Sam. 
11. 2. 3*&c. with Pfal. 5 1, io.Pfal.77.8. 
$. 10. 

17. Good ground will bring foorth 
■weeds if it bee not tilled, and fire will 
die if it bee not blowne ; the graces of 
Gods Spirit will decay if they bee not 
fHrred up by prayer, reading, &c 1. 
Thcff. 5. 19. 2 Tim. i # 6. and iufts, 
worldlincffe^drowfinefle^&c.willcreepc 
upon the beft , and overgrow them, if 
they be not diligent to keepethem un- 

des 



»ith *n Expofition Hpsn the fame. 23 3 
dcr, and rootc them [out, Luk%2i. 34. 

18, As our love to God doth decay,fb 
thefenfeand feeling of Gods love to us 
doth die and decay 3lfo,Rcv.2-4, y , When 
our love to God is abated, the Spirit of 
God, which is the comforter of the heart, 
andtheftirrerupofthatioy, vvhich paf- 
feth all underloading, isgrieved^Eph. 4. 
30. our faith isweakned, i.Tim. 1.5. out 
prayers mu3 needs be cold and faint, wc 
mutt needs bee dull, heartlefle, uncheere- 
full, even a burden to our felves, unto- 
ward to any hoiy duty, Pfa!. 119. 174.' 
For love is the wheel of the foule, and firft 
affc&io^Dcut.d^.Matth. 22. 37, if that 
be difordered, no other can be of aright 
temper. 

19, In time of temptation, the mindc 
isfullofdiforder andconfufion, and the 
heartofmanjExod.d.p.Pfal. 77. 2.7.8.9. 
jp.as theayre is troubled in a tempeftu- 
ous feafon ; many mifts being call be* 
tvvcenethe eye of ourunderftandingjand 
thepromifesofGod, as clouds that ob- 
fcure the Sunne : Satan having then leave 
to trie and buffet us. By temptations we 
yc fitted to grow in grace^ Pfal, 32. 4. j. 
Q 3 thereby 



*3 4 AJhoYt Catechifm, 

thereby alfo the graces of Gods fpirit i* 
usaretryed, Rom. 5. 5. lam. 1. 1. 3 .but ic 
i$ no fit fcafonforus to difecrne or judge 
ofthem. 

io. When corruption getteth ground, 
grace muft needs bee weakned , for 
thefe two arcoppofitc the one to the o- 
ther. 

I?. Howfbotilda man recover cut of a 
reUffe t 

An. 31Be fpdrtMeonfftieratton 1 * of 
toliat fas featt) ficnr, rtn etotng |its repen- 
tance tettlifojroto ana fl>ame,e betoa^ 
ling tjts fin befo?e <23ot>, tefojmtng #5 
life, ant) laying ijcloupcn tfce pjomtfes 
of merriest Rev. a. 5. € Icr. jj. 18. 19. 

SxpoJ. 21. Suchas have fallen into fomc 
groflc finne after repentance, muft not 
utterly defpaire , 1 Ioh. g.aj.Efa^.i. 
Matth. 11-28. For the Prophets call upoti 
wicked revoltcrs from God , to repent, 
and promife them pardon. Efa. i» 18. 
Ter. 3. 1. 12. 13, 14, &c. and in the Law 
facrifices weredaily offered, not onely for 
ignorance, Levit. y* 15. 17. but finnes 
committed willingly, and againft con- 
fcience, Levit. 6. r. 2. 3. wee are com- 
manded dah'y to pray for xemiffion of 

finncs 



wish 4* Exfejition upon thtfdme. 235 
finftes without exception, Luke 11.4. no 
finne is unpardonable, but the finne a- 
gainft the holy Ghoft, Matth*ii.3. 1 3.2. 
Marke $. 28, 19. from which a man thac 
finnes grofle/y after repentance may bee 
free. God is able to heale the later wound 
which finne makes as well as the former ; 
Hof.14.4. without Chrift no offence can 
be forgiven, and in Chrift all offences may 
be done away, 1 Ioh. i, 7. Mercy in us 
is as a drop of a bucket, in comparifon 
of that infinite fea of mercy which is in 
God : if by his commandement man 
muft forgive his brother feventy times 
feven times , will not hee forgive them 
that humble themfeives before him? Mat, 

l8*U,22. 

Jj>.ff r hat privileges doe thegodl] enjoy 
dsfoone 4s this life is ended ? 

A. ©icii:glip^^ettbegins;fo?t^etc 
boDtes rematne *» in fyz f grata, as in a 
beo of fptces ; anu tijetr foules being per* 
fectlEgft&o h from finne are recettao 
into tjeatan * to tfae beljoiotng h of <25oo 
anD^ljitt Jrgfmeciatel^ f 1 Thef # 4. 15, 
gRevel. 14:1 3. h Matt. 5*8.1 G>M3. i2« 

~£xpof. 22. Death feparates the foule 

froiu the body ; but it doth not feparate 

Q* 4 tfw 



the foulc or body of the godly from 
Chnft,Rom, 8. 38. 39, 1 Cor. 3. 22.and 

15. 54.. 55.56.PhiI 4 i.2i«whcnthcbody 
lycthinthc grave, and is diflblved into 
dultjt is yet united unto Chrift.Ioh. i$# 
5.Eph.5. 30. and doth cxpeS and lookc 
for a future "and glorious change. 1 Cor. 

*5 3M 2 . 43-44- 

2;. From the guilt and dominion of 
finnCp the godly are delivered in this life, 
l.Ioh. 1.9. not from all ftaiuethereof; but 
after this earthly tabernacle is laid down 
they ft edeliveredfromall finnc, iorrow, 
andcjre, Re*. 214 27. and are received 
into heavento bee with Chrift, inioying 
chcgloiious prefence of God. 1 ThcfT. 4. 

16. 17. feeing him not by faith obfeure- 
ly,2 Cor. 5. 7. as it were thorow a 
glaffe , 1 Cor. 13. 1 2. as the Saints doe 
in this life, but by fight, and face to face, 
immediatly, or without mcanes.Pfalt 17. 

^ If this be thefiye of the godlj, 
what fkal! become of thdnnaodh ? 

A. SLtjm fcoctes ityaii rot tn ffie 3 * 
gtstje, ana tytix foulcsarc tuugeeunto 
fc£bcrlaftmsteog ; iGen # ^ip.kluk.i6 
2 % 23. 






wth an Expofitien upon the fame. 2 $7 

Expof* 24.Death isa curfc to the wick- 
id, Gal.j.io. 13. with I0I1.3.J 6. aftdfo i* 
their rotting in the grave 3 becaufc they 
are not in Cbrift, 2. Gor. 5. 17. though 
to the fenfes there is nothing befals the 
bodies of the wicked, which bcfalletb 
not the bodies of the godly , Eccle. p. 2. 
The wicked fhall indeed rife againe, 
but it is to further condemnation, Ioh. 5. 

£* When fhaH the htppineffe of the elect 
be confttmrntttt ? 

A. jatttje DjeaBfnUuav^of (uBge- 
ment,aatit&e gencrall «farredon,Pfa; 

Expof. 25. The foule in heaven doth 
retainc a aaturall defire to be united to the 
bodie, neither can the happinefle of the 
foulc be every way complcate and perfc& 
without it : of the happineffc ofthc cle& 
there bee three degrees • one at their fir ft 
converiibn, Matth, 5, 3. 4. 5*Pfal. 5 2. %%• 
the fecohd at death, Apoc. 14. 13. thelaft 
and mofl perfedfc at the day of judgement, 
xThcfT.4* 17. 

Qwho fhtll be judge at that day ? 

A. C&ntt 2tf t&e&ojDmiD fetng of tije 



l}8 A fbort Cattchifmel 

tiaat aim triable manner m Defcenbtng 
ftrnn$eabentottl>af&ettt, anotottbtije 
tro^ee of f&e £rc}angeli , ano tottb t&e 
trumpet of (Sod, moll totalis * a ttenoeo 
tott^ Innumerable multt tuDes of mig^tj 
2ngel* I Aft.10-42.aftd 17. jo.m 1 Thcf* 
4.i(5*»2Thcf. 1.7. 

£at/>0/. %6l The decree of iudging and 
Stidiciaric power, i$ common to Father, 
Sonne, and holy Gh©ft,Gen.i8.2y.buc 
the vifiblc aft, promulgation f and exe- 
cutionof iudgement bclongeth to (Shrift 
our Mediatour , as God and man ; Aft. 
i7.13.I0h. 5.22. 23,Roai. i4.10.11a2- 
who being iudged at his firft eomming 
to worke our redemption , fliall at his 
fecond appearing come to iudge f this 
being the laft aft, and accomplifhment 
of his kingly office, 1 Cor. 15. 25,26,27. 

Q^ When Jhtll Ckri(t come to judge- 
ment ? 

A n . ^c totll moft farel? come,bat t&e 
timt is o unSnotone, tljat toe mtgfjt etier 
p teaf ctj ; ano prepare foj Ijta commin% 
°Math* 24*36^ verfe 4a. 

JjJ^ JVhomwillbeJHdge ? 

Am $is elect anoq cfjofen , ano all 
tbctr enemies , bofl) etrtll* augells atw 

tuichco 



»itb an Sxpojition upon the fame. 239 
fotefeeDmen,q2Cor.s. io.raPet. %.£ 

Iudc 6. 

Q^ Seeing many of gods eletl people^ 
and wicked then are retted in their graves^ 
how can they be judged f 

A. SDfietoer? fame fbofifes ** tfiat at 

anytime DteB^allb^tJje potoer ofCtoa 
beratfeB up, aaotfcetr foalesbe unites 
to fljem, infeparabl*! to abtBe fogetbei- 
fojeber moje. f 1 Cor. fy.42. 43. 44. 

Expof. zj. Iuftice rcquircth, that the 
fame bodies which joyncd with the 
foule , in working good or cvill in this 
life, fiiould beeraifed up to ftiare with 
the foulc at the day of the Lord ; Rom. 
2. 5. 6. 

®^ What are we to beleeve concerning 
thofe who fb alt be found alive at the cam- 
ming of Chrifi ? 

An. 2Dtjeg tyallbee c cfjanget) in tit 
ttotncbUngef an e?e, ano fopjefentea 
befoje 2 8 tfc>e taBgemenf Teat of Cfcjttt* 
ci Cor. 15. 15. 52. 

Sxpof. a8.Themcanes whereby quick 
and dead il *U be gathered to iudgemenr, 
arc the powcrfull voyce of Chrift,Ioh.5* 
28 # and the miniftcricof Angels:Mar.i^ 
40,41. thsbrucc and fcnfclefle creatures 

furrcn. 



^40 tAJbort Catechifme, 

furrendrittg up their dead* Rev. 20. 1^2 

j^ In what manner Jhall hee judge 
them ? 

A* s^off^Srittih?, bot&inrefped: of 

t^vptrronsmDgeD, ana t!jc things fo^ 
toi)tct),bnt set fje fyall iuege moll vmsfc* 
ttBU&ittoQtmzut,yGor.'). io.wa<51 17.3. 

Expof. 29. Every map muft appeare in 
bisowneperfon beforcthe iudge, Rom. 
14. 12* Rev. 20* 12. and give an account 
both generally as a man, or a Chriftian, 
andfpecially as a Magiflrate , Minifter, 
fMafier, Servant, &c. for all the things 
which he hath received of the Lord, and 
for all the things which he hath done • c- 
ven all thoughts, words^and anions Job. 
344 1 1. Pfal.62,1 2.Prov.24.i2.Ezek.33. 
30. Rom«2«6.2 Cor. r. ic.u, 1 Pct.1.17. 
Apoc.52.12. we fliould therefore be con- 
fcionable, patient, and watchfull, raking 
care that all oar anions here be approved 
by the word of God, 1 ThefT,4.i8.2 Pet. 
3/11.14. 

£l*whAtfbAtt be theism of this judge* 
went to the wicked ? 

An. C-tierlaffing * perBttton from 
t\)t defence of the ILcjd, to ail tijofe 
Si^o ignojanflp 0; fanlifuiis wntemne 



Kith in Expofithn ufen the fame. 241 
Z <ffofpell. x 2 Theft". 1. 7. 8. 9. 
Q^WhatflxiUbetkc iffxe hereof to the 
dlj} 

A. Clearc 3ot)tOen of y®oa t C&tff," 

icleffc* communion truth fhcm,cfccr' 

filing « peace ano glo^Uot^ in fcule f 

p b 0B?J tn fuller meafure fym l&e fcearfc 

j>f man can nola app;c&eno, c j an? of t&a 

£>atnts enio?etibefoae,y 1 Ioh.3. a . z lo. 

17. »4.Phil. i.23.aMattb.2y. 34. 

£xpef. 30. Spirituallorfupernaturali 

JeffednerTc of the Saints, istheimmedi. 

iatcfruition of the chicte, perfect, fuffi- 

ticnt, and unchangeable good, even God 

lnChrift,Matth.5,8. with ip.i^.iThef. 

; 4.i7, Matth. 25. 34. whoof his mecjj 

'ooodneff- ^rtth ekye hjm^ Ji r "flTtfed, 
€ l«-A to be lecnf, * . . . * and.po» tBCU » 
i> ' ^rnioVedbvthrm.Thrmpans 

** ati yt rS Jtoteyed, ii the under- 
Ending, w /- a ^t^yb?teW»g God 
Q S lr* ,!k were face tofacc^xod^S 

I ^5a»,^. 

3,4, 



UKmledg* *Mfft*S 



34* \Afi*rt fiticki/mel 

3.4/rhe Saints in glory doc doc abfolute} 

fee God as he is himfclfc : for that vvhic 

is infinite cannot bee comprehended < 

that which is limited ; but God doth m* 

nifeft himfclfe unto t hem , fo far forth as 

creature is capable for to fcnow hiro*Pf,i 

1 5 . And to the end that the Saints (hod 

be fully contented, & no t wax dull at 1 1 

glory of fo great a lightjGod doth per fa 

tne powers of the foule , perfectly rcpaii 

his image inhis Ele&,& by his power a 

Jarge the capacity of the foulc,fo far as tl 

nature of man will bear e,i Ioh.3.2. th; 

it might alwayes be fully fatisficd with tl 

beholding of him,and that without wear 

•^jp at any timc,PfaK 1 7 # 1 j, 

man pV vC4> i c & of happines is th* who 

r in i sj